Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
PP - 14200 TUKWILA INTERNATIONAL BLVD BLDG A - TUKWILA VILLAGE - PERMITS AND PLANS
14200 TUKWILA INTERNATIONAL BLVD BLDG A ASSOCIATED PERMITS 67-19 D14-0099 PW13-0163 M19-0193 19-S-106 19-H-193 19-F-170 Date: 12/17/2019 Permit # 67-19 TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT OPERATIONAL PERMIT By virtue of The Provisions of the International Fire Code adopted by City of Tukwila Ordinance, located at 14200 Tukwila International Blvd, Bldg A having made application in due form, and as the conditions, surrounding, and arrangements are, in my opinion, such that the intent of the Ordinance can be observed, authority is hereby given and the PERMIT is granted for installation of or modification to emergency responder radio coverage systems and related equipment (IFC 105.7.5) ann.s a.F(.acltid_ P( wv41,5 This PERMIT is issued and accepted on condition that all Ordinance provisions now adopted, or that may hereafter be adopted, shall be complied with. THIS PERMIT IS VALID FOR Life of the Project Fire Marshal THIS PERMIT MUST BE POSTED ON THE PREMISES MENTIONED ABOVE. Operational Permit Long 2019.dotx Rev. 4/24/19 TFP #2 TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT OPERATIONAL PERMIT APPLICATION # (el -19 PER INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE, SECTION 105, OPERATIONAL PERMIT(S) ARE REQUIRED FOR ANY PERSON, FIRE OR CORPORATION TO USE A BUILDING OR PREMISE OR ENGAGE IN ANY ACTIVITIES FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING PURPOSES LISTED BELOW: To use, store or handle flammable or combustible liquids. (I.F.C. 105.6.16, Ch. 57) To store, transport on site, dispense, use or handle hazardous materials. (I.F.C. 105.6.20, table #105.6.20, Ch. 50) To store and use LP -gas and operate cargo tankers that transport LP -gas. (IFC 105.6.27, Ch. 61) To operate repair garages and automotive, marine and fleet motor fuel -dispensing facilities. (I.F.C. 105.6.39, Ch. 23) To operate a place of assembly. (I.F.C. 105.6.34, Ch. 10)) To conduct hot work. (I.F.C. 105.6.23, Ch. 35) To conduct a spraying or dipping operation utilizing flammable or combustible liquids or the application of combustible powders. (I.F.C. 105.6.41, Ch. 24) To use any building or portion thereof exceeding 500 sq. ft. for high -piled combustible storage. (I.F.C. 105.6.22, Ch. 32) To store, transport on site, dispense, use or handle at normal temperatures and pressures compressed gases in excess of the amounts listed in Table #105.6.8. (I.F.C. 105.6.8, Ch. 53) To erect or operate a tent or air -supported temporary membrane structure having an area in excess of 400 square feet, or any canopy in excess of 700 square feet. (I.F,C. 105.6.43, Ch. 24) 105.15 £n'Kl/1 IdeA. ,&dib GwYl 4ge_gQ � gyciorar J APPLICATION IS HEREBY MADE BY THE UNDERSIGNED FOR A PERMIT TO (USE, INSTALL, CONDUCT) IN OR ON THE FOLLOWING PREMISES: kla Vi 1 Business Name: 800 MC► -G Address: 1-4266 TrAk vil iv.I4 Bl vd Cy4 4425 -N4 -324o) Com Ct. fiit1 l'ttrinna L WITHIN 30 DAYS, THIS APPLICATION AND YOUR CHECK PAYABLE TO THE TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT IN THE AMOUNT OF $ 15O,°° , MUST BE RETURNED TO THE TUKWILA FIRE MARSHAL'S OFFICE, 6300 SOUTHCENTER BLVD., #209, TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, 98188. Operational Permit App.doc Rev. 3/7/14 T.F.D. FORM F.P. 6 SITE LOCATION CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE MARSHAL'S OFFICE 206-575-4407 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. **PLEASE PRINT** King Co. Assessor's Tax No.: Site Address: 1 "sk 2190 v0 pi Y ' I t cc -21e_ Suite Number: A Tenant Name: 5 1-i.6,. J New Tenant? - Yes I=1- No Floor: Property Owner's Name: Mailing Address: City State Zip CONTACT PERSON -if there are questions about the submittal. TP Name: r J ec (e)tie L- Day Telephone: 0lsc:�- (,QC)CQ % 0 Es 5 Company Name: „(tC *i St -ace. .t LC„ Mailing Address: 01 l O S .Y\V to jrN Au 6 ? u4 A - v `k p ` {l , a 3 7k ff City State Zip E-mail Address: �-s G.1 a� r.,�� v t/ e' V.' IAt r . t..C�u,� Fax Number: n Contractor's City of Tukwila NICET III number: C. PEI S s `"QcJi.� r iali Business License number: Total number of new/relocat- • s eviceso sprinkler heads: -- 0 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ z0,000 — Scope of Work (please provide detailed information):_,LN tel\ v1ie_ W 1^Tc'c . 4k, n 14.. s L VDi , Y\Oc:to 11 tt lt7 r�lr�R �� o.v�s� PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Fire Marshal to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review -Every permit issued shall become invalid unless the work on the site authorized by such permit is commenced within 180 days after its issuance, or if the work authorized on the site by such permit is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days after the time the work is commenced. The Fire Marshal is authorized to grant, in writing, one or more extensions of time, for periods not more than 180 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OR WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER OR AUTHORIZED AGENT: Signature: Print Name: lAt Plan Permit App.doc PAID AU3 -8 2019 ��Dater �r� IQ/ TU I������ ayTelephone: a. coo(q- o8� 8/22/14 TFD FP Form 8 FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE ALARM PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A 14200 Tukwila International BI Permit No.: 19-F-170 Date: September 19, 2019 Reviewer: Al Metzler Fire Protection Project Coordinator (206) 575-4407 option # 2 (Inspection Requests) (206) 971-8718 (Plan Review Questions) • Install a breaker handle clamp on fire alarm control panel and power supplies dedicated circuit breakers. • A smoke detector shall be installed at the top of the elevator shaft and tied to the elevator recall. • The minimum sound level in the bedrooms to be 75 decibels at the pillow and shall be low frequency. • Single -and multiple -station smoke alarms complying with UL 217 shall be installed in the dwelling units in accordance with International Building Code sections 907.2.11.2 through 907.2.11.6 and NFPA 72. Sounder base sound levels to be a minimum of 75 decibels at the pillow and be low frequency. • Carbon monoxide detection shall be installed as required per International Building Code section 915.1.1 as amended by Washington State.. • All audible notification appliances shall be speakers, not horns. • Emergency voice evacuation message shall be intelligible in all areas. • The location of the branch disconnecting means shall be permanently identified at the control unit. • System circuit disconnecting means shall be permanently identified as to its purpose with the marking "FIRE ALARM" in red. R • All fire alarm control panels shall be fully addressable and report individual address points at central station. • A smoke detector shall be located above all fire alarm control equipment . • Fire Department Knox key boxes shall be provided for access to all fire alarm control panels. • U.L. central station supervision is required for all fire alarm systems. • Remote indicator lights are required on all above ceiling smoke/heat detectors. • Remote alarm annunciator is required at the main entrance if the fire alarm control panel is not visible from the main entrance. • Install sign(s) on door(s) to the fire command room in minimum 3 inch high letters in red on white background reading "FIRE COMMAND ROOM". • The height of the display on fire alarm control panel/annunciator shall be between 60 to 70 inches above finished floor. • Duct detectors shall send a supervisory signal only upon activation. • All fire alarm work requires an electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Dept. • Manual Pull Stations shall be located at all exterior exits and stairways at all levels and shall be mounted per NFPA 72. • Smoke Detection is required in all areas/rooms in the non -dwelling areas per City Ordinance # 2330. • The fire alarm system shall also comply with Tukwila City Ordinance # 2437, 2330 and the smoke control system report/design by Abbosein Engineering. • All fire alarm wiring associated with the smoke control system control shall be in metal conduit. • Building must comply with International Fire Code section 510, EMERGENCY RESPONDER RADIO COVERAGE. CORRECTION NOTICE/REINSPECTION FEE Inspector: B" Permit number: o99 TUKWILA FIRE MARSHAL'S OFFICE Office: 206-575-4407 Fax: 206-575-4439 Email: Fire Marshaltukwilawa.ov BusinessName• 1 04,4 4 V; // A Type of Inspection: / Location Address: / / r Date S� 2° a4 Contact Person : , Y!1 , s Phone No.: /� �3� �, 0' 0 ACTION REQUIRED : �4ef 1.44 / 1/ j en 4�/ f -/ - DIM- G' s40,-, 1•MM5 I N S ea-c,fm-\ v ) -, I k) /9,,,,i-- x-„ /,,,, , ,„ , , - /,,4%, /4v6»G ,,go £ 7 5'l 4.4-0 AY ( A46 A00----cr-e '-, •(i s CORRECTION OF THE A FAILURE TO CO Signatur Billin E ITEMS ARE REQUIRED BY : tom, l 2. ) 22 RESULT IN THE ISSUANCE OF A CRIMINAL'CITATION/TICKET. ailing Address : Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: ❑ A $100.00 Reinspection Fee is required. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. ❑ Ticket Issued. Citation # Correction Notice Reinsp Fee2.doc Revised 6/17/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 100 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: -4 U1�W1c,✓l VIC( ( 116r -it Type of Inspection: 72i6 7 Address: Suite #: i aid 7 (/ Contact Person: Special Instructions: Pre -Fire: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: uvi e✓( cilovA Zeit) RAz geou63 i hs7 R '61r70411 t Jvtom► a, 0 4 �C- c Pie veAK (�vv1 J n i C�c � w ( �'(� s� t a)SYr�C�n ✓ C�►�w1U4 iM r4i1 14,"444 D9S �F��2o✓� Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: ((, Occupancy Type: Inspector: la ___ , , -'-( Date: `gji/dikg0 Hrs.: $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.IF.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: �'' // Gt/,z,,,, / � `� Type of Inspection: �J N,e/ Address:,,Contact /'2i' Suite #: 7 Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: Corrections required prior to approval. rfi fr%i- a1 lm w p ,Z,/ /a45-5. //o P /5n-koiel Are�,-.4.„ C4.4 /1/0 D Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: / / Inspector: ./*/, 2r3 Date: 1/572.4 24, Hrs.: .__ 0 $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: /C 4 V1, // Type of Inspection/ //7 '7"*4 Address: Suite #: / '206 -77 %3 Contact Person: Special Instructions: Occupancy Type: Phone No.: KApproved per applicable codes. I I Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 4./„.4 --1/ Mcs Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: . 7'7/725- 3 Date: ‘/S7Z,02-0 Hrs.: 7.. C $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 161- F - Project / ' I A t((4 A Type of Inspection: er,,6-0/ Address:,fra.-0/6_ Suite #: fro Hood & Duct: Contact Person: y( Special Instructions: Permits: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: y42.4 Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: S 1 (Ck'"A — S' i4540r- :o6n00 6 ego. (-17 -- S5-i i S 4„.,____Z)ct....-.s fed +» (=Y., r v j9re of l L k t A3 r? /f•--, e /D,..,..,% ,_ t 4 L VC.,.i •- J rd ,P6v - 4c f _ J --c-v.=...2_ a-- 2_ ~° p(00f- - e U 1,,,i e -- Needs Shift Inspection: 14 0 Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: y42.4 Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspect r: ..� . fvrn 3 '3 Date: lO/Z-/e.ty Z.o Hrs.: 2. C> $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit o0 - /O PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: / /14A Type of Inspection: i;;,t P , s Address: Suite #: / (/Zoi 776 Contact Person: Special Instructions: Occupancy Type: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: �i2,�►pd/ Z dry 5havvn ojj .._ ,A55 Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits:• Occupancy Type: 1 Inspector: _,,,er'JJ3 Date: 572.014,,Za Hrs.: /• O $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 y INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit Dl�f- ©69q /r -S'- /o PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project-- /b 4/14 ,� V ; /4,4/- Type of Inspection: Gamii'Ll-f/ e-+-. .-1% Address:,Contact Suite #: �Zo a '-7/ g Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: - 3 _c„al ,16_, it .I (�/)� 1So1e 6ix,P 4 (65-'4,0.s,- c lie f4;- - Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: JOZ ✓ 3 5-3 Date: 612 z_44, Hrs.: i. e $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project:,_Type . i o F.y Caziv4c, CfosAi of Inspection: t— Fire Alarm: Address:/ �- Suite #: 1 CI Sf I / Contact Person: fyL4A, Special Instructions: it Phone No.: /L0(9J Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: KO/ /of! iiiic(V) WILL kfn110 Ano✓i�i ,0'i prp,p rn oN 6 •,f,r 1' 1-7 4. Dt,-17\i Nb7(M E D —n-1 rE4 Wax k kos-- f• ziltor‘1,1413 704L( 10 , iA r--iv.4. . kd> S(S7& (AJ)"til e(t- - ‘ Az - tl–V —ICS P-01 i4 f '(1L Uti - Needs Shift Insp ction: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: k Occupancy Type: inspector] A \I_— Date: 01 IMfAt{ ,ra Hrs.: 1 $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 'S-/ PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project ,// y "- /A Vi /4434 Av Type of Inspection: var- 'i S)-/ Skit..? Address: Suite #: I'Vadb T u3, Contact Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. nCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: D/L 7b Cove rT.� N S.LloaT Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: i Inspector: "w --- L 0/13 Date: 7/��z� Hrs.: /. 6 $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit cot9 J(7 _/o PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206-575-4407 Proje /«,'i,_ A - Type of Inspe ion: Address: g Suite #: / V2-00 7f%13) . Contact Perso . Special Instructions: Pre -Fire: Phone No.: pproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: -4-e/ /0" -Ss Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: friiS3 ` Date: /4////// Hrs.: Z. 0 � . $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project:. (v 1L / / i i( (,PA a Type of Inspection: //460,€O CO✓'c Address: i(`2c Suite #: '1 � Contact Person: Permits: Special Instructions: \k Phone No.: , IGI, c -i -i( Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Ipa( &Lt ' C \X LI)C Ort s-r,a ( Ai, l coCt'G4 (( .-r,,N( „, Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: i Lab( C *ti jcrJ 4)(154 6.129M -/r ay.- CAW/ r 2,c> ? co,/ --go7z,ms-r e Pre -Fire: Permits: 1\'`30-1ff , u vicA o 6` (3d ry -rd WE Co7 , �rrov� &)VV-- / /Aiow 9 j '2 too 1 »,f d7 ear ( 7(--- f---Aqr-r /Z//0 n Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: I `.....---- Date: 2 ( iq Hrs.: $100.00 RE NSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila inance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 S E M E hi s Fire Alarm Submittals for: Tukwila Village Bldg. A 14200 Tukwila International Blvd. Tukwila, WA 98188 System Type: Siemens XLSV Evergreen State Electric, INC. 2105 Inter Ave Ste A Puyallup, WA 98372 Phone: (253)-770-0656 Siemens Industry, Inc. Building Technologies FIS Division 15900 SE Eastgate Way, Ste 200 Bellevue, WA 98008 Phone: (425) 507-4300 SIEMENS Data Sheet Fire Safety Products FireFinder® XLS Advanced Fire Alarm Control Panel ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER SPECIFICATIONS • Standard I 2500 -point -capacity addressable fire -alarm control panel (FACP) • Ability to network with other F irt:F indcr XIS systems • Powerful, easy-to-use programming capabilities • Fully field programmable. via Windows`' laptop PC • 6• (15.2 cm). backlit LCD display • User-friendly system interface • Touch screen for maintenance operations and function keys • Global annunciation and control capability • Multi -language display • Universal AC power input 120VAC — 240VAC A S0 / 60H2 • 12 amps of system power (expandable to 48 amps) • Numerous Relayr Alarm, Trouble, Programmable, etc. • SureWire*' addressable -loop technology • Polarity -insensitive detection circuits (patented) • Useful diagnostic LEDs on all cards • Supports FirePrint*, application-specific detection a Intelligent! analog detection circuits: 'Class A' or 'Class 8' • Supports single -person 'Walk Test' • Seismic certified • Modular assembly • Supervised remote printer • 32 -character custom messages • 40 programmable macro. function buttons • Interface for use with remote printers • Security -device monitoring • MI 1076 Listed) • Sprinkler Supervision • Degrade -mode operation • User help screens • Coded outputs • Distributed processing • UUKL Listed for smoke control • ®UL 864 9• Edition Listed & (3ULC Listed; FM, CSFM & NYC Fire Dept. Approved • Supported by all Fire Safety Management Stations • Multiple command stations a Menu -driven operator commands • 5000 -event, history -lagging capability with on-line and off-line reports • Multiple levels of password protection • Automatic environmental compensation far smoke detectors • Alarm verification • by device or zone • Pre -alarm operation • Logic -controlled output functions • Time -based -controlled output functions • Holiday schedule • City tie! leased line • 200 notification -appliance -circuits (NACs) capacity • Up to 3.0 amps (24VDC) per NAC • Built-in strobe synchronization protocol • Supports pre -action, deluge and agent releasing • Voice evacuation system (optional) • NEC 760 power -limited circuits • (Sill 864 Compliant) • Intelligent interface to building! process management systems • Operates as interactive peer with other XLS or XLSV units in a XNET network • Detector Sensitivity Readout! Printout • per NFPA 72 System Overview FireFinder XIS is a microprocessor -based, advanced fire -safety system that has a 6' display and large, righted buttons; making it a highly intuitive fire -alarm user interface. Additionally, each FireFinder XLS panel has a unique multiprocessor 'Network' design - as well as providing connectivity to detection devices. rireFinder XLS is ideally suited for commercial, institutional and industrial fire detection and notification applications. This FACP complies with the requirements of NFPA Standard 72, and is listed by Underwriters Laboratories under their ®LIL 864 standard. Underwriters Laboratories of Canada also lists FireFinder XIS FACPs under (dULC-S527- SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division FireFinder XLS is Factory Mutual (FM 13010) Approved; as well as California State Fire Marshals (CSFM "7165- 0067:0222) and NYC Fire Department ("6160) Approved. Additionally, FireFinder XLS is ®UL Listed under the category UUKL for smoke control. FireFinder XIS is also ®UL Listed and FM Approved for Sinorixe dean -agent systems and pm -action or deluge sprinkler systems, which indude foam or water applications. FireFinder XLS operates on the releasing requirements specified in NFPA 13 and 2001. FireFinder XLS is fisted as a Fireman's Smoke Control Station in high-rise office buildings, malls and other large structures. FireFinder® XLS System Overview 6300 System Overview — (continued) The FireFinder XLS system has been seismic qualified in accordance with: • international Building Code, 2006 Edition • California Building Code, 2007 Edition • ASCE Standard 7, 2005 Edition • OSHPD, OSP-0057-10 • OSHPD CAN 2-1708A.5, Rev. 3 • ICC -ES AC 156, effective 11112007 System Components A basic FireFinder XLS FACP consists of the following sub- assemblies: Person Marline Interface (PMD; Power Supply (Model PSC -12); Device Loop Card (Model DEC); Zone Indicating Card (Model ZIC-4A); Card Cage (Model CC -5); Inner Door Blank Single Plate (Model ID -SP); CAB1, CAB2 or CAB3 enclosures. Optional modules that can be installed with this FACP indude: Card Cage (Model CC -2); Network Interface Card (Model NIC -C); 8 -Circuit Zone Indicating Card (Models ZIC 88 / 71C -2C); Control Relay Card (Model CRC -6); Output Control Module (Model OCM-16); Switch Control Module (Model SCM -8); LED Control Module (Model LCM-8); Fan Control Module (Model FCM-6); Supervised Input Module (Model SIM -16); Power Supply Extender (Model PSX-12); Remote Network Interface (Model RNI); Remote Printer Module (Model RPM); System Status Display (Model SSD); Two -Module Remote Enclosure (Model REMBOX2); Four -Module Remote Enclosure (Model REMBOX4). FireFinder XLS is compatible with a full line of intelligent initiating devices, highlighted by the FirePrint application - specified detectors: Models HFP-11 and HFPT-11. FireFinder XIS functions with the Siemens Fre Safety portfolio of graphics command centers. Fire Safety Management Stations - XLS Compatible FireFinder XLS Compatibility with Siemens Fire Safety Management Stations FireFinder XIS panels are compatible with Siemens Fre Safety Management Stations, which provide integrated and reliable FACP monitoring and control of XLS system events - induding: Alarm, Trouble, Security and Supervisory commands. Each management station includes PC-based, color - graphics software designed for use with the XNET network, offering full control and annunciation. An extensive history log of all XLS-FACP events, as well as extensive report -generation capabilities, is easily maintained. Additionally, user -programmable function buttons allow site-specific control functions. SIEMENSIndustry, Inc. Building Technologies Division -2- PMI-3—Person Machine Interface 3 PMI -3 -> Person Machine Interface 3 The Person Machine Interface 3 (Model PMI -3) is the primary user interface and central microprocessor for each FireFinder FACP. Enhancements to the third version of the Person Machine Interface include go -to -beginning, go -to -end queue buttons; a front-end command screen with Alarm I Supervisory I Trouble light -emitting diodes (LEDs), and three (3) types of alternate language overlays orderable in a single (1) part (see: Details for ordering section below for more info.) FireFinder XIS FACPs are controlled and operated from Model PMI -3, which uses large, lighted buttons to prompt the end-user to the next available, correct system operation (i.e. - Acknowledge I Silence I Unsilence I Audible I Reset). The controller in Model PMI -3 provides a 6' (152 cm.) front- end touch screen comprised of system -status LEDs as well as a liquid -crystal display (LCD) of 1200-x--800 pixels. There are overlays that provide naming in alternate languages for visual indicators found on the front of each Model PMI -3. Each overlay is assigned on the outer assembly, respectively, when affixed to the display on the user interface. Model PMI -3 contains the site-specific program configuration created in the software tool, Zeus. s ZIC-4A -*Zone Indicating Card ZIC-4A Zone Indicating Card The Zone Indicating Card (Model ZIC-4A) provides four (4) fully supervised, programmable output circuits for use on each FireFinder XIS. Model ZIC-4A supplies four (4) 'Class g (Style Y) or 'Class A' (Style Z) type output circuits, power limited to 3.0 amps maximum per circuit Each circuit for Model ZIC-4A can be independently programmed for use with listed audible or visual notification appliances; listed emergency audio speakers; municipal tie boxes; leased lines, or as releasing circuits. FIRE ALARM SUBMITTALS VOICE EVAC, FIRE FIGHTER JACKS and SMOKE CONTROL Submittal for: Tukwila Village Bldg. A General: Inter City Contractors, Inc. Electrical Contractor: Evergreen State Electric, Inc. Site Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A Site Address: 14200 Tukwila International Blvd. Tukwila, WA 98188 Owner: Tukwila Village Development Assoc. Submitted By: Bob Gulley Office: 253-770-0656 Cell: 253-606-7085 41.8360 The display and equipment will be mounted behind a clear pane. (Security) FIREFIGHTER CONTROL PANEL OPERATIONAL NOTES • THIS BUILDING IS EQUIPPED WITH STAIR PRESSURIZATION AND CORRIDOR EXHAUST. • A FIRE EVENT ANYWHERE IN THE BUILDING WILL: - ACTIVATE FULL BUILDING ALARM - ACTIVATE STAIR PRESSURIZATION SYSTEMS - RELEASE ALL FIRE DOORS - CLOSE HVAC DAMPERS - ACTIVATE CORRIDOR EXHAUST ON RESIDENTIAL FIRE FLOOR TUKWILA VILLAGE BLDG A 14200 INTERNATIONAL BLVD TUKWILA, WA 98168 EXHAUST ROOF DAMPER CONTROL . OPEN • AUTO • CLOSED 6TH FLOOR Cy OPEN • AUTO • CLOSED 5TH FLOOR OPEN O • AUTO . CLOSED 4TH FLOOR OPEN • AUTO •CLOSED 3RD FLOOR ®• OPEN • •CLOSED 2ND FLOOR 1ST FLOOR P1 PARKING I a I I I I I I 44444 .1 r•r•1S rit W Ww.h/AITAISnd�OON SF -2 STAIRWELL 1 EF -2 PRESSURIZATION CORRIDOR FAN EXHAUST FAN AUTO AUTO N. , l9L\\ •OFF ON• ,u1ITW\ •OFF ON OFF FAULT ON OFF FAULT OPEN ® CLOSED O FAULT C1 YOU ARE HERE STAIRWELL I II SF -1 CORRIDOR SUPPLY FAN Auro Nt�a (NOG O ON OFF FAULT OPEN ( ) CLOSED ® FAULT (U, ELEVATOR STAIRWELL 2 ▪ OPEN • AUTO (9.)� • CLOSE T!J ELEVATOR MOTORIZED VENT GARAGE EXHAUST FAN ON (1� ^ •AUTO A_J •OFF `J tSI OPO1TO CORRIDOR SMOKE OF.I (5) . 1.4 p GLOM. C WATFL.W CLO.. 4 p — ,FAULT 11 MANUAL PULL FAULT( kir,kir,OFFN I L) coal.. coal .SMOKE OPEN a) O CLOS. (] WATERROw CLONED O— IC� IO) FAULT ®0 MANUAL PULL FAULT ® I (1 OMEN CORRIDOR SMOKE OPEN (p) !Will Q CLOS. I® WATERFLOW CLOSED ® 4 - ICH FAULT 0 MANUALPULL FAULT f1 I i0, OPEN �10 CORRMOR SNORE OPEN s1./ O CLOS. ® WATERFLOW CLOSED ®1111•11-r.Z — 0) FAULT 0 MANUAL PALL FAULTI (Ol 0.E. Q .FUNDO0 SMOKE OPEN (a) IEE' O CLOS. 110 WATERFLOW OLDS.OIE — ((5FAULT )! MANUAL PULL FAULT I. Qcomm. SMOKE 110 WATERFLOW 110 MANUAL PULL STAIRWELL 1 SF -3 STAIRWELL 2 PRESSURIZATION FAN AUTO ON• •OFF 7 ON OFF FAULT OPEN 'G' CLOSED IRI FAULT O: EF -4 CORRIDOR EXHAUST FAN AU O ON•� Ofl 101 Q ON OFF FAULT OPE 1 CLOSE. IIRIopt— OPEN LT O I cFOSED loOTO ' AULT : .P CLOSED lR) 11111.11 FAULT 0 ELEVATOR STAIRWELL 2 ROOF 4TH FLOOR 3RD FLOOR 2ND FLOOR 1ST FLOOR P1 PARKING OW SYSTEM NORMAL O CORRIDOR SMOKE O WATER FLOW O HEAT DETECTOR O MANUAL STATION (1 POWER DISCONNECT LAMP TEST 11 POWER ON Door Finish: - (a) Black Texture. (Standard Interior) ( ) Stainless Steel. (Standard Exterior) () Other ITh• H.R. Kirkland Company - EF1abli.hed 1530 Q Horner Name: Evergreen Slate fledge Pealed Name: TekOWA Project Sta.: Revision AA KrAlend DoddU RMF.R.OPO.FSCSSEC MeL InlonnMlan'. Interior Smoke Gael. Panel Dan: .key S, P015 MMland Job #: 190666 0 0 SIEMENS Data Sheet Fire Safety Products FireFinder® XLSV Digital Emergency Voice Alarm / Communication System ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER SPECIFICATIONS • Eight (8) digital audio channels • Compatible with Model PMI -2 and with a copper/fiber Network Ring Card • Live and pre-recorded message capability • Custom recordable messages • Modular design • Warden's page • 25 or 70VRMS audio signals • Flexible -system architecture • Central or distributed amplification • Style "V" ('Class B') or '2" ('Class A') speaker circuits • Style "Y" or '2" audio risers • LED -annunciator, fan -control and switch -control modules • Selectable tones with backup, auxiliary audio input • Separate call-in and telephone -zone -fault indication • Optional firefighters' telephone system • Remote, intelligent audio, strobe and telephone -zone modules • Background music and convenience paging • High-quality amplifiers • Back-up amplification • Seismic (45522) certified 0 • ®UL864 9th Edition Listed & ®ULC -5527 Listed; FM (43026902), CSFM (+7165-0067:0222! 46912- 0067:0237) and NYCFD (46160) Approved System Overview The FireFinder XLSV is a digital emergency, voice -alarm and communication system designed to be used with the Siemens — Fire Safety FireFinder XLS panel. XLSV is programmed via a Windows® laptop computer, using ZEUS software. XLSV will respond rapidly to either automatic or manual commands from system logic or switch modules located on the command console(s). Digital audio signals, such as: Evacuation 1, Evacuation 2, Alert 1, Alert 2, or Page can be routed to any number of speaker circuits. A wide selection of microcontroller -controlled tones with backup is available. One (1) or more notification -appliance circuits (NACs) can be mapped to switches though the ZEUS Windows® -based programming software. SIEMENSIndustry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Switches can be used to manually activate or deactivate any zone. Through the use of multi -color LEDs, a dear indication is provided to show which zones are active and linked to the respective audio channel. The Live Voice Module (Model LVM) includes a dynamic microphone with a push -to -talk switch and ready -to -page indicator light, as well as a small local speaker and volume control for monitoring audio signals. An optional, pre - announce tone is also available. XLSV meets current NFPA code requirements by providing another two (2) digital audio channels that are available for background music and convenience paging. FireFinder® XLSV System Overview 6340 System Overview— (continued) O As an option, the XLSV Digital Message Card (Model XDMC) programs and sounds custom voice messages for emergency and non -emergency building -notification requirements. XLSV can also optionally provide a Firefighters' Telephone with both an acknowledge tone and busy signal. Clear indication is provided at the command console as to which telephone zones are active. The Firefighters' Master Telephone provides a red, master telephone with retractable coil cord and push -to - talk button. Remote paging can be provided from any telephone zone (warden's page) with selection at the command console. Additionally, specific telephone zones can be pre -selected as automatic page zones on a selective or 'all -calx basis. Speaker zones are selectable for either 25 Volt or 70.7 Volt operation, as well as either Style 'Y' ('Class B') or Style '7' ('Class A') wiring configuration. Strobe circuits may also be wired as Style 'Y' or Style '7'. Speaker, strobe and firefighters' telephone zones can be provided as either modules or plug-in type cards, installed in the main endosure or remote voice system transponders. The cards are plugged into the standard FireFinder XLS Model CC -5 / CC -2 card cages. System Components PMI -2 PMI -2 — Person Machine Interface 2 The Person Machine Interface 2 (Model PMI -2) is the user interface and central microprocessor for FireFinder XLSV. Model PMI -2 uses large, lighted buttons to prompt users as to the next correct system operation that is available (Acknowledge, Silence, Unsilence, Audible or Reset). From each Model PMI -2, the end-user can Acknowledge events; control the system notification appliance circuits (NACs), and reset the system Detailed information about the nature and location of the events can also be displayed. The controller in Model PMI -2 provides all system logic and supervision. Model PMI -2 contains a large, 6" (114 VGA) full- color LCD display, touch screen and LEDs for displaying system status. A sound is made when there is any unacknowledged event from Model PMI -2. The display is surrounded by keys that are used to control the displayed information and to navigate through these screens. Keys are also provided to obtain and enter "Help" into the menu features of Model PMI -2. Overlays (available in Spanish, Portuguese and French) provide name in alternate languages for the text found on the front of each Model PMI -2. SIEMENSIndustry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Each overlay is assigned, respectively, on the outer assembly – when affixed to the display on the user interface. Overlay assignments are in combination with the run-time, alternate -language files found in the custom -configuration software tool, ZEUS. SCM -B SCM -8 — Switch Control Module Model SCM -8 is a system option module that provides manual control of the Emergency Voice Evacuation System or manual fire system control. Each Model SCM -8 module has eight (8) momentary push-button switches and 16 LEDs to indicate their status. Each switch is assigned two (2) LEDs and a label to indicate the Model SCM -8 switch is in use. The label slides behind a dear, protective covering, and one of the LEDs assigned to each switch is a dual -color LED used to indicate what type of signal is active. Each Model SCM -8 and switch is fully programmable, and may be used to control speaker circuits and a wide range of general -system functions such as: All Call, All Evac, Speaker, etc. Any number of circuits may be grouped and controlled by a single switch. Switch usage and zone groupings are assigned using the ZEUS programming software. Each Model SCM -8 is mounted on a hinged panel, as part of the FireFinder XLSV Command Console enclosure. MD: : : : : : gip: : LCM-8 LCM-8 — LED Control Module Model LCM-8 is a FireFinder XLS option module that provides LED annunciation for system activity. Each Model LCM-8 module contains eight (8) groups of two (2) LEDs – each of which can be assigned to desired outputs using the custom - configuration programming software, ZEUS. Eight (8) LEDs are dual -color capable of being lighted either RED or GREEN - flashing or Steady. The remaining LEDs are AMBER -flashing or Steady. A space is provided for labeling of LED functions. The label slides behind a dear, protective membrane. Model LCM-8 dimensions are identical to Model SCM -8, and Model LCM-8 is mounted on the same hinged panel as a part of the FireFinder XLSV Command Console enclosure. C System Overview— (continued) FCM-6 FCM-6 — Fan, Damper Control Module Model FCM-6 is a FireFinder XLSV command console option module that provides manual control of building HVAC system fans and dampers. Each Model FCM-6 module provides six (6) sets of three (3) push-button switches for manual system control. Each switch has three (3) associated LEDs to indicate Fan I Damper 1 Motor status: Off (RED LED), On (GREEN LED), Trouble (YE Li G'Jd LED). o� C LVM LVM — Live Voice Module Model LVM provides a supervised, high-quality and dynamic microphone as a means of sending live voice messages to specified audio zones. Model LVM mounts on the inner door of a Model CAB1, Model CAB2, Model CABS or remote lobby endosure. Model LVM indudes a microphone with a push -to -talk switch and retractable coiled cord. The microphone and push -to -talk switch are fully supervised. Model LVM also provides a green pre -announce LED that indicates the pre -announce signal is active at the selected zones and a green ready to page LED, which indicates selected zones are ready to be paged. The pre -announce signal can be programmed as a tone or message and the duration is adjustable from 0 to 10 seconds in one -second increments. A built-in speaker with volume control allows the monitoring of the audio channels. The front panel of Model LVM contains six (6) switches and six (6) pairs of LEDs. Each pair contains one (1) dual -color (RED 1 GREEN) and one YELLOW LED. These switches can be programmed for manual voice functions as well as generic system functions. When the switches are used as generic switches, all LEDS can be programmed for ON, OFF or FLASHING. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division i DAC -NET DAC -NET — Digital Audio Card Model DAC -NET provides the audio source for the FireFinder XLS Voice Evacuation System, as well as D -NET network communication to and from the Person Machine Interface and between endosures. Model DAC -NET transmits eight (8) digital channels of audio, via two (2) pairs of wire. One (1) Model DAC -NET is required in each XLSV endosure. A maximum of 32 Model DAC -NET cards are allowed on a single FireFinder XLS panel. Model DAC -NET can be wired 'Class A' (Style 7) (four [4] pairs of wires) or 'Class B' (Style 4) (two [2] pairs of wires). Model DAC -NET card plugs into one (1) slot in the Model CC -5 or CC -2 card cage, and has on -board LEDs for system status and troubleshooting. Indication of power, communication, internal operation, ground fault, and trouble conditions are provided. Model DAC -NET Card contains an on -board microprocessor that provides communication with switch modules, LED modules, microphone, telephone zone cards, and zone amplifiers across the Control Area Network CAN Bus. Model DAC -NET can supervise up to 99 CAN address modules, and contains on -board tones and pre-recorded EVAC and ALERT messages. Custom messages or tones can also be downloaded to Model DAC -NET using the XLS software tool, ZEUS, for a total of five minutes of storage memory. LPB LPB — Local Page Board The Local Page Board (Model LPB) is used to connect the microphone— mounted inside the Live Voice Module (Model LVM)—and the voice -internal telephone system. Model LPB is a plug -on board to Model DAC -NET, and converts the two (2) analog input signals into the system's internal digital format Up to five (5) Model LVMs can be connected to Model LPB. Additionally, Model LPB provides one (1) analog output to connect to the monitor speaker, which is mounted inside Model LVM. The one (1) analog output is one (1) of eight (8) voice - internal audio channels selectable at the FireFinder XLSV panel. C C System Overview— (continued) i ZAC-40 ZAC-40 — Zone Amplifier Card (40 Watt) Model ZAC-40 is a combination 40 -Watt, amplifier I speaker zone for use with FireFinder XLS. Style 'Y', 2' or 'A' I 'B' speaker -zone wiring configurations are supported. Model ZAC-40 is power limited, and can be configured to provide 40 Watts of audio at 25VRMS or 70VRMS. Model ZAC-40 is a plug-in card that mounts in a Model CC -S or CC -2 card cage. Model ZAC-40 is capable of amplifying any of the eight (8) digital audio channels that are transmitted from Model DAC -NET, via the Audio Serial Interface, Model ASL Model ZAC-40 is supervised for functionality, and provides a single, 40 -Watt speaker zone that supports two (2) speaker circuits. Model ZAC-40 can be used for (1) one -to - eight (8) channel applications, or as a bulk amplifier for (1) one -or -two (2) channel applications—feeding high-level audio to Models ZIC-4A and ZIC-8B. Model ZAC-40 can also be used for single -channel applications feeding high-level audio to Model HCP. ZAM -180 ZAM-180 — Zone Amplifier Module (180 Watt) Model ZAM-180 is a combination 180 -Watt, amplifier I speaker zone for use with FireFinder XLSV. Style Y or 2' speaker -zone wiring is supported, as well as split -zone (`A' !'B') speaker zone wiring configurations on Style 'Y'. Model ZAM-180 can be configured to provide 150 Watts of audio at 25VRMS or 180 Watts of audio at 70VRMS. Model ZAM-180 mounts in one (1) module space directly on the back box or optional Model CAB -MP mounting plate. Model ZAM-180 is capable of amplifying any one (1) of the eight (8) digital -audio channels that are transmitted from Model DAC -NET (Digital Audio Card), via the digital audio bus: Model ASI (Audio Serial Interface). Model ZAM-180 amplifier is supervised for functionality. Model ZAM-180 can be used as a single 180 Watt speaker zone for (1) one -to -eight (8) channel applications or as a bulk amplifier for (1) one -or -two (2) channel applications feeding high-level audio to Model ZIC-4A or Model ZIC-8B. SIEMENSIndustry, Inc. Building Technologies Division FMT FMT — Fireman's Master Telephone Model FMT provides firefighters with an emergency telephone system for communication with remote locations. Model FMT mounts to the rear of the inner door of a Model CAB 1, Model CAB2, Model CAB3, or Model REMBOX4 Endosure. Model FMT includes a handset for the operator of the telephone system. The XLSV firefighters' telephone unit is designed for maximum performance in communication. The circuitry for Model FMT allows the master telephone and, at least five (5) telephone stations, to be off hook simultaneously with no degradation of audio quality. Model FMT also supports a \warden's page function, which allows live voice announcements from any remote telephone. Telephone zone call -ins are annunciated on the appropriate Model SCM -8 switch module. Remote stations receive an Acknowledge tone when dialing into the command center prior to the call being answered, indicating a call-in in progress and a busy tone if calling into the command center and another telephone zone is already on-line. Diagnostic LEDs are located on the back of Model FMT to indicate power is applied to the module and failure of the card, CAN communication or phone. S TZC-88 TZC-8B — Firefighter's Telephone Zone Card The firefighters' telephone zone card provides a way for emergency -response personnel located throughout a building to speak to one another during emergency situations. Model TZC-8B is a FireFinder XLSV option module that plugs into a Model CC -2 or CC -5 card cage, providing eight (8) firefighters telephone zones. The zones have an off -hook acknowledge tone, as well as a command -console 'busy' tone. Each telephone zone uses a single pair of wires, and is individually supervised in a 'Class B' type mode. Field wires are connected to one or more phone jacks or stations. Zones are also individually power limited, per NEC 760, and each zone also contains transient protection. A maximum five (5) telephone stations may be off -hook simultaneously in a conferencing -line mode with no loss of audio quality. System Overview— (continued) HCP HCP — Control Point Module Model HCP provides an intelligent control point for FireFinder XLS. Model HCP can be programmed as an independent, remotely located telephone zone, speaker zone or notification appliance circuit. Model HCP is designed to be used with the Siemens — Fire Safety notification -appliance circuits (NACs) product line. Model HCP communicates through the Model DLC analog loop and can be wired — either 'Class A' (Style 2) or 'Class B' (Style 'Y). The 24 VDC power input comes from either the XIS FACP or from any e UL Listed, power -limited auxiliary power supply. Network Ring Card — 2.aGeneration NRC Network Ring Card — Second Generation Model NRC, which is the 2nd generation network ring card, transmits single -mode or multi -mode communication via fiber- optic or copper lines. Each card uses a 'Class A' (Style 7) ring configuration for connection with each FireFinder XLSV FACP. One (1) Model NRC (per system node) provides XNET, peer- to-peer communication between FireFinder XLSV panels, allowing a maximum 64 XLSV FACPs to be networked simultaneously. Note: The original version of Model NRC is capable of transmitting communication via copper -only lines. N MC AIC — Audio Input Card The Audio Input Card (Model AIC) provides two (2) external, isolated analog inputs to the FireFinder XLS voice system. Model AIC also provides two (2) dry -contact inputs, used to separately activate the two (2) audio inputs. The two (2) external, isolated analog inputs connect to the voice system for external sources, such as: tape recorder, CD player, PBX interface (for convenience paging). SIEMENSIndustry, Inc. Building Technologies Division The two (2) dry -contact inputs can activate the two (2) audio inputs separately. The aforementioned connectivity permits each input to be controlled automatically, via system logic or manually through switches on the voice control panel. The maximum number of Model AIC cards on a single FireFinder XLSV System (single node) is two (2) cards. PFT Portable Firefighter's Telephones Portable Firefighters' Telephones (Models PFT and PFT -P) are available for field connection to the emergency telephone system. Each phone consists of a rugged, high -impact plastic handset with a red, coiled phone cord attached to the PFT. A 114" phone -plug assembly is attached to the end of the phone cord for connection to the field -mounted phone jacks. Model PFT -P indudes a momentary spring -action, push -to -talk switch mounted in the handset Thus, Model PFT -P allows users to depress the button to activate the mouthpiece of the handset when speaking, in order to reduce background noise on the system. TheModelMTE-2 Telephone Enclosure incudes the endosure and door with dear lens, and can be used to store a maximum six (6) PFT or PFT -P telephone handsets in a locked cabinet FJ -304 Remote Telephone Jacks Remote Telephone Jacks, (Models FJ -303, FJ-303SS, FJ -304, and FJ-304SS) which are connected to the emergency telephone system, are wired to the telephone zone circuits on the Model TZC-8B Telephone Zone Card, located in the FireFinder XLSV system endosure. There is no limit to the number of remote telephone jacks that can be connected to a single telephone zone circuit The remote telephone jacks are mounted to a single -gang electrical box. Models FJ -303 and FJ-303SS have flying leads connected to the phone jack, while Models FJ -304 and FJ304SS have screw terminals. Models FJ -303 and FJ -304 have a red -baked, enamel finish with a white, silk-screened telephone handset icon, and Models FJ303SS and FJ-304SS have a brushed, stainless- steel finish with the handset icon. FB -300 with FTS System Overview— (continued) Remote Telephone Stations Remote telephone stations for the emergency telephone system consist of a handset I hook assembly, a wall - mounted back box, and a locked door with a breakable glass panel. Models FTS, FTS -P, FTS -C, FTS -CL, and FTS - PLC Remote Telephone Stations consist of a handset (similar to the PFT), a back plate, handset cradle with magnetic switch mounted to the back plate, and a connection cable from the handset to the back plate. The -P designates that a momentary, push -to -talk button is included in. the handset The -C designates that an armored cable is used in place of a coiled retractable cord between the handset and the back plate. The -L. designates that a LED is mounted to the back plate to indicate two-way contact is established between the phone and Model FMT. The remote telephone station must be used with either the Models F8-300 or FB -301 S remote telephone -station back box. Model FB -300 is used for flush -mount configurations, and FB -301 S is used for surface -mount configurations. The remote station / back box assembly also requires the FC - 300S cover with key -lock door and breakable glass. SIEMENS FT -GLS FT -GLS — Replacement Glass Additional replacement glass for Model FC300S is orderable as Model FT -GLS. ALCC ALCC — Audio Level Conversion Card The Audio Level Conversion Card (Model ALCC) provides the capability of conducting a global -emergency page across multiple, remote FireFinder XLSV nodes with each audio riser holding a maximum of 63 nodes. The emergency page originates at a FireFinder XLSV or MXLV global -paging station, where it is broadcast at 70VRMS over an audio riser by Model ZAC-40 (FireFinder XLSV) or via Model ZAC-30 (MXLV amplifier). f. - [E— B: XDMC XDMC — Digital Message Card The Digital Message Card (Model XDMC) provides the capability of programming and sounding custom voice messages for Evacuation, Alert, Tornado Warning, System Testing and other emergency and non -emergency building notifications. Model XDMC, which serves as a XLSV optional module, plugs into an available expansion slot in the Model CC -2 I CC -5 card cage. Each XLSV system can support a maximum two (2) Model XDMC modules. Each Model XDMC can be programmed for up to 300 different custom messages. Temperature and Humidity Range Products for XLSV are ®UL 864 9th Edition Listed for indoor dry locations within a temperature range of 120+1-3°F (49+1-2°C) to 32+1-3°F (0+1-2°C) and at a relative humidity of 93+4-2% at a temperature of 90+/-3°F (32+1-2°C). Details for Ordering Model Part Nu mberDescription AK 500-035300 Audio -Input Card ALCC 500-650127 Audio Level Conversion Card DAC -NET 500-035100 Digital Audio Card FB -300 500-680587 Remote Telephone Stations FCM-6 500-033140 Fan Control Module Switches (ON 1 OFF 1 AUTO) FJ -304 500-692670 Remote Telephone Jacks FMT 500-034100 Fireman's Master Telephone HCP 500-034860 Intelligent Control Point LCM-8 500-033100 LED Annunciator Module (8 LED sets) LPB 500-035200 Local Page Board LVM 500-034090 Live Voice Module NRC 5544'30 -A2 -A1 2' Generation Network Ring Card PFT 500-699427 Portable Firefighters' Telephones PMI -2 S54430 -C1 -A1 Person Machine Interface 2 SCM -8 500-033040 Switch Module —9 (8 switches) T2C-8B 500-034110 Firefighter's Telephone Zone Card ZAC-40 500-035400 Zone Amplifier Card .— (40 Watt) ZAM-180 500-035600 Zone Amplifier Module—4(180 Watt) XDMC S54430 -85-A1 Digital Message Card Notes: Equipment for FireFinder XLSV is listed and approved as part of the FireFinder XIS system. See data sheet, 6300, for FireFinder XLS equipment. Notice: This marketing data sheet is not intended to be used for system design or installation purposes. For the most up-to-date information, refer to each product's installation instructions. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Fire Safety 8 Fernwood Road Florham Park, NJ 07932 Tel: (973) 593-2600 FAX: (908) 547-6877 URL: www.usa Siemens.comlFne ISO -FSI Printed in U.S.A. Fire Safety 1577 North Service Road East Oakville, Ontario L6H 0H6ICanada Tel: (905] 465-8000 URL: www.SI emens.CA March 2015 Supersedes sheet dated 0!2014 (Rev. 9) 0 D SIEMENS Data Sheet Fire Safety Products FireFinder® XLS Fire Alarm Enclosures & Equipment Models: CAB1, CAB -BATT, CAB -BATT -R, CAB2-BB, CAB2-BD, CAB2-X, CAB2-XBD, CAB2-XRD, CAB3-BB, CAB3-BD, CAB3-X, CAB3-XBD, CAB3-XRD, CAB -MP, ID -MP, ID -SP, BCM, OD -LP, OD -BP, OD -GP, REMBOX2, REMBOX4, XLS-MLE6-ADPT, XLS-MME3-ADPT, XLS-MSE2-ADPT, XLS-MSE3-ADPT and XLS-RCC13F-ADPT ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER SPECIFICATIONS One (1), two (2), and (3) three -row endosures for the FireFinder XLS system Blank plates for inner and outer doors Lens and grill plates for outer door ®UL 864 Th Edition Listed and ®ULC Listed; FM ('3010), CSFM ('7165-0067:0222) & NYCFD ('6160) Approved CAB1 CAB2 CAB3 Product Overview The FireFinder XLS fire alarm enclosures (Models CAB1, CAB2, and CAB3) and their accessories provide a complete set of hardware for mounting all FireFinder XLS main system and remote transponder cards and modules. The hardware allows the FireFinder XLS system to be configured for a wide variety of applications, and allows for future system upgrades. Included in the enclosure series are backbox and door sets, removable mounting plates and dear lenses, louvered ventilation grill plates, and blank plates for use with the enclosure doors. All enclosures come with ground straps for the inner and outer doors, shield termination lugs, grounding lugs, and tie wrap lances for securing wire. All enclosures can also mount system backup batteries up to 31 AH in capacity. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Enclosures, Doors & Plates CAB1 — Single -Row Enclosure Model CAB1, the smallest of the FireFinder XIS enclosures, can house a single Model CAB -MP cabinet mounting plate for mounting card cages, power supplies and bulk amplifiers. Model CAB1 also has four (4) mounting slots;on the inner door for mounting a Person Machine Interface and Model ID - MP switch module brackets. Model CAB1 comes complete with a black back box, with black inner and outer doors, a single lock and key set on the outer door, and a single OD -LP outer door lens plate (installed). A red version (Model CAB1-R) is also available. Approximate size is 27" (68.6cm.) high, 26" (66cm.) wide, and 8" (20.3cm.) deep. FireFinder® XIS Enclosures 6327 C C Enclosures, Doors & Plates — (cont.'d) CAB1 Enclosure CAB2 — Two -Row Enclosure Model CAB2 is the mid-sized FireFinder XLS enclosure capable of housing a maximum two (2) Model CAB -MP cabinet mounting plates. The inner door has two (2) rows of four (4) mounting slots. The outer door has space for mounting two (2) outer door plates (Models OD - LP, OD -BP or OD -GP). The outer door can be configured to open from either side. Model CAB2 consists of the Model CAB2-BB back box; the Model CAB2-BD black inner and outer door package, and one (1) Model OD -LP lens plate. The outer door has a single lock and key set installed. Red doors are available in Model CAB2-RD. Additional door mounting plates must be ordered separately. Approximate size is 45" (114.3cm.) high, 26" (66cm.) wide, and 8" (20.3cm.) deep. CAB2 Enclosure CAB3 — Three -Row Enclosure Model CAB3, the largest single FireFinder XLS enclosure available, can house a maximum three (3) Model CAB -MP cabinet mounting plates in the enclosure, and three (3) rows of inner door mounting slots. The outer door can be configured to open from either side. Model CAB3 consists of the Model CAB3-BB back box; the Model CAB3- BD black inner and outer door package, and one (1) Model OD -LP lens plate. The outer door has two (2) locks and key sets installed. Red doors are available via Model CAB3-RD. Additional door mounting plates must be ordered separately. Approximate size is 63" (160cm.) high, 26" (66cm.) wide, and 8" (20.3cm.) deep. CAB3 Enclosure SIEMENSIndustry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Enclosure Trim IGts Trim kits are available for all system enclosures for semi -flush mounting applications. Model CAB1-TK (for black enclosures) and Model CAB1 R -TK (for red enclosures) fit Models CAB1 and CAB1-R enclosures. Similarly, Models CAB2-TK and CAB2R-TK fit the Model CAB2 enclosure, and Models CAB3-TK and CAB3R-TK fit the Model CAB -3 enclosure. Remote Transponder Doors The FireFinder XLS system can use remote transpon- ders for mounting additional modules such as amplifiers without requiring a Person Machine Interface or any control switches. Special doors are available for systems using Model CAB2 or Model CAB3 remote transponders. Models CAB2-XBD and CAB3- XBD omit the unused inner door and come complete with ventilation louvers built into the door. Model CAB2-XBD comes in black, and fits on Model CAB2-BB. Model CAB3-XBD also comes in black, and fits on Model CAB3-BB. Remote transponder door are also orderable in red: Models CAB2-XRD and CAB3-XRD. Complete box and door kits are available as Models CAB2-X and CAB3-X. CAB2-XBD Dow CAB3-XBD Door OD -GP — Outer -Door Grill Plate Model OD -GP also covers an entire row on the outer door of a system cabinet, but has four rows of ventilation louvers on it. Model OD -GP is mounted in front of system bulk amplifiers, card amplifiers, or other modules that generate heat. Using Model OD -GP will permit airflow across these modules to aid in heat dissipation. A single grill plate is included with each Model OG -GP. OD -GP Remote System Enclosures Models REMBOX2 and REMBOX4 are FireFinder XLS system endosures that are used for remotely mounting inner -door modules, such as the Person Machine Interface, switch modules, live -voice modules, and Model FMTs. C C C Enclosures, Doors & Plates — (cont.'d) REMBOX4 are FireFinder XLS system are thinner than the regular CAB enclosures (just 5" deep overall), and are perfect for mounting in places where space is limited (such as lobbies or behind a receptionists desk). Due to their smaller depth, no card cages, power supplies or bulk amplifiers can be mounted in a REMBOX. However, modules such as the Remote Network Interface Module (Model RNI); the Output -Control Module (Model OCM-16) and the Supervised Input Module (Model SIM -16) can be mounted in a REM BOX. Due to the depth of the live -voice module and the firefighters' master telephone, no Model OCM-16 or Model SIM -16 modules can be used simultaneously with Model LVM or Model FMT. Both Models REMBOX2 and REMBOX4 are designed for flush mounting with no trim kit required. Both endosures also come with a dear lens plate on the cover. REMBOX2 — Two -Module Remote Enclosure Model REMBOX2 has two (2) inner door module spaces, and can hold a single Model PMI -2, up to two (2) switch module brackets, one (1) Model LVM live voice module. Combinations are also allowed. Model REMBOX2 can also mount a single Model RNI on a bracket induded in the backbox. A bracket (Model REMBOX2-MP) can be used to mount up to four (4) Model OCM-16s or Model SIM -16 endosures. Model REMBOX2- MP must be purchased separately. Approximate size of Model REMBOX2 is 14-1/2" (36.8cm.) wide, 18-1/2" (47cm.) high and 5" (12.7cm.) deep. REMBOX2 REMBOX2 (with doors closed) (with doors open) Note: A red, (2) two -module remote lobby enclosure (Model REMBOX2R) is also available. REMBOX4 — Four -Module Remote Enclosures Model REMBOX4 has space for mounting four (4) inner door modules. Any combination of Model PMI -2 (two - module spaces), switch module brackets, Model LVM or Model FMT (one -module space each) can be used. Unused module spaces can be covered with Model ID -SP blank plates. Model REMBOX4 can also mount to a single Model RNf on a bracket included in the backbox. A bracket known as Model REMBOX4-MP can be used to mount a maximum eight (8) Model OCM-16s or Model SIM -16s. Model REMBOX4-MP must be purchased separately. Approximate size of Model REMBOX4 is 24" (61cm.) wide, 18-1/2" (47cm.) high and 5" (12.7cm.) deep. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division REMBOX4 (with doors closed) REMBOX4 (with doors open) Note: A red, (4) four -module remote lobby enclosure (Model REMBOX4R) is also available. CAB -MP — Cabinet Mounting Plate The cabinet mounting plate (Model CAB -MP) provides mounting for a single row of modules in a FireFinder XLS cabinet. Four (4) -module spaces are available on Model CAB -MP. Model CAB -MP is used to mount the Model CC -5 card cage, the Model CC -2 card cage, the Model PSC - 12 power supply, the Model PSX-12 power supply extender, and the Model ZAM-801180 zone amplifiers. r s t CAB -MP ID -MP — Inner Door Mounting Plate The inner door mounting plate (Model ID -MP) is mounted on the inner door of a CAB enclosure. Model ID -MP plates are used to mount Model SCM -8 switch control modules; Model LCM-8 LED control modules, or with Model FCM-6. Four (4) mounting plates are included in each Model ID - MP. Each mounting plate has four (4) spaces for control modules, and can hold either four (4) Model SCM -8 modules {one [1] control module space each); four (4) Model LCM-8 modules {one [1] control module space each); or two (2) Model FCM-6 modules {two [2] module spaces each]. Combinations are also allowed. Blank spaces in Model ID -MP can be covered using the Model BCM blank control module plate. A maximum four (4) Model ID -MP plates can be mounted in a single row on the inner door. ID -MP Enclosures, Doors & Plates — (cont.'d) ID -SP — Inner -Door Single Blank Plate Model ID -SP is used to cover any single module blank spaces on the inner door not used to mount the Person Machine Interface or one (1) Model ID -MP. Up to four (4) Model ID -SP plates can be mounted in a single row on the inner door. Two (2) blank plates are included in each Model ID -SP. ID -SP BCM — Blank Control Module plate Model BCM is used on Model ID -MP to cover any blank areas where control modules are not used. A maximum four (4) Model BCM plates can be mounted on a single Model ID -MP. Four (4), blank -module plates are included in each Model BCM. BCM OD -LP — Outer Door Lens Plate Model OD -LP is a clear plastic lens plate mounted on the outer door of a system cabinet. Model OD -LP is used to allow operators to see the system interface and controls mounted on the inner door, but restricts access to unauthorized users. Model OD -LP covers an entire row on the outer door. A single lens plate is included with each Model OD -LP. OD -BP — Outer -Door Blank Plate The Outer Door Blank Plate (Model OD -BP) is used to cover an entire row of a XLS system cabinet. Model OD -BP is mounted when no module is used in that location. Model OD -BP is mounted on the outer door, and one (1) blank plate is included with each order. OD -BP SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division XLS-MSE2/R-ADPT — XIS MSE -2/R Endosure Adapter Model XLS-MSE2-ADPT, which must be used in conjunction with Model CAB -MP, is an adapter that allows FireFinder XLS cards to be mounted in older - generation MXL Model MSE -2 small black enclosures. Model XLS-MSE2R-ADPT, which must be used in conjunction with Model CAB -MP, is an adapter that allows FireFinder XLS cards to be mounted in older - generation MXL Model MSE -2R small red enclosures. XLS-MSE2-ADPT XLS-MME3/R-ADPT — XIS MME -3/R or MBR -2 Enclosure Adapters Model XLS-MME3-ADPT, which must be used in conjunction with Model CAB -MP, is an adapter that allows FireFinder XLS cards to be mounted in older - generation MXL Model MME -3 or Model MBR -2 medium black enclosures. Model XLS-MME3R-ADPT, which must be used in conjunction with Model CAB -MP, is an adapter that allows FireFinder XLS cards to be mounted in older - generation MXL Model MME -3R medium red enclosures. XLS-MME3-ADPT XLS-MLE6/R-ADPT — XIS MLE-6/R Enclosure Adapter Model XLS-MLE6-ADPT, which must be used in conjunction with Model CAB -MP, is an adapter that allows FireFinder XLS cards to be mounted in older - generation MXL Model MLE-6 large black enclosures. Model XLS-MLE6R-ADPT, which must be used in conjunction with Model CAB -MP, is an adapter that allows FireFinder XLS cards to be mounted in older - generation MXL MLE-6R large red enclosures. XLS-MLE6-ADPT E6-ADPT Enclosures, Doors & Plates — (cont.'d) Details for Ordering XLS-MSE3/R-ADPT — XIS MSE-3L/R or MSE-3M/R Endosure Adapters Model XLS-MSE3-ADPT is an adapter that allows FireFinder XLS cards to be mounted in the older generation MXL-IQ Model MSE -3L or Model MSE -3M black enclosure. Model XLS-MSE3R-ADPT is an adapter that allows FireFinder XLS cards to be mounted in the older generation MXL-IQ Model MSE-3LR or Model MSE-3MR red enclosure. XLS-MSE3-ADPT XLS-RCC-1-ADPT — XIS RCC -1 Enclosure Adapter Model XLS-RCC1-ADPT is an adapter that allows the FireFinder XIS Model SSDI-C series remote annunciator to be mounted in the older generation Model RCC -1 surface -mount enclosure. XLS-RCCI -ADPT XLS-RCC13F/R-ADPT — XLS RCC -1 F/R or RCC-3F/R Enclosure Adapters Model XLS-RCC13F-ADPT is an adapter that allows the FireFinder XLS Model SSDI-C series remote annunciator to be mounted in the older generation Model RCC -1 F or Model RCC -3F black, flush -mount enclosure. Model XLS-RCC13FR-ADPT is an adapter that allows the Model SSDI-C series to be mounted in the older generation RCC -1 FR (red) and RCC-3FR (red) flush -mount enclosure. XLS-RCC13F-ADPT Temperature and Humidity Range Products are ®UL 864 9th Edition listed for indoor I dry locations within a temperature range of 120+1-3°F (49+1-2°C) to 32+1-3°F (0+1-2°C) and a relative humidity of 93+1-2% at a temperature of 90+1-3°F (32+/-2°C). SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Model Part Number Description BCM 500-033320 Blank control rmo ule plate, []p package CAB -1 500-633007 Complete single -row cabinet, black CAB -1R 500-633728 Complete single -row cabinet, red CA81-TK 500-633013 Single -row trim -kit cabinet, black CAB1 R -TK 500-633729 Single -row trim -kit cabinet, red CAB2-BB 500-633009 (2) Two -row back box, black CAB2-RB 500-634941 (2) Two -row back box, red CAB2-BD 500-633008 (2) Two -row inner & outer door set, black CAB2-RD 500-633755 (2) Two -row inner & outer door set, red CAB2-TK 500-633014 (2) Two -row trim -kit cabinet, black CAB2R-TK 500-633753 (2) Two -row trim -kit cabinet, red CAB2-XBD 500-633768 CAB2 transponder door, black CAB2-XRD 500-633792 CAB2 transponder door, red CAB2-X 599-034252 Complete CAB2 wl transponder door [no inner door] CA133-BB 500-633011 (3) Three -row back box, black CAB3-RB 500-634942 (3) Three -row back box, red CAB3-BD 50 0-63 301 0 (3) Three -row inner & outer door set, black CAB3-RD 500-633757 (3) Three -row inner & outer door set, red CAB3-TK 500-633015 (3) Three -row trim -kit cabinet, black CAB3R-TK 500-633754 (3) Three -row trim -kit cabinet, red CAB3-XBD 500-633769 CAB3 transponder door, black CAB3-XRD 500-633793 CAB3 transponder door, red . CAB3-X 599-034253 Complete CAB3 WI transponder door [no inner door] CAB BATT 500-633917 Field -mounted enclosure for 100AH batteries, black CAB -BATT -R 500-634925 Field -mounted enclosure for 100AH batteries, red CAB -MP 500-633012 Back box module mounting plate ID MP 500-633027 Inner -door enclosure mounting plate, four [41 per package ID -SP 500-633028 Single -module inner -door enclosure mounting plate [two (2) per package) OD -BP 50 0-63 301 7 Outer door blank plate OD -BP -R 500-634919 Outer door blank plate, red OD -GP 500-633018 Outer door grill plate OD -GP -R 500-634920 Outer door grill plate, red OD -LP 50 0-63 301 6 Outer door lens plate REMBOX2 500-633772 (2) Two -module remote lobby endosure, black REMBOX2R 500-650612 (2) Two -module remote lobby enclosure, red REMBOX2 MP 500-634211 Mounting plate for Models OCM-16 I SIM -16 in Model REMBOX2 REMBOX4 500-633914 (4) Four -module remote lobby enclosure, black REMBOX4R 500-650613 (4) Four -module remote lobby enclosure, red REMBOX4-MP 500-634212 Mounting plate for Models OCM-161 SIM -16 in Model REMBOX4 XLS-MLE6-ADPT 554430-09-A1 MLE-6 en dosure adapter for XLS, black XLS-MLE6R-ADPT 554430 -C9 -A2 MLE-6R enclosure adapter for XLS, red XLS-MME3-ADPT 554430 -C8 -A1 MME -3 and MBR -2 enclosure adapters for PireFinder XLS, black XLS-MME3R-ADPT 554430 -C8 -A2 MME -3R enclosure adapter for XLS, red XLS-MSE2-ADPT 554430 -C7 -A1 MSE -2 enclosure adapter for XLS, black XLS-MSE2P-ADPT 554430 -C7 -A2 MSE -2R enclosure adapter for XIS, red XLS-MSE3 ADPT 554430 -C14 -A1 MXL-IQ MSE -3L and MSE -3M enclosure adapters for XLS, black XLS-MSE3R-ADPT 554430 -C14 -A2 MXL-IQ MSE-3LR &MSE 3MR enclosure adapters for XLS, red XLS-RCC1-ADPT 554430 -Z14 -A1 RCC -1 enclosure adapter, black XLS-RCC13F-ADPT 554430-213-A1 RCC -1F & RCC -3F enclosure adapters, black XLS-RCC13FR-ADPT 554430 -Z13 -A2 RCC -1 FR & RCC-3FR enclosure adapters, red C C SIEMENS Data Sheet Fire Safety Products FireFinder® XLS and XLSV Person Machine Interface 3 Model PMI -3 ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER SPECIFICATIONS • Main -operator interface with user -prompted lighted, large buttons for system control, operating sequence • Touch -screen driven, system -control menus • Additional tabs , induding queues for mass notification (MNS) • Go -to -beginning, go -to -end queue buttons • Front-end light -emitting diodes (LEDs) for Alarm, Supervisory and Trouble commands • Global annunciation and control capability • Partial -system disable LED • Audible Status LEDs (ON and Silenced) • Integrated slots for switch -control (Model SCM -8) and LED -control (Model LCM-8) modules • Large, 6 -inch (15.2 cm) color display • Context -sensitive 'Help' menu • Navigation buttons and ' More Info' • 40 software -programmable 'User Macro' switches • ®UL 864 9th Edition and ®UL2572 Listed & ®ULC Listed; FM, CSFM and NYCFD Approved NOTE: The depiction above represents display capabilities for the purpose of this document It does not actually reflect a front-end saeen in a quiescent state. XLS Person Machine Interface 3 (Model PMI -3) Product Overview The Person Machine Interface (Model PMI -3) is the primary user interface for the 1-5reFinder fire alarm control panel (FACP). Model PMI -3 also serves as both operator interface and central microprocessor for each XLS system. From each Model PMI -3, the end-user can Acknowledge events; control the system notification appliance circuits (NACs), and reset the system for both FIRE and MNS events. Detailed information about the nature and location of the events can also be displayed. Model PMI -3 contains the site-specific program configuration created in the custom - configuration tool, Zeus. The controller in Model PMI -3 provides all system logic and supervision. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Specifications Model PMI -3 contains a large, 6" (15.2 cm) (1200 -x- 800 pixel) color liquid -crystal display (LCD), touch screen and LEDs for displaying system status. An audible sounds when there are 'unacknowledged' events on Model PMI -3. The display is surrounded by keys that are used to control the displayed information and to navigate through these screens. Keys are also provided to obtain 'Help' and to enter into the menu features of Model PMI -3. Every FireFinder XLS FACP is controlled and operated from Model PMI -3, which uses large, lighted buttons to prompt the end-user to the next available, correct system operation (i.e. - Acknowledge, Silence, Unsilence Audible or Reset). FireFinder® XLS Person Machine Interface 3 6359 Specifications — (continued) With the use of the software upgrade kit (Model GPMI2-HW-KEY) Model PMI -3 can provide global functionality by annunciation and controlling multiple F'ireF'inder XLS and MXL systems. The display of Model PMI -3 categorizes events by type, providing a separate event tab for Alarm, Supervisory, Security, Trouble, and MNS events. The quantity of active events of each type is listed in each event tab. The display provides two (2) full lines of text message for each event. Each event can have a 32 -character custom message describing the event's location. In addition to the text message, the system displays the category of the active event: (e.g. - Smoke, Heat, Water Flow, Manual, etc) - the category means more to responding officials than model numbers. The LCD screen displays events in user -selectable colors corresponding to the event type. Through Zeus, the end-user can select the color associated to each event type. Maintenance menus also use colors to highlight system features and capabilities, such as arming and disarming points, system testing, and system reports. Up to five (5) events can be displayed at a time. For Canadian operation, 10 events are shown. When more than five (5) events are present, the up -and -down-arrow keys allow the user to vertically scroll the list of events. A progress meter on the side of the list indicates the size of the list of events and the location in the list. New, 'unacknowledged' events are indicated by a flashing exclamation point C!'). Once acknowledged, the exclamation point changes to a check mark ('.,). To the right of the display is a button that is labeled 'More Info.' When an event occurs in the system - if additional information has been configured for this event, the 'More Info' button will light green, prompting the end-user to press the 'More Info' button. Once 'More Info' is pressed, the end-user is presented with a full screen of detailed information about that event, including over 200 characters of additional text to describe the event, standard NFPA 170 Fire Safety symbols, Hazmat and other critical information concerning the event. This information can be invaluable to a fire official responding to an Alarm event. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division The detail screen also provides the end-user with a summary of the events - sorted by active type active in the area. A building contact name and phone number are also available. In addition to the detail screen, the end-user can view a graphics map, which can show a simple building floor plan. On the map, the end-user will see an icon indicating the location of the event in the building in addition to a 'You -Are - Here' symbol to tell the responding person exactly where they are in the building in relation to the event. Model PMI -3 also provides a completed menu for running system status reports (via a print -preview feature right on the screen before sending the report to the printer). The menu system is designed to allow the user to scroll through the entire system in either the Physical or Geographic views to locate the area of the system desired - all without having to know module or device addresses. All navigation is possible using custom messages. The Maintenance Menu is accessed by password. When an end-user enters this mode, the touch screen of Model PMI -3 will be enabled, prompting the end- user to enter a password. System control within the maintenance menu uses large, easy -to -read touch buttons. Model PMI -3 also provides the end-user with 40 programmable macro or function buttons, which can be programmed for a variety of usages. Model PMI -3 mounts to the inner door in two (2) of four (4) available module spaces in the Models CAB1, CAB2 or CAB3 endosures. Model PMI -3 communicates with the rest of the FireFinder XLS system via the internal, 60 -pin data bus. Each of these data buses contains all power and data communications for Model PMI -3. Language Overlays There are overlays that provide naming in alternate languages for visual indicators found on the front of each Model PMI -3. Each overlay is assigned, respectively, on Model PMI -3's outer assembly when affixed to the display on the user interface. Each overlay assignment is intended to be used in combination with the run-time, alternate -language files found in the Zeus tool. NOTE: Refer to Details for Ordering section on the following page for the three (3) types of language overlays available for Model PM1-3. Electrical Ratings Q-Input Power- 24V ower- 24V Back Plane Current: 195mA 24V Current Draw: [Screw Terminal] 0 6.2V Back Plane Current: 0 24V Current Draw: [standby] 12SmA - Output Power- Each ower- Each HNET/XNET and CAN Network Pair 8V, peak -to -peak, max. 75mA, max. (during message transmission) Related Documentation Product Data Sheet Number FireFinder` XLS System Overview 6300 FireFinder" XLSV Voice -System Overview 6340 SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Temperature and Humidity Range Products are ®UL 864 9th Edition Listed for indoor dry locations within a temperature range of 120 +I- 3°F (49 +1-2°C) to 32+I -3°F (0+1-2°C) and relative humidity of 93+/-2% at a temperature of 90+1-3°F (32+1-2°C). Details for Ordering Model NPa rt umber Description PMI -3 554430 -C15 -A1 Person Machine Interface 3 for FireFinder' XLS PMI -3 International Overlays S54430 -C16 -A1 Alternate -language Overlay for navigation on a Person Machine Interface 3 GPMI-3 S54430 -C25 -Al Person Machine Interface 3 with GPM13-HW-KEY GPMI3-HW-KEY 554430 -C4 -A1 Software Upgrade Kit for Model PMI -3 Global Functionality c 0 Notice: This marketing data sheet is not intended to be used for system design or installation purposes. For the most up-to-date information, refer to each product's installation instructions. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Fire Safety 8 Fernwood Road Florham Park, NJ 07932 Tel: (973) 593-2600 FAX: (908) 547-6877 URL' www usa Siemens comlFite isf-ts) Printed in U S A. Fire Safety 1577 North Serwce Road East Oakville, Ontario L6H OH6ICanada Tel: 1905 ] 465-8000 URL: www .Siemens CA. October 2016 Supersedes sheet dated 112013 (Rev. 11 0 O 0 S Data Sheet Fire Safety Products FireFinder® XLS Power -Supply Charger, Power -Termination Board Module & Power -Supply Extender Models PSC -12, PTB and PSX-12 ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER SPECIFICATIONS Main -system power supply Total power output 12 Amp @ 24VDC Built-in charger for up to 100AH batteries Universal AC power input: 120VAC — 240VAC @ 50 / 60Hz Off-line, switch -mode power converter Filtered & regulated 24VDC Mounts on back box or optional CAB -MP in one (1) module space Common Alarm & common Trouble relays (Form 'C' rated @ 2A) Two (2) Programmable relays (Form 'C' rated @ 2A) Provides 12 -Amp, non -power -limited 24 VDC output (internal use) Provides 24VDC and 6.2VDC power to all modules connected to a 60 -pin bus 4 -Amp, power -limited 24VDC output (external use) Supervised Intelligent Module with plain, decimal addressing Communicates with PMI / CPC, via common 60 -pin power / data bus Ground -fault detection circuitry Optional enclosure tamper switch connection point (Model HTSW-1) Includes PTB Power Termination Board for AC field connections Optional 24VDC system power expansion with the power -supply extender (Model PSX-12) Models PSC -12 and PSX-12 share common batteries Up to three (3) Model PSX-12s connected to Model PSC -12 0UL 864 9th Edition Listed & ®ULC Listed; FM, CSFM, NYC Fire Department Approved Model PSC -12 Product Overview — (Model PSC -12) The Model PSC -12 Power -Supply Charger is a high -current power supply that provides FireFinder XLS with primary, regulated 24VDC power to operate at 12 Amps (Alarm) / 5 Amps (Standby). Model PSC -12 has a built-in battery charger, capable of charging up to 100AH batteries. s Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Model PSC -12 is an addressable -intelligent, microprocessor - controlled module that communicates its status to the system -operator interface (PMI). Model PMI is able to query the status of the power supply to obtain information regarding system charging current, terminal loading information, ground fault -conditions and more. FireFinder XLS Power Components 6322 Product Overview — (continued) Model PSC -12 Model PSC -12 is a universal power supply; accepting AC power -input levels from 120VAC — 240VAC @ 50 / 60Hz. No special configuration is required — Model PSC -12 is designed to operate across these AC input ranges. Model PSC -12 has an off-line, switch -mode power converter and a power -factor -correction circuit to improve conductive RF emissions at low frequency. Model PSC -12 communicates with the H -Net protocol with other system cards and modules, via the common 60 -pin power / data bus. Model PSC -12 also provides the FireFinder XLS system with 6.2VDC (2Amps) and 24VDC (2Amps) — via the 60 -pin bus — to provide basic power to cards and modules. This 24VDC and 6.2VDC power is also referred to as 'back -plane current.' Combined with the 'back -plane current,' the PSC - 12 provides 12Amps of power @ 24VDC. Two (2) separate power -output terminals are available: one (1) power limited with 4A max @ 24VDC capacity and one (1) non -power limited with 12A max @24VDC capacity (the total not to exceed 12A). Model PSC -12 also provides two (2) connection points for the 60 -pin power / data bus. The 24 VDC outputs for Model PSC -12 provide auto- resettable current protection circuits for overload and short-circuit conditions. The battery sizes installed are entered in the software configuration tool. Model PSC -12 can charge 15AH, 31AH, 75AH or 100AH batteries. The charger monitors and maintains the battery. The charger has three (3) charge modes — depending on the state of the batteries: Bulk (full) Charge State. Trickle Charge State and Float (maintenance) State. The charger monitors the batteries and automatically determines which of the charging modes to activate. Model PSC -12 can charge lead -acid batteries only. Model PSC -12 mounts on one (1) of four (4) available module spaces directly on the back box or optional Model CAB -MP module mounting plate, which then mounts inside of Models CAB -1, CAB -2 or CAB -3 system enclosures. Model PSC -12 has four (4) Form 'C' relays rated at 2 Amps each. A relay is dedicated to automatically operate on °Any System Alarm" — this is the Common Alarm Relay. Another is dedicated to automatically operate on Any System Trouble° - this is the Common Trouble Relay. s Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Two (2) additional relays are available to be programmed for activation based on system control logic. When a door -tamper switch is required in any of the CAB enclosures, the Model HTSW-1 tamper switch can be optionally connected to Model PSC -12 to provide this functionality. Model PSC -12 has diagnostics LEDs to indicate 'Power On', 'Module Failure' (internal module failure), 'H -NET Failure' (network -communication failure), 'Ground Fault' (internal to enclosure or on any 24VDC output circuits). '24VDC 12A Fail' and '24VDC 4A Fail.' Model PSC -12 module is addressed using plain, decimal -address switches, which clearly state the address of the module. As an option, an extender cable (Model PSC -ISO -CBL) can allow usage of two (2) XLS universal power supplies (Model PSC -12) in one (1) Model CAB -series enclosure. Model PTB Model PSC -12 Power -Termination Board comes packaged with a module known as Model PTB. Model PTB is the Power -Termination Board, and is required for operation with the PSC -12. Model PTB must be mounted in the lower -right corner of the CAB enclosures. Mounting studs are provided in all enclosures to mount to Model PTB. Model PTB contains screw terminals for AC input power to be connected. Model PTB contains an AC -line filter and AC -line power breaker rated at 5A. From another connector on Model PTB. AC power is connected directly to Model PSC -12, via a keyed -cable harness. Each Model PTB supports building AC -power -connection circuits for two (2) power supplies — either one (1) for Model PSC -12 and one (1), optionally, for the Power Supply extender (Model PSX-12.) When more than one (1) Model PSX-12 Power Supply extender is used, a second Model PTB is required, and must be ordered separately. Model PTB Model PTB has an optional connector that can be used during system installation, commissioning and service to provide the technician with a place to plug in their laptop computer, if required. Model AC-ADPT is an optional accessory cable that allows connection on one side to Model PTB, via a keyed connector, and on the other end directly into to the laptop's transformer. Most PC external power transformers have removable AC power cords which can be replaced by Model AC-ADPT to temporarily provide an AC power source for PCs used during system installation, service and maintenance calls, when needed. PSX-1 2 Power -Supply Extender • Auxiliary 24VDC Power Supply • Total power output 12 Amp @ 24VDC • Universal AC power input 120VAC - 240VAC @ 50 / 60Hz • Off-line Switch Mode Power Converter • Filtered & Regulated @ 24VDC • Provides 12A non -power limited @ 24 VDC output (internal use) • Provides 4 -Amp, power -limited @ 24VDC output (external use) • Mounts on CAB -MP one (1) module space • Supervised Intelligent Module - plain, decimal addressing • Communicates with PMI / CPC, via common 60 -pin power / data bus • Ground -fault detection circuit • PTB Power Termination Board for AC field connections • Models PSC -12 and PSX-12 share common back-up batteries • Up to three (3) PSX-12s connected to a PSC -12 charger • 0UL 864 9th Edition Listed & ULC Listed; FM. CSFM. NYC Fire Department Approved Model PSX-12 Product Overview — (Model PSX-12) The Model PSX-12 Power -Supply Extender is a high -current, auxiliary -power supply that expands the main Model PSC -12 power supply and battery charger for the FireFinder XLS system with an additional 24VDC power. Model PSX-12 is rated at 12Amps. Model PSX-12 is an addressable intelligent microprocessor -controlled module that communicates its status to the system -operator interface (PMI) to report fault conditions. Model PMI is able to query the status of the power supply to obtain information regarding terminal -loading information, ground -fault conditions and more. Model PSX-12 is a universal power supply; accepting AC power -input levels from 120VAC — 240VAC, and has an off-line, switch -mode power converter and power - factor -correction circuit to improve conductive RF emissions at low frequency. No special configuration is required. s Industry. Inc. Building Technologies Division Model PSX-12 communicates via H -Net protocol with other system cards and modules, via the system's common 60 -pin power/data bus. Model PSX-12 provides a full 12 Amps of power @ 24VDC. Two (2) separate power -output terminals are available: one that is power limited with 4A max @24VDC capacity and one non -power limited with 12A max @24VDC capacity (total is not to exceed 12A). Model PSX-12 also provides two (2) connection points for the 60 -pin power / data bus. Model PSX-12 mounts on one (1) of four (4), available module spaces directly on the back box or optional Model CAB -MP module mounting plate, which then mounts inside of Models CAB1, CAB2 or CAB3 system enclosures. Model PSX-12 has diagnostics LEDs to indicate 'Power On'. Module Failure (internal module failure). H -NET Failure (network communication failure), Ground Fault (internal to enclosure or on any 24VDC output circuits). 24VDC 12A fail and 24VDC 4A fail. Model PSX-12 is addressed using plain, decimal -address switches, which clearly state the address of the module. 0 O Details for Ordering Model Number Part Number Description AC-ADPT 500-633992 Technician Laptop -Power Connector BP -61 175-387194 24VDC, 15AH Battery BTX -1 175-083897 Set of 12V, 31AH Batteries BTX -2 175-083898 Set of 12V, 55AH Batteries BTX -3 599-034220 Set of 12V. 100AH Batteries CAB -BATT 500-633917 Battery Enclosure for 75AH or 100AH Batteries HTSW-1 500-033350 Door Tamper Switch PSC -12 500-033340 Power Supply and Battery Charger, 12A @ 24VDC PSC -ISO CBL 554430 -K4 -A1 Optional Extender Cable (used for holding two [2] Model PSC -12 power supplies in one [11 Model CAB -series endosure PSX-12 500-034120 Power Supply Extender, 12A @ 24VDC PTB 500-033390 Power Termination Board (only required for applications with more than two (2) Model PSX-12 extenders) Temperature and Humidity Range . Products are a UL 864 9'h Edition Listed for indoor dry locations within a temperature range of 120+/-3°F (49+/-2°C) to 32+/-3°F (0+/-2°C) and a relative humidity of 93+/-2%o at a temperature of 90+1-3°F (32+/-2°C). Electrical Ratings Notice: This marketing data sheet is not intended to be used for system design or installation purposes. For the most up-to-date information, refer to each product's installation instructions. Fire Safety 8 Femwood Road s Industry, Inc. Florham Park. NJ 07932 Building Technologies Division lel: (973) 593-2600 FAX: (908) 547-6877 URL: www.usa.SIemens.comif ii (SII -FS) Printed in U.S.A. Fire Safety 1577 North Service Road East Oakville. Ontario L6H OH6 / Canada Tel: [905) 465-8000 URL: www.Si^mens.CA February 2014 Supersedes sheet dated 11/11 (Rev. 5) Model PSC -12 Model PSX-12 Input Voltage 120VAC @ 50 / 60 Hz. 220VAC @ S0 / 60 Hz. 240VAC @ 50 / 60 Hz. 120VAC @ 50 / 60 Hz. 220VAC @ 50 / 60 Hz. 240VAC @ 50 / 60 Hz. Input Current 3.SA, max. @ 120VAC • 2.5A. max. @ 220VAC 2.0A. max. @ 240VAC 3.5A, max. @ 120VAC 2.5k max. @ 220VAC 2.0A. max. @ 240VAC 24VDC Back Plane Current 2A, max. Not Applicable Screw Terminal I24V Current] Power Limited: 4A. max. Power Limited: 4A, max. Non -Power Limited: 12A, max. Non -Power Limited: 12A, max. 6.2VDC Back Plane Current 2k max. Not Applicable 24V Standby Current 150mA + 20mA per active relay 150mA Output Power (Each HNET / XNET and CAN Network Pair] 8V peak -to -peak max. 8V peak -to -peak max. 75mA, max. during msg. transmission 75mA, max. during msg. transmission Notice: This marketing data sheet is not intended to be used for system design or installation purposes. For the most up-to-date information, refer to each product's installation instructions. Fire Safety 8 Femwood Road s Industry, Inc. Florham Park. NJ 07932 Building Technologies Division lel: (973) 593-2600 FAX: (908) 547-6877 URL: www.usa.SIemens.comif ii (SII -FS) Printed in U.S.A. Fire Safety 1577 North Service Road East Oakville. Ontario L6H OH6 / Canada Tel: [905) 465-8000 URL: www.Si^mens.CA February 2014 Supersedes sheet dated 11/11 (Rev. 5) Model PTB AC Mains Rating_ 120VAC @ SO / 60 Hz. {Each Model PSC -12 / Model PSX-1 2) i 3.5k max. 220VAC @ 50160 Hz. 2.5k max. 240VAC @ 50 / 60 Hz. 2.0k max. Notice: This marketing data sheet is not intended to be used for system design or installation purposes. For the most up-to-date information, refer to each product's installation instructions. Fire Safety 8 Femwood Road s Industry, Inc. Florham Park. NJ 07932 Building Technologies Division lel: (973) 593-2600 FAX: (908) 547-6877 URL: www.usa.SIemens.comif ii (SII -FS) Printed in U.S.A. Fire Safety 1577 North Service Road East Oakville. Ontario L6H OH6 / Canada Tel: [905) 465-8000 URL: www.Si^mens.CA February 2014 Supersedes sheet dated 11/11 (Rev. 5) SIEMENS Catalog Sheet Fire Safety & Security Products FireFinder XLS Switch -Control Module / LED -Control Module / Fan -Control Module Models SCM -8, LCM-8 and FCM-6 ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER SPECIFICATIONS - SCM -8 • Eight (8) programmable switches (Model SCM -8) • Protected space provided for labeling • Discreet switches • Multi -color LEDs for clear indication of system status • Modular • Programmable LED annunciation • Remote mounting in REMBOX2 or REMBOX4 enclosures LCM-8 FCM-6 • Six (6) sets of the push-button, programmable fan -control switches (Model FCM-6) • Manual 'On' /'Off' /'Automatic' positions • Positive feedback (supervised) • LED indication of fan status ('On' /'Off' / 'Trouble') • Protected label provided • Modular • Activation -stagger timer • ()UL 864 gth Edition Listed & ®ULC Listed; FM, CSFM & NYMEA Approved Products Overview SCM -8 Model SCM -8 is a Siemens FireFinder XLS option module that provides manual control of the Emergency Voice Evacuation System or Manual Fire -System Control. Each Model SCM -8 module provides eight (8) momentary push-button switches and 16 LEDs to indicate their status. Each switch is assigned two (2) LEDs and a label to indicate the switch's programmed usage. The label slides behind a clear, protective membrane. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division One of the LEDs assigned to each switch is a dual - color LED used to indicate what type of signal is active. This LED may also be lighted steady or flashing to further indicate system status. For example, zones active to the evacuation audio channel will have the LED lighted RED and steady; zones active to the Alert audio channel will have the LED lighted RED and flashing; zones selected for paging will have the LED lighted GREEN and flashing until the microphone key is pressed. FireFinder XLS 6317 Products Overview — (continued) 0 SCM -8 When the zone -transfer confirmation message is received by the XLS command console, the LED will change to steady GREEN, indicating that it is clear to page. Telephone zones with an incoming call in progress will have an LED flashing GREEN until selected at the command console — at which time the LED will change to steady GREEN, etc. This process allows the operator easy, clear access to the overall system condition at all times. The second LED is amber, and is used to indicate a fault condition. Each Model SCM -8 module and each switch is fully programmable, and may be used to control speaker circuits and a wide range of general system functions such as: All Call, All Evac, Warden's Page, Speaker, etc. Any number of circuits may be grouped and controlled by a single switch. Switch usage and zone groupings are assigned using the ZEUS system programming software. Each Model SCM -8 module is mounted on a hinged panel as a part of the FireFinder XLS command console enclosure. LCM-8 Model LCM-8 is a FireFinder XIS -option module that provides LED annunciation of system activity. Each Model LCM-8 module contains eight (8) groups of two (2) LEDs— each of which can be assigned to desired outputs using the ZEUS programming software. Eight (8) LEDs are capable of being lighted either RED or GREEN (flashing or steady.) The remaining LEDs are AMBER (flashing or steady.) A space is provided for labeling of LED functions. The label slides behind a clear, protective membrane. Model LCM-8 dimensions are identical to Model SCM - 8, and Model LCM-8 is mounted on the same hinged panel as a part of the FireFinder XLS command console enclosure. Any combination of Models SCM - 8 and LCM-8 modules may be used. FCM-6 Model FCM-6 is a FireFinder XIS command - console option module that provides manual control of building HVAC system fans and dampers. Each Model FCM-6 module provides six (6) sets of three (3) push-button switches for manual system control. Each switch has three (3) associated LEDs to indicate Fan I Damper status: 'OFF' (Red LED), 'ON' (Green LED), TROUBLE' (Yellow LED). C SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division When in the automatic position, the red and green LEDs indicate Fan I Damper status ('On' / 'Off') based on the system logic that can be programmed to automatically control the fan outputs. When manually switched to the 'Off' position, the red LED will flash, indicating the output circuit used to turn off the Fan I Damper has activated. The red LED will light a steady stream of red to indicate positive feedback of the Fan / Damper actually turning off (via a monitored input). When manually switched to the 'On' position, the green LED will flash, indicating the output circuit used to turn on the Fan I Damper has activated. The green LED will light to a steady green to indicate positive feedback of the Fan I Damper actually turning on (via a monitored input.) Switch Position LEO Indicators Description ■ AUTO OFF -Red Solid ON -Green Solid Based on System Logic Driving Outputs ON Green Flashing Green Solid Command Sent out toTurn On Outputs Output's On -Positive Feedback Received that Output is On DFF Red Flashing Red Solid Command Sent Out to Turn Off Outputs Output's Off -Positive Feedback Received that Output is Off During system reset — when switches have been manually set to the 'ON' or the 'OFF' position — their associated outputs do not change state. The switches stay either 'On' or 'Off— based on the position of the switch. Outputs will only change state when manually controlled via the 'On' /'Off' switch or based on system logic when switch is in the 'Auto' position. Each Model FCM-6 module is mounted on a hinged panel as a part of the FireFinder XIS command console enclosure. Any combination of Model SCM - 8, Model LCM-8 or Model FCM-6 modules may be mounted on the inner -door mounting plate (Model ID -MP). A six -conductor cable is supplied for interconnection of the modules. A 30 -inch cable (Model CCL) is available for connection between rows. Models SCM -8, LCM-8, and FCM-6 may be remotely mounted up to 1,000 feet from the main enclosure. REMBOX2 and REMBOX4 lobby enclosures are required for remote mounting of Models SCM -8, LCM-8 and FCM-6. The CAN sounder board (Model CSB) is optionally available for audible feedback for remote mounting applications. C C Electrical Ratings 24V Back Plane Current 0 Screw Terminal 24V Current 14mA max + lmA per active LED 6.2V Back Plane Current 0 24V Standby Current 14mAmax + 1 mA per active LED Temperature and Humidity Range Products are ®UL 864 9th Edition listed for indoor dry locations within a temperature range of 120+1-3°F (49+1-2°C) to 32+1-3°F (0+I -2°C) and at a relative humidity of 93+1-2% at a temperature of 90+1-3°F (32+1-2°C). Wiring Diagram • Installing FCM-6, LCM-8 and SCM -8 Modules SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Details for Ordering Model No. Part No. Description 3 SCM -8 500-033040 Switch Module (8 Switches) LCM-8 500-033100 LED Annunciator Module (8 LED Sets) FCM-6 500-033140 Fan Control Module Switches (On -Ott -Auto) ID -MP 500-633027 Inner Door Mounting Plate (Accepts up to 4 Modules) CSB 500-033130 CAN Sounder Board CO. 599-634214 CAN -CABLE -Long 30 in. 6 -Conductor BCM 500-033320 Blank Plate Mounting Diagram ID-MP•r MOUNTING PLATE SCM -8 s MODULES 1,, I, ppa f I a0�I ' r FCM-6 / r ` -- MODULE < 11 -- CSB "CSB I A SOUNDERS BOARD\ f/ , Mounting the CSB 0 0 0 Notice: This marketing catalog sheet is not intended to be used for system design or installation purposes. For the most up-to-date information, refer to each product's installation instructions. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Fire Safety 8 Fernwood Road Florham Park, NJ 07932 Tel: (973) 593-2600 6.111 FAX: (908) 547-6877 Printed in U S A URL wNw,SBT.Siemens,com/FIS Fire Safety 2 Kenview Boulevard Brampton, Ontario L6T 5E4 / Canada Tel: (905) 799-9937 FAX: (905) 799-9858 May 2010 Supersedes sheet dated 1/09 (Rev. 7 0 0 SIEMENS Catalog Sheet Fire Safety & Security Products FireFinder XLSV Live Voice Module Model LVM ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER SPECIFICATIONS • Dynamic microphone with push -to -talk switch • Coil cord • Fully supervised • Pre -announce tone LED • Ready -to -page LED • Six (6) programmable, built-in switches • Six (6) pairs of built-in LEDs • Speaker with volume control • Mounts to the inner door of CAB 1, CAB2, CAB3 or remote lobby enclosure • ®UL 864 9th Edition Listed and ®ULC Listed; FM, CSFM & NYMEA Approved ® i its:: asp ® •, Product Overview The Live Voice Module (Model LVM) provides a supervised, high-quality and dynamic microphone to give firefighters a means of sending live voice messages to specified audio zones. Model LVM mounts on the inner door of a CAB1, CAB2, CAB3 or remote lobby enclosure. Model LVM includes a microphone with a push -to -talk switch and coiled cord. The microphone and push -to -talk switch are fully supervised. Model LVM also provides a green preannounce LED, which indicates the pre -announce signal is active at the selected zones, and a green ready -to -page LED, which indicates selected zones are ready to be paged. The pre -announce signal can be programmed as a tone or message, and the duration is adjustable from 0 to 10 seconds in 1 second increments. A built-in speaker with volume control allows the monitoring of the audio channels. The front panel of Model LVM contains six (6) switches and six (6) pairs of LEDs. Each pair of LEDs contains one (1) bi-color (red/green) and one (1) yellow LED. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division The six (6) switches can be programmed for manual voice functions, as well as generic system functions. When the switches are used as generic switches, all LEDs can be programmed for ON, OFF or FLASHING. Model LVM is supervised by the Model DAC -NET card, and is assigned to one (1) of the 99 Model DAC -NET sub addresses (CAN addresses). Temperature and Humidity Range Products are OUL 864 9th Edition listed for indoor dry locations within a temperature range of 120+/-3°F (49+1-2°C) to 32+1-3°F (0+1-2°C) and at a relative humidity of 93+/-2% at a temperature of 90+1-3°F (32+1-2°C). Electrical Ratings 24V Current, 25mA max Details for Ordering Model Number Part Number Description LVM 500.034090 Live Voice Module FireFinder XLSV 6333 O 0 C Notice: This marketing catalog sheet is not intended to be used for system design or installation purposes. For the most up-to-date information, refer to each product's installation instructions. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Fre Safety 8 Femwood Road Florham Park, NJ 07932 Tel: (973) 593-2600 (ss) FAX: (908) 547-6877 Printed in U.S.A. URL: www.SBT.Siemens.com/FIS Fire Safety 2 Kenview Boulevard Brampton, Ontario L6T 5E4 / Canada Tel: (905) 799-9937 FAX: (905) 799-9858 May 2010 Supersedes sheet dated 7709 (Rev. 2) 0 C SIEMENS Catalog Sheet Fire Safety & Security Products FireFinder XLSV Firefighters' Master Telephone Model FMT ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER SPECIFICATIONS • Firefighters' master -telephone handset • Push -to -talk button • Fully supervised • Diagnostic light -emitting diodes (LEDs) • Mounts to the inner door of Model CAB1, Model CAB2, Model CAB3 or Model REMBOX4 enclosure • Generates Acknowledge tone and Busy signal for remote telephones • Warden's page • ®UL 864 9th Edition Listed & ®ULC Listed; FM, CSFM Approved; NYC Fire Department Certificate of Approval #6056 Product Overview The Firefighters' Master Telephone Module (Model FMT) provides firefighters with an emergency telephone system for communication with remote locations. Model FMT mounts to the rear of the inner door of a Model CAB 1, Model CAB2, Model CAB3, or Model REMBOX4 enclosure, and includes a handset for the operator of the telephone system. The FireFinder XLSV firefighter's telephone unit is designed for maximum performance in communication quality. Model FMT circuitry allows the master telephone and at least five (5) telephone stations to be off hook simultaneously with no degradation of audio quality. The Model FMT-A-ADPT adapter (FM approval pending) allows the telephone riser to be wired for Class A operation. The telephone riser is supervised by the primary Model FMT. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Telephone zone call -ins are annunciated on the appropriate Model SCM -8 switch module. Remote stations receive an Acknowledge tone when dialing into the command center prior to the call being answered, which indicates a 'call-in' is in progress, and a Busy tone if calling into the command center and another telephone zone is already on line. Diagnostic LEDs are located on the back of Model FMT to indicate power is applied to the module and failure of the card, CAN communication or phone. The Firefighters' Master Telephone Module (Model FMT) is supervised by the Model DAC -NET card, and it is assigned to one (1) of the 99 Model DAC -NET sub -module addresses (CAN addresses.) Firefighters' Master Telephone 6335 Electrical Ratings 24V Badc Pune Current 0 wed saewTennira(24VCed ton mac . tmA peradive LED 62V Back Plane Current 0 24V Standty Curren 0 Output Power CAN Network Pair 8V peak to peak nix 75mA max Outing msg tansmission) Temperature and Humidity Range Products are €UL 864 9t Edition listed for indoor dry locations within a temperature range of 120+1-3°F (49+1-2°C) to 32+1-3°F (0+1-2°C) and at a relative humidity of 93+/-2% at a temperature of 90+1-3°F (32+/-2°C). Details for Ordering Model Number Part Number Description FMT 500-034100 Firefighters' Master Telephone FMT-A-ADPT 500-050338 Class A Telephone Riser Adapter Notice: This marketing catalog sheet is not intended to be used for system design or installation purposes. For the most up-to-date information, refer to each product's installation instructions. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Fire Safety Fire Safety 8 Fernwood Road 2 Kenview Boulevard Florham Park, NJ 07932 Brampton, Ontario Tel: (973) 593-2600 (v(-Fsl L6T 5E41 Canada FAX: (908) 547-6877 Printed in U S.A. Tel: (905) 799-9937 URL: www. SBT.Siemens.comIFIS FAX: (905) 799-9858 September 2010 Supersedes sheet dated 6/70 (Rev. 1) 0 0 0 SIEMENS Catalog Sheet Fire Safety & Security Products FireFinder XLS Card Cage -5 Slots Model CC -5 ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER SPECIFICATIONS • Common card cage for all FireFinder XLS / V option cards • Five (5) slots to mount any option cards — with no restrictions • Mounts on back box or CAB -MP (two -module spaces) • Removable terminal blocks • Numbered terminal blocks • All field -wiring terminations on top (power limited) • All internal -wiring terminations on bottom (non -power limited) • Molded card guides for card mounting • Card -position locator label on card guide • All cards communicate via common 60 -pin power / data bus • Screw terminals wire sizes supported: 12 AWG — 24AWG • DIN connectors • ®UL 864 9th Edition Listed and ®ULC Listed; FM, CSFM & NYMEA Approved Product Overview The Model CC -S card cage provides the physical mounting location and all wiring connection points for all fire and voice system options cards for the FireFinder XLS system. Specifications All cards plugged into the Model CC -5 card cage communicate with other modules of the FireFinder XLS panel — via a common, 60 -pin data bus. This 60 -pin bus runs through the card cage; making all communication data buses and signals available to all cards. Connectors are provided on the left and right side of Model CC -5 to connect a 60 -pin cable for communications with the FireFinder XLS operator interface, power supplies and amplifiers modules. There are no active components on Model CC -5. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Field wiring to all devices and circuits terminates at the Model CC -5 card cage. All cards designed for use with Model CC -5 route their field wiring terminations to the 'top' of Model CC -5 — these connections are all power limited. Internal wiring connections distribute 24VDC to cards or high-level audio signals (depending on application used) connected to the "bottom" of Model CC -5 — these connections are all non -power limited. All wiring connections to Model CC -5 are made to removable terminal blocks. Terminal blocks are rated for use with wire -sized 12AWG to 24AWG. Each terminal block comes with a protective cover that also serves as a handle to allow easy terminal -block removal when wires are connected. FireFinder XLS 6320 0 0 c Specifications — (continued) Each connector is numbered to make wiring terminations to the correct position on the terminal block simple and reduce the potential for wiring errors. Model CC -5 is shipped with two (2) card guides (top and bottom) that mount to the Model CC -5 PCB. The 'top' card guide contains a blank label for use by the installer to indicate the location or card -slot position. The blank label serves as a reminder to the installer to ensure the proper card goes in the correct card slot — this is important during commissioning when cards may be installed after the field - wiring terminations have been made — and when cards are removed for service. All field -wiring terminations are typically made to the Model CC -5 terminal blocks before the card guides are mounted and the option cards are installed. Model CC -5 mounts in two (2) of the four (4) available module spaces directly on the back box or optional Model CAB -MP for installation in the CAB -1, CAB -2 or CAB -3 enclosures. Compatible FireFinder XLS Cards Any combination of the following (5) option cards can be installed in the CC -5: Fire System Cards: Model No. Part No. Description DIC 500-033090 Device Loop Card ZIC-4A 500-033050 Zone Indicating Card 4 Circuits CRC -6 500-033250 Controllable Relay Card NIC -C 500-033240 Network Interlace Card CDC -4 500-034200 Conventional Detector Card Voice System Cards: Model No. Part No. Description DAC -NET 500-035100 Digital Audio Card -Network AIC 500-035300 Audio Input Card ZAC-40 500-035400 40 -Watt Zone Amplifier Card TZC-8B 500-034110 Telephone Zone Card Details for Ordering Model No. Pert No. Description CC -5 500-633037 Card Cage 5 Slots Refer to Installation Instruction: 315-033035 Temperature and Humidity Range Products are ®UL 864 9th Edition listed for indoor dry locations within a temperature range of 120+1-3°F (49+1-2°C) to 32+1-3°F (0+1-2°C) and at a relative humidity of 93+1-2% at a temperature of 90+1-3°F (32+1-2°C). Notice: This marketing catalog sheet is not intended to be used for system design or installation purposes. For the most up-to-date information, refer to each product's installation instructions. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Fire Safety 8 Fermvood Road Florham Park, NJ 07932 Tel: (973) 593-2600 Wq FAX: (908) 547-6877 Printed in U.S.A URL: www.SBT,Siemens,com/FIS Fire Safety 2 Kenview Boulevard Brampton, Ontario L6T 5E4 / Canada Tel: (905) 799-9937 FAX: (905) 7999858 May 2010 Supersedes sheet dated 2/09 (Rev. 2) SIEMENS Catalog Sheet Fire Safety & Security Products FireFinder XLS Network Interface Card Model NIC -C ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER SPECIFICATIONS • HNET communications • XNET communications • CAN network communications • Supports Class B - Style 4 or Class A - Style 7 wiring for XNET or HNET • Supervises the HNET or XNET and CAN networks • Diagnostic LEDs • Isolates short circuit faults • Ground -fault detection • Network repeater • Downloadable firmware • ®UL 9th Edition Listed & €ULC Listed; FM, CSFM and NYMEA Approved MIC.0 Model NIC -C (Front View) Model NIC -C (Side View) Product Overview The Network Interface Card (Model NIC -C) provides HNET or XNET network communications between enclosures. In addition to the HNET or XNET communication, Model NIC -C provides CAN network communication within an endosure or external to the endosure. The HNET or XNET can be wired Class B - Style 4 or Class A- Style 7, but the CAN network can only be wired Class B - Style 4. Specifications A single Model NIC -C can provide either HNET or XNET communications. The CAN interface is available regardless of the HNET or XNET usage. When Model NIC -C is used for HNET communications, Model NIC -C provides communication between enclosures within a single system. The maximum HNET Model NIC -C cards on a single system (single node) is 50. Model NIC -C supervises the HNET network to insure proper operation. Model NIC -C also isolates a short-circuit fault to each individual segment of the HNET network. Model NIC -C provides an electrical repeater for each HNET pair. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division When Model NIC -C is used for XNET communications, Model NIC -C provides communication between systems. The maximum XNET Model NIC -C cards on a single system (single node) is one (1) - for a total of (59) XNET Model NIC -C cards on a peer-to-peer, networked system. The XNET Model NIC -C card must reside in the same endosure as the Person Machine Interface (Model PMI). Model NIC -C supervises the XNET network to ensure proper operation. Model NIC -C also isolates a short-circuit fault to each individual segment of the XNET network. Model NIC -C provides an electrical repeater for each XNET pair. MXL systems may also reside on the same XNET with FireFinder XLS systems. The FireFinder XLS will also report all events over the XNET to the Network Command Center for display. Events are displayed on Model NCC -G: Trouble, Acknowledge, Alarm -Silence and System -Reset commands are also initiated at Model NCC. Model NCC can also be used to perform maintenance commands on an individual Fire Finder XLS on the XNET. FireFinder XLS 6338 Specifications — (continued) The NIC -C Card takes one card slot and mounts in a CC -2 or CC -S Card cage inside a CAB -1, CAB -2, or CAB -3 Enclosure. The NIC -C provides the CAN network which supports the LCM-81 SCM -81 FCM-6 I OCM-161 SIM -16 CAN modules. Up to (99) CAN module addresses are available per enclosure. The NIC -C Card has diagnostic LEDs that indicate Card Fail, CAN Fail, HNET Fail, XNET Fail, Ground Fault, Loop -A Fail and Loop -B Fail, as well as LEDs to indicate Power, Style and Active Networks. Details for Ordering Morel Neater Pan Number Description NIC -C 500-033240 Network Interface Card Temperature and Humidity Range Products are ®UL 864 9th Edition listed for indoor dry locations within a temperature range of 120+1-3°F (49+1-2°C) to 32+/-3°F (0+1-2°C) and at a relative humidity of 93+1-2% at a temperature of 90+1-3°F (32+1-2°C). Electrical Ratings <-- Input Power output Parer 24V Back Plane Qrrent 120mA Each FNEr/X14 T Art CAN Network Pak 8V peak to peak max. Screw Termnal 24V Current 0 75mAmax. (dung msg tansrrisaion) 6.2V Back Rare Current 0 24V Standby Current 120mA Notice: This marketing catalog sheet is not intended to be used for system design or installation purposes. For the most up-to-date information, refer to each product's installation instructions. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Fire Safety 8 Femwood Road Florham Park, NJ 07932 Tel: (973) 593-2600 FAX: (908) 547-6877 URL: www.SBT S,emens.com/FIS 1sal Punted in U.S.A. Fre Safety 2 Kenview Boulevard Brampton, Ontario L6T 5E4 / Canada Tel: (905) 799-9937 FAX: (905) 799-9858 May 2010 Supersedes sheet dated 7/09 (Rev. 2) SIEMENS Data Sheet Fire Safety & Security Products FireFinder® XLS Device Loop Card Model DLC ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER SPECIFICATIONS • Quantity 252 addressable points r• • Provides two (2) intelligent addressable circuits • Compatible with 'H' -series, Desigo1M Fire Safety -series and Cerberus PRO -series of intelligent detectors • Multi -criteria I Carbon Monoxide (CO) Detector with ASAtechnologyTM • Multi -criteria Detector • Multi -criteria Detector with ASAtechnology • Photoelectnc Smoke detector • Quad Interface module • Thermal (Heat) detector • Polarity insensitive via SureWire m technology • Quantity 12 diagnostic light -emitting diodes (LEDs) for easy circuit diagnosis • Supports T -Tapping • Onboard, ground -fault detection and short-circuit isolation • Onboard microprocessor for dependable, efficient device communication • Degrade mode • Supports 'Class B' or 'Class A' wiring • UL 864 9th Edition Listed & ®ULC Listed; FM, CSFM, & NYC Fire Department Approved Product Overview The Device Loop Card (Model DLC) is the interface used for connection of Desigo and Cerberus PRO intelligent detectors and initiating devices to a single FireFinder XLS fire -alarm control panel (FACP). Model DLC also can work with Siemens input devices, manual stations and control devices. Each Model DLC plugs into one (1) slot of the Model CC -2 or Model CC -5 card cage. Programming for Model DLC is accomplished via the XLS FACP custom -configuration tool, Zeus. Model DLC takes one (1) address on the network, communicating up to a total 252 detectors and devices. Model DLC has 12 LEDs for diagnostic purposes, and provides ground -fault detection and zone -isolation circuitry. Specifications Model DLC initializes, operates and maintains all devices residing on its two (2) circuits. Model DLC communicates all relevant device and event information (Alarm, Trouble and Supervisorycommands) to FireFinder XIS, and supervises the device loop circuit. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. fl..il.liww fli..iAww OLC • Mara mea. Mel Ralk0 Mt/ - e atm*, DLC [Front View] DLC [Side View] Model DLC is polarity insensitive via Sure Wire technology, which greatly reduces commissioning time normally spent tracing down crossed -field wiring. Model DLC communicates detector information, such as sensitivity of intelligent fire detectors and logic -function data, to the Person Machine Interface, which is located within the FireFinder XLS system. Each device loop card supports two (2), isolated circuits up to a total of 252 addressable devices — as well as relay and audible bases, remote lamps and duct -detector housings in any combination. The microprocessor controls the onboard isolation in case there is a short in any of the circuits, thus allowing the other circuit to continue operating. For continuous protection, the on- board microprocessor continues to operate even in the event of a XLS CPU failure. Device Loop Card 6312 0 Temperature and Humidity Range The Device Loop Card is ®UL 864 9th Edition Listed for indoor dry locations within a temperature range of 120+1-3°F (49+1-2°C) to 32+1-3°F (0+1-2°C) and a relative humidity of 93+1-2% at a temperature of 90+1-3°F (32+1-2°C). Electrical Ratings 24V Current Draw: [Backplane] 0 24V Current Draw: [Screw Terminal] 100mA + 1.4 mA per device 24V Current Draw: [Standby] 145mA + 1.8mA per device 6.2V Current Draw: [Backplane] 200mA Device Loop Draw: [at 30VDC, max] 375mA, max. [power limited] Details for Ordering 0 Model Number Part Number Description FDCI0422 554322 -F4 -A1 Quad Interface Module FDOT421 554320 -F6 -A1 Addressable Multi -Criteria Detector FD0421 S54320 -F4 -A1 Photoelectric Smoke Detector FDT421 554320 -F5 -A1 Thermal (Heat) Detector FDOOTC441 554320 -F8 -A1 Multi Criteria Fire I CO Detector WI ASAtechnology FDOOT441 554320 -F7 -A1 MultiCriteria Fire Detector wl ASAtechnology Details for Ordering — (continued) —'H' -Series — Model Number Part Number Description HFP-11 500-033290 FirePrint Detector HFPT-11 500-033380 Thermal Detector HMS -D 500-033400 Dual -Action Manual Station HMS -M 500-033450 Manual Station, Metal HMS -S 500-033200 Single -Action Manual Station HMS SA 500-034150 Single -Action Manual Station (Auxiliary Contact), [Canada only] HMS 2S 500-033460 Two -Stage Manual Station [Canada only] HTRI-D 500-033360 Dual -Input Module HTRI-M 500-034000 Mini -Input Module HTRI-R 500-033300 Single -Input wl Relay HTRI-S 500-033370 Single -Input Module — Cerberus PRO Series — Model Number Part Number Description FDCI0422 S54322 -F4 -A1 Quad Interface Module H1921 554320 -F5 -A2 Thermal (Heat) Detector OH921 554320 -F6 -A2 Addressable Multi -Criteria Detector OP921 S54320 -F4 -A2 Photoelectric Smoke Detector OOHC941 554320 -F8 -A2 Multi Criteria Fire I CO Detector wl ASAtechnology 00H941 S54320 -F7 -A2 Multi -Criteria Fire Detector wl ASAtechnology — Other Modules and Devices — Model Number Part Number Description ILED-HC 500-048637 Intelligent Remote Lamp, Ceiling Mount ILED-HW 500-048809 Intelligent Remote Lamp, Wall Mount DLC 500-033090 Device Loop Card PMI 500-033070 Operator Interface 1 System CPU PMI -2 554430 -C1 -A1 Person Machine Interface 2 Notice: This marketing data sheet is not intended to be used for system design or installation purposes. For the most up-to-date information, refer to each product's installation instructions. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Fire Safety Fire Safety 8 Femwood Road 2 Kenview Boulevard Florham Park, NJ 07932 Brampton, Ontario Tel: (973) 593-2600 (9)1 L6T 5E4 I Canada FAX: (908) 547-6877 Printed in U.S.A Tel: (905) 799-9937 cast. ...as,. "PM note May 2013 Supersedes sheet dust) 3/10 )Rev. 3) 0 C SIEMENS Catalog Sheet Fire Safety & Security Products FireFinder XLS Zone -Indicating Cards Model ZIC-8B (with mounted Model ZIC-2C) T ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER SPECIFICATIONS Operates audible or visual notification appliances (NACs) Three (3) unique signals from each drcuit Operates 25V or 70VRMS audio speakers One (1) or (2) two -channel voice operation Eight (8) Class -B (StyleY) Circuits 24 VDC 2.0 Amps per circuit Fully programmable Coded audibles available Built-in strobe synchronization March time / Uniform Code 3 Selectable degrade operation Silenceable / non-silenceable option Automatic / manual control On -board microprocessor Built-in, Ground -Fault Detection Circuits power limited, per NEC 760 ®UL 864 9th Edition Listed & ®ULC Listed; FM, CSFM & NYMEA Approved ZIC-2C ZIC-8B Side View (with ZIC-2C mounted) 21446 s- • • • • • .• .:".•, . •• • • • • - • .10...,- • . .- • • low ZIC-8B Front View T Product Overview The Zone -Indicating Card (Model ZIC-8B) provides eight (8) fully -supervised, programmable output circuits for use on the FireFinder XIS Fire Alarm Control Panel. Model ZIC-8B supplies four (4) Class -B type (Style Y) output circuits; power limited to 2.0 amps maximum per circuit. Each circuit can be independently programmed for use with listed audible or visual notification appliances, or listed emergency -audio speakers. Model ZIC-8B plugs into one (1) slot in the CC -5 or CC - 2 Card Cage, and has on -board LEDs for system status and troubleshooting. Model ZIC-2C mounts directly onto Model ZIC-8B, and allows each of the Model ZIC-8B output circuits to be used for (2) two -channel voice applications. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Indication of power, communication, internal operation, and ground -fault conditions are provided, as well as indication of circuit activation or trouble conditions. All system status conditions are also reported to the system Person -Machine Interface (PMI). Each circuit or output may be controlled automatically with system logic programmed with the ZEUS Programming Tool, or manually, by using the FireFinder XIS keypad on the PMI. Automatic control may also be time based. Each circuit or output can be manually 'Armed' or 'Disarmed' through the PMI keypad. FireFinder XLS 6343 Product Overview — Continued When any circuit or output has been 'Disarmed,' the PMI display shall indicate the affected circuit or output, and the 'Partial -System Disable' LED will illuminate, until the circuit or output has been returned to the 'Armed' condition. Model ZIC-8B circuits can also be manually energized or de - energized when in the 'Disarmed' state, via use of the PMI. Model AC -8B contains an on -board microprocessor, which allows notification -circuit outputs to function in a degrade mode; even if the main FireFinder XLS processor or the local -network -communication link has failed. In a degrade mode, Model ZIC-8B will respond to an Alarm or Trouble from any intelligent, addressable -initiating device or conventional -zone - initiating device connected in the same local enclosure. Standard NAC Zone — Each of the eight (8) circuits on Model ZIC-8B can be configured for use as a standard NAC. The NAC output can be used as a steady, coded, horn I strobe synchronized, horn 1 strobe synchronized with silence -able horn, strobe synchronized, or unsynchronized strobe output. The available coding indudes ANSI Temporal, March Time 120 pulse per minute (PPM), March Time 60 PPM, Q March Time 30 PPM, Canadian Two-stage 30 PPM, Canadian Two-stage 120 PPM and custom coding. Using the horn I strobe synchronized setting for the outputs allows Siemens horns, strobes and horn 1 strobes to synchronize all horns in a temporal pattern. The horn I strobe synchronized setting for the outputs also allow all strobes to flash simultaneously. The silenceable setting shall allow the operator to silence the horns, while keeping the strobes active. Outputs may be programmed through logic to transmit — up to three (3) different signal types — depending on event priority. For instance, the same circuit can be programmed to transmit the ANSI Temporal pattern for evacuation, March Time 120 PPM for tornado notification, and a custom code for recall. Standard Sneaker Zone — Each of the eight (8) circuits on Model ZIC-8B can be configured for use as a standard -speaker circuit in single or dual -channel systems. Dual -channel operation requires the optional ZIC-2C module, which is mounted to a connector directly on the ZIC-8B. No additional mounting space is required for the ZIC-2C. The ZIC-8B can be used with the ZAM-801180 bulk amplifier or the ZAC-40 amplifier card. ZIC-8B is limited to 25 watts max. l zone at 25V (when the zone is active.) At 70V, ZIC- 8B is limited to 30 watts max. 1 zone. O SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Controls and Indicators RESET switch — Re -initializes the ZIC-8B card only POWER LED — Indicates power is applied to ZIC-8B CARD FAIL LED — Illuminates when the card microprocessor has failed HNET FAIL LED - Illuminates when the HNET communication fails, and the AC -8B is in degrade mode GND FAULT LED - Indicates the detection of a ground - fault condition (either negative or positive) on the ZIC-8B field wiring ZONE ACTIVE LEDs - Illuminates to indicate that the zone has been activated either automatically or manually. There is one LED for each zone. TROUBLE LEDs - Indicates the presence of a trouble condition (either an open circuit or a short circuit) on the zone. There is one LED for each zone. Electrical Ratings (Model ZIC-2C) 24V Back Plane Ctrtert 17mA Per active otiptt OmA (ZIC-88 SI in "BP POWER' position) (ZIC-88 SI in "EXT POWER" position) 24V Screw Terminal Curren 17mA Per active output OmA (ZIC 88 S1 in "EXT POWER" position) (ZIC-8B S1 in "BP POWER" position) 62V Back Plane Current OmA 24V Standby Cured OmA Electrical Ratings (Model ZIC-8B) 24V Back Plane or External Power Curren (See NOTE below ) Screw Tontine] 24V Curets Total Device Current 6.2V Back Plane Current 0 24V Standby Current 105mA Note: The 24V current is dependent on the usage and wiring type of each ZlCcircuit. Listed below in the lefthand column of the next page are the required current draws tor each son's usage and wiring type: O 0 Electrical Ratings — (continued) ZlC-8B Current Requirement Per Output Zone: Zore9a ottput arrant Requirement Not Used 0 NAC 17mA Strobe - Sync. 17mA Strobe - Wept. 17mA Speaker Zone - 2 Ch. 34mA Speaker Zane = 1 O. 17n#. WIC - Coded 17mA 1C -ii Stand* Current •91reA SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Details for Ordering Model Number Part Number Description ZIC-8B 500-648670 (8) Eight -circuit Zone Indicating Card ZIC-2C 500-648671 (2) Two -channel Adapter Card Temperature and Humidity Range Products are ®UL 864 9t Edition listed for indoor dry locations within a temperature range of 120+1-3°F (49+1-2°C) to 32+1-3°F (0+1-2°C) and at a relative humidity of 93+1-2% at a temperature of 90+1-3°F (32+1-2°C). 0 0 Notice: This marketing catalog sheet is not intended to be used for system design or installation purposes. For the most up-to-date information, refer to each product's installation instructions. Fire Safety 8 Femwood Road SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Florham Park, NJ 07932 Building Technologies Division Tel: (973) 593-2600 sit FAX: (908) 547.6877 Printed in U.S.A. URL: www.SBT Siemens.com/FIS Fire Safety 2 Kenview Boulevard Brampton, Ontario L6T 5E4 / Canada Tel: (905) 799-9937 FAX: (905) 799-9858 Apel 2010 Supersedes sheet dated 1/10 (Rev. 3) C SIEMENS Catalog Sheet Fire Safety & Security Products FireFinder XLS Digital Audio Card and Local Page Board Models DAC -NET and LPB ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER SPECIFICATIONS • Audio signal source • Transmits 8 audio channels • Class B (Style 4) via two pairs of wires • Class A (Style 7) via four pairs of wires • Programmable, custom messages or tones (5) minutes of message / tone -storage memory On -board microprocessor Built-in, ground -fault Detection Provides communication with a max. 99 types of the following modules, via the CAN bus: • SCM -8 • LCM-8 ■ FCM-6 • FMT • TZC-8B • LVM • ZAC-40 • ZAM-180 DAC -NET Front View ®UL 864 9th Edition Listed &®ULC Listed; FM, CSFM & NYMEA Approved DAC -NET Side View LPB Side View Product Overview The Digital Audio Card (Model DAC -NET) provides the audio source for the FireFinder XLS Voice Evacuation System, and provides D -NET network communication to and from the PMI and between enclosures. The DAC -NET is capable of transmitting eight digital channels of audio, via two pairs of wire. One (1) DAC -NET is required in each XIS Voice enclosure, and can be wired Class A (Style 7) — four pairs of wires, or Class B (Style 4) — two pairs of wires. The DAC -NET Card plugs into one slot in the CC -5 or CC -2 Card Cage. It has on -board LEDs for system status and troubleshooting. Indication of power, communication, internal operation, ground fault, and trouble conditions are also provided. The DAC -NET Card contains an on -board microprocessor that provides communication with switch modules, LED modules, microphone, SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division telephone zone cards, and zone amplifiers across the Control Area Network CAN Bus. It can supervise up to (99) CAN address modules. The DAC -NET contains on -board tones and pre- recorded EVAC and ALERT messages. In addition, custom messages or tones can be downloaded to the DAC -NET using the XLS software tool, Zeus, for a total of five minutes of storage memory. The D -NET is supervised for open, short and ground fault. Each input !output is electrically isolated. The maximum distance between two DAC-NETs is 2,300 feet (14 AWG to 18 AWG twisted, unshielded wire.) A maximum wiring length can be up to 23,000 feet of twisted, unshielded wire through the entire D -NET network, totaling (32) DAC -NET nodes. FireFinder XLS 6334 OProduct Overview — (continued) The Local Page Board (Model LPB) is used to connect the microphone — mounted inside the Live Voice Module (Model LVM) — and the voice - internal telephone system. Model LPB is a plug - on board to Model DAC -NET, and converts the two (2) analog input signals into the system's internal digital format. Up to five (5) Model LVMs can be connected to Model LPB. Additionally, Model LPB provides one (1) analog output to connect to the monitor speaker, which is mounted inside Model LVM. The one (1) analog output is one (1) of eight (8) voice -internal audio channels selectable at the XLSV fire -alarm panel. Temperature and Humidity Range Products are ®UL 864 9th Edition listed for indoor dry locations within a temperature range of 120+1-3°F (49+1-2°C) to 32+1-3°F (0+1-2°C) and at a relative humidity of 93+1-2% at a temperature of 90+1-3°F (32+1-2°C). Electrical Ratings Power Consumption (DAC -NET) 24V Back Plane Current 230mA 24V Screw Terminal Current 0 6.2V Back Plane Current 0 24V Standby Current 230mA Details for Ordering Model Number Part Number Description DAC -NET 500-035100 Digital Audio Card LPB 500-035200 Local Page Board Notice: This marketing catalog sheet is not intended to be used for system design or installation purposes. For the most up-to-date information, refer to each product's installation instructions. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Fire Safety 8 Femwood Road Florham Park, NJ 07932 Tel: (973) 593.2600 FAX: (908) 547-6877 URL: www SBT.Siemens com/FIS Printed in U.S.A. Fire Safety 2 Kenview Boulevard Brampton, Ontario L6T 5E4 / Canada Tel: (905) 799-9937 FAX: (905) 799-9858 Apr112010 Supers/Kis sheet dated 7/09 (Rev. 2) 0 SIEMENS Data Sheet Fire Safety Products FireFinder® XLS Zone -Amplifier Module (180 -Watt) Model ZAM-180 ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER SPECIFICATIONS 180 -Watt audio amplifier Selectable audio levels > 25VRMS 150 Watts ➢ 70VRMS 180 Watts ➢ 1 00VRMS 165 Watts Local audio input Speaker lines supervised when active or inactive Style 'Y' or 'Z' wirings > Split -zone (A 1 B) wiring on Style 'Y' Takes one (1) module space, mounting directly on back box or optional Model CAB -MP mounting plate Supports and switches up to eight (8) digital audio channels Internal amplifier supervision Backup amplification available ®UL 864 9a' Edition Listed and ®ULC Listed; FM, CSFM & NYC Fire Department Approved Product Overview Model ZAM-180 is a combination 180 -watt, amplifier 1 speaker zone for we with FireFinder XLS. Style 'Y or 7 speaker -zone wiring is supported — as wen as split -zone, (A 1 B) speaker -zone wiring corfigurations on Style Model ZAM-180 can be corfgured to provide 150 watts of audio at 25VRMS; 180 watts of audio at 70VRMS, or 165 Watts of audio at 100 VRMS. Model ZAM-180 takes one (1) module space, and mounts directly on back box or optional Model CAB -MP mourting plate. Model ZAM-180 is capable of amplifying any of the eight (8) digital audio channels that are transmitted from Model DAC NET; via the digtal audio bus audio serial Irterf ace (Model ASI). ModelZAM-180 is supervised for functionality. Model ZAM-180 can be used as a single, 180 -Watt speaker zone for (1) ore -to -eight (8) channel applications, or as a bulk ampkfier for (1) one -or -two (2) channel applications feeding high-level audio to Model ZIC-4A or Model ZIC-8B. The speaker Ines are supervised for open, short-ctcuit and ground-faut applications, and are supervised in both the active and inactive states. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division To provide amplifier backup, addtbnal Model ZAM-180 modules can be used to achieve the desired amplifier backup ratio of 1 -to -1 or 1-to-mary. Model ZAM-180 takes one (1) sub -address of Model DAC -NET, and receives control and communication data from Model DAC -N ET, via the CAN Bus on the DAC -NET. Model ZAM-180 contains an inherert degrade -mode backup tone (Sbw Whoop), which serves as a secondary backup to the primary backup tone or digital message provided by Model DAC -NET. Additionally, bcal audio input is provided to connect an eternal audio source. The bcal audio input is activated, via an external cortact. The bcal-audio input has the bwest priority of al signals. Application Note Model ZAM-180 meets the rgt1464 requirement for 520 Hz bw-frequency signal tore, as described in the section for Determination of Low Frequency Signal Format in the Standard br Audible Signal Appliances — when used with Models `SEH' and `SEFH' series of Siemens high-fidelty roti icato n appliances. 180-WattZone-Amplifier Module 6332 0 Typical Applications Electrical Ratings Emergent Non-Emeraency * Fire Evacuation * Convenience Paging * Tornado Alert * Background Music * Terror Alert * Building Emergency Temperature and Humidity Range Model ZAM-1 80 is ®UL 864 9t Edition Listed for indoor dry locations within a temperature range of 120 +t 3°F (49 +t 2°C) to 32 41-3°F (0 +t 2°C) and a relative humidity of 93 +t 2% at a temperature of 90 +t 3°F (32 +1- 2°C). Input Power 24V Back Plane Current OmA 24V Current (ScrewTerminal) @ 190W 93A @ 90W 4'.9A @4SW 2.7A @ OW 03A 6.2V Back Plane Dry Contact 0inA 24V Current (Standby) 300mA Maximum Output Power @ 190W 150W @ 90W 190W @ 4SW 165W 6.2V Back Plane Current 24V @ 10A power limited Details for Ordering Model N irt er Description ZAM-180 500-035600 180 -Watt Zone Amp. Notice: This marketing data sheet is not intended to be used for system design or installation purposes. For the most up-to-date information, refer to each product's installation instructions. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Fire Safety Fire Safety 8 Fernwood Road 1577 North Service Road Florham Park, NJ 07932 East Oa Wile, Ontario Tel:(973)593-2600 (511tsi L6H0H6ICareda FAX (908) 547-6877 Printed in LISA. Tel:19051465-8000 URL: www.usa.Sie me ns.com/Fite URL: www.Sre me ns. CA September 2016 Supersedes sheet dated Site aer. 3r C c SIEMENS Data Sheet Fire Safety Products FACP Accessories PAD -4 Distributed Power Supply Unit [for ®UL markets] Notification Appliance Circuit Extender Models PAD-4-ENCL, PAD -4 -MB (with FP2011-U1, FP2012-U1 power supplies) ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER SPECIFICATIONS • Four (4) 'Class B', power -limited notification appliance circuits (NACs) • 'Class A', field -selectable wiring • Each unit can support an optional module (Model PAD-4-CLSA) that converts two (2) built-in 'Class A' NACs into four (4) 'Class A' NACs • Up to 3 Amps of auxiliary -power output • Optional built-in strobe synchronization • Supports coded audible signals, induding Temporal 3, Temporal 4 patterns • Battery supervision and control • 'Form C general Trouble / AC Foil monitoring contact • Power supplies support NAC power • Up to 6A used with Model FP2011-U1 • Up to 9A used with Model FP2012-U1 • 24VDC output voltage • Ground -fault detection • Advanced microprocessor control • Uses Flash memory -based system firmware • Optional system -diagnostic and firmware -upgrade tool Product Overview Used with Siemens— Fire Safety fire alarm control panels (FACPs), the Distributed Power Supply PAD -4 Unit is a NAC expander with a built-in, auxiliary - power output. Each PAD -4 unit distributes additional power in buildings for audible and visual indicators that conform to the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). PAD -4 also has the following features: • NACs • Signal -input circuits • Battery -charging circuit • Trouble relays for remote monitoring • Diagnostic light -emitting diodes (LEDs) • Alternating Current (AC) power connection The Siemens NACs, which connect with alarm signaling devices, have been designed to provide the highest level of reliability and performance. Signal coding on the circuits is accomplished through integrated circuits (rather than relays), which eliminates mechanical wear on the output circuits. 'Class A' Adapter Card (Model PAD-4-CLSAI Main Board [Model PAD -4 -MB) SI E'.1 E Unit Enclosure [Model PAD4-ENCLi • Multi -module mounting in System 3TM enclosures • Multiple modules share battery set • ADA Compliant • ®UL 864 9th Edition Listed, ®UL 1481 Listed; FM (3010), CSFM (731S-0067:0268) Approved The PAD -4 unit provides consistent 24VDC output voltage to each NAC — independent of voltage fluctuations on the primary or secondary power source. As a result, a larger voltage drop and a greater wire length for each NAC are supported by each PAD -4. Specifications This version of the Siemens Distributed Power Supply Unit can be configured in the following manner that makes the outputs easily programmable: • 'STEADY outputs • Synchronized strobe outputs • American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Temporal 3 • ANSI Temporal 4 (tor carbon monoxide (CO) alarm signal] There are also two (2) inputs used to control the activation of the four (4) outputs. Programming can be set so one (1) input will silence the audible signal on Siemens Models 'AS' -series, 'NS' -series, or 2H' - series horn and horn -strobes while the strobes remain active. Distributed Power Supply — NAC Extender (Model PAD -4 series) 3363 SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Specifications — (continued) Operation of each PAD -4 unit is controlled by firmware stored in Flash memory on the main board, as well as the storage of a 10 -event log, which can be viewed via Model PAD-4-FDT. In the event that an upgrade to the system firmware is required, the firmware can be transferred to the system without the replacement of firmware chips. An optional firmware -download software tool, Model PAD-4-FDT, can be used for system diagnostic testing of the following: • Primary -power voltage readouts • Current draw for power charger • Configuration switch settings • Firmware version • Battery voltage When the tool is in communication with Model PAD - 4 -MB, the 'Test Mode' LED is illuminated. Model PAD-4-LUA is a USB serial port adapter that is required for tool -kit operation. Each NAC extender supervises a variety of functions including: • Low AC power • Battery -voltage level • Earth ground -fault conditions All power can be directed to two (2) 'Class A' or four (4) 'Class B' power -limited NACs. Each NAC supports up to 3 Amps per circuit. Either one (1) or two (2) inputs can control four (4) outputs, which are compatible with all Siemens — Fire Safety 24VDC alarm signaling devices. In cases where 'Class A' circuits are used, an optional Model PAD-4-CLSA module can be added, providing two (2) additional 'Class A' outputs to each PAD -4 unit. Each NAC extender is also capable of operating other parts of a Siemens fire alarm system, such as door holders, via 3 Amps @ 24VDC max of power -limited auxiliary output. When the output activated, the total power available cannot exceed 6 Amps when used with Models FP2011-U1 or 9 Amps when used with FP2012-U1. Trouble conditions are monitored through each unit's two (2) inputs. In addition, one (1) 'Form C Trouble contact is provided for monitoring each unit that is connected through the input of a Siemens FACP. Therefore, the user has the option of connecting a PAD -4 NAC extender unit into a NAC of a Siemens FACP, or the unit may be monitored with a Model TRI -series monitoring module on a Siemens intelligent fire system. A separate 'Form C' Trouble contact is used exclusively with each NAC extender to indicate AC Fail Trouble events on the NAC extender. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Each unit is packaged in its own sheet -metal enclosure with sufficient space to house up to 7AH battery sets. The enclosure (Model PAD-4-ENCL) is available in red. The battery charger used in each unit can energize batteries of up to 18AH. Though, when battery sets greater than 7AH are required, the battery set must be housed in a System 3 enclosure or a separate ®UL Listed battery enclosure. System 3 enclosures may also be used to house multiple Model PAD -4 units in a single enclosure, via the Model S3AP Adapter Plate. Two (2) units are capable of sharing the same battery set when mounted in the same enclosure. Model S3AP can also be used to mount the PAD -4 main board and 170 -Watt power supply (Model FP2011-U1) into a PAD -3 enclosure. Each Model PAD -4 unit complies with seismic certification, pursuant to the following: • ASCE Standard 7, 2005 Edition • International Building Code, 2006 Edition • California Building Code, 2007 Edition • ICC -ES AC 156, effective 2007 • OSHPD preapproved, under: OSP-0057-10 - OSHPD CAN 2-1708A.S, Rev. 3 Each Model PAD -4 -series unit also complies with seismic certification, pursuant to ASC SEI 7-05, Section 13.2.2, when used with the PAD -4 battery bracket (Model PAD4-BATT-BRKT). Configuration Options Option Input's] Output Controls Circuit Types 1 Input 1 All outputs 'Class B' circuits 2 Input 1 Input 2* All outputs Silences horns on Output 1 'Class B' circuits — 3 Input 1 Input 2 Outputs 1 and 2 Outputs 3 and 4 'Class B' circuits 'Class B' circuits 4 Input 1 Input 2 Output 1 Outputs 2, 3 and 4 'Class B' circuits 'Class B' circuits 5 Input 1 Outputs 1 through 4 , Class A' circuit pairs 6 Input 1 Input 2* Outputs 1 through 4 Silences horns on Output 1 Gass A' circuit pairs — 7 Input 1 Input 2 Outputs 1 and 2 Outputs 3 and 4 , Cuss A' circuit pairs Class A' circuit pairs * denotes when used with Siemens Model 'AS',' NS' or 7W -series horn /strobe devices Indicator Lights AC Power ON: 2.0A @ 30VDC, max. (resistive) Basic Trouble Contact Rating: ('Form C) AUX / PS: Alarm Current: ( for NACs and auxiliary power) 3.0A per circuit, max. Ground Fault: , z ry►Y SA, max. [w Nadal PPM a -u1) e'e•SA Output 1 Trouble: ?.i'Y °, .''' _,,r,, Up to 93%@ 86° F (30° C); non -condensing . Output 2 Trouble: s 18AH Output 3 Trouble: �.'' 7.0mA, max. ,`;, Out • ut 4 Trouble: Installation Environment: Indoor, dry NACs: Test Mode: Technical Data AC Fail Trouble Contact Rating: ('Form A' — NormaNy Closed (N.C)) 2.0A @ 30VDC, max. (resistive) Basic Trouble Contact Rating: ('Form C) 2.0A @ 30VDC, max. (resistive) Alarm Current: ( for NACs and auxiliary power) 3.0A per circuit, max. 6A, max. (d. Nadel FP2a11-1J1) SA, max. [w Nadal PPM a -u1) Ambient Temperature: 32°-120• F (Cr— 49' C) Relative Humidity: Up to 93%@ 86° F (30° C); non -condensing Auxiliary Power Circuit One (1) circuit @ 3A max_ Battery Charging Capacity: 18AH Input Circuits Configurations: Two (2) 'Class B' supervised. or Two (2) 'Class A' supervised Input Current 7.0mA, max. Input Voltage Range: 16 — 33VDC I VFW Installation Environment: Indoor, dry NACs: o Supervised, power -limited ,1.0mA standby current, max. o Four (4) circuits o 2K ohms (+), 8K ohms (-) Total Output Power. 24VDC @ 6 Amps (with Model FP2011 U1); 24VDC @ 9 Amps (with Model FP2012-U1) Output Circuits I Configurations: o Two (2) 'Class A'; - Up to four (4) 'Class A' (via Model PAD-4-t],SA) o Four (4) 'Class 8'; o One (1) Class A, Two (2) Class B; Single -Unit Dimensions: (W -x -H -x -D) 13.5--x-18.75'—x-3.25' (34.3 an. -x 47-6 an. -x-11.3 cm-) Model PAD-4-ENCL Color: Red Model PAD-4-ENCL SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Temperature and Humidity Range Each PAD -4 Distributed Power Supply Unit is aUL 864 9th Edition Listed for indoor dry locations within a temperature range of 120+1-3°F (49+1-2°C) to 32+/-3°F (0+/-2°C) and a relative humidity of 93+/-2% at a temperature of 90+1-3°F (32+1-2°C). Details for Ordering Model NPart umber Description PAD-4-ENCL 500-050081 PAD -unit endosure PAD -4 -MB 500-650217 PAD -unit main board FP2011-U1 500-450222 170 -Watt power supply FP2012-U1 S54400 -Z60 -A1 300 -Watt power supply — System Kits — Model NPart umber Description PAD4-6A 554339 -Al -Al Comekte 6A PAD -4 kit with: - One (1) Unit Enclosure, PAD-4-ENCL - One (1) Main Board, PAD -4 -MB - One (1) 170W power supply, FP2011-U1 PAD4-6A-CLSA S54339 -A2 -A1 Complete 6A PAD -4 kit with: - One (1) Unit Enclosure, PAD-4-ENCL - One (1) Main Board, PAD -4 -MB - One (1) 170W power supply, FP2011-U1 - One (1) 'Class A' Adapter Card, PAD-4-CLSA 'PAD4-9A 554339 -A3 -A1 , Complete 9A PAD -4 kit with: - One (1) Unit Endosure, PAD-4-ENCL - One (1) Main Board. PAD -4 -MB - One (1) 300W power supply, FP2012-U1 PAD4-9A-CLSA 554339 -A4 -A1 complete 9A PAD -4 kit with: - One (1) Unit Enclosure, PAD-4-ENCL - One (1) Main Board, PAD -4 -MB - One (1) 300W power supply, FP2012-U1 - One (1) 'Class A' Adapter Card, PAD-4-CLSA — Optional Accessories — Model NPart umber Description PAD4-BATT-BRKT 554430 -B4 -Al Battery bracket for NAC expander PAD-4-LUA 554389 -C1 -Al PAD -4 Laptop -Upload Adapter PAD-4-CLSA 500-850254 'Class A' Adapter Card S3AP 500-650257 PAD -4 NAC expander adapter plate (tor use with PAD -3 and System 3 enclosures) Note: For the data sheet of the PAD -4 NAC Extender sold in Canada, please see document, 3363C. C 0 Notice: This marketing data sheet is not intended to be used for system design or installation purposes. For the most up-to-date information, refer to each product's installation instructions. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Fire Safety 8 Fernwood Road Florham Park, NJ 07932 Tel: (973) 593-2600 FAX: (908) 547-6877 URL: www.usa.5iemens.comlFire lMtfSj Printed in U.S.A. November 2015 Supersede% sheet dated 9 /101S IRev. S) C C SIEMENS Data Sheet Fire Safety Products Intelligent Detection Devices Photoelectric Smoke Detector Model FD0421 ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER SPECIFICATIONS • Compatible with Siemens Model 'H' -series devices on the same loop (with Desigo fire -alarm control panels [FACPs] or FireFindere XIS FACPs) • Compatible with Model DPU (device programmer I loop tester) • Utilizes advanced microprocessor -based signal processing • Extended temperature and humidity operating range • Each detector is self -testing: • Self monitored for sensitivity within AUL Listed limits • Complete diagnostics performed every 10 seconds • Polarity insensitive utilizing Sure Wire technology • Compatible with Model D&11—series mounting bases • Tri -color detector -status LED with 360° viewing • Field -selectable application sensitivity profiles • Remote sensitivity -measurement capability • Utilizes advanced signal processing • Superior EMI / RFI immunity • RoHS compliant • Automatic environment compensation • AUL268A Listed [for direct air -duct use], z,ULC Listed; FM C3230, 3210), CSFM (7272-0067:0258) Approved Product Overview The Model FD0421 Photoelectric Smoke Detector uses state-of-the-art microcontroller circuitry and surface -mount technology for maximum reliability. Model FD0421 incorporates an optical sensor using a light -scattering detection principle. The device utilizes advanced software algorithms to analyze the signals, and provides highly stable and accurate smoke detection. Further, Model FD0421 uses state-of-the-art microprocessor circuitry with error check; detector self -diagnostics, and supervision programs. Field -Device Programmer Model FD0421 is compatible with the Siemens— Fre Safety field -device programmer I test unit (Model DPU), which isa compact, portable and menu -driven accessory for electronically programming and testing detectors easily and reliably. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Model DPU eliminates the need for cumbersome, unreliable mechanical programming methods— such as dials or switches— and reduces installation and service costs by electronically programming and testing the detector priorto installation. For proper operation of Model DPU, the technician selects the accessorys program mode, and enters the desired address. In turn, Model DPU automatically sets and verifies the address, as well as tests the detector. When in the 'test' mode, Model DPU will perform a series of diagnostic tests without altering the address or other stored data, allowing technicians to determine if the detector is operating properly. Model DPU operates on AC power or rechargeable batteries, providing flexibility and convenience in programming and testing equipment from practically any location. Photoelectric Smoke Detector 6152 Product Overview — (continued) Model FD0421 is a plug-in, two -wire and addressable photoelectric smoke detector. Model FD0421 is &Underwriters Laboratories listed [®UL268A Listed for direct in -air duct usage], as well as FM and CSFM Approved. Each detector consists of a dust -resistant photoelectric chamber -and microprocessor -based electronics with a low - profile plastic housing. Every Model FD0421 fire detector is shipped with a protective dust cover: 2. :7rc...° +« t`"` ` Operation Model FD0421 is a wide -spectrum, photoelectric smoke detector incorporating an infrared light -emitting diode (IRLED), and infrared light -sensing photodiode. Under normal conditions, light transmitted by the LED is directed away from the photodiode and scattered through the smoke dumber in a controlled pattern. The smoke dumber is designed to manage light dissipation and extraneous reflections from dust particles or other non - smoke, airborne contaminants in such a way as to maintain stable, consistent detector operation. When smoke enters the detector dumber, light emitted from the IRLED is scattered by the smoke particles, and is received by the photodiode: 1. 2.:1•; ;:: U:_,r.r;lti-= 3. -7 ....:tic :tr SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Sensitivity Settings Application Parameter Sets Model FD0421 provides four (4) pre-programmed sensitivity parameter sets that can be selected by the FACP to match the expected application or environmental conditions: • Sensitive • Standard • Robust • Air -duct Sensitive: This application parameter set is practically suitable for areas where few misleading sources of false alarm are present, and is appropriate where priority is given to detecting open fires as soon as possible (e.g. — typically a dean application with controlled environmental conditions.) Standard: This application parameter set is practically apt for normal office, hotel -lobby -type applications, and is the default setting. Robust This application parameter set offers improved resistance to false alarms in areas where misleading sources, such as cigarette smoke or exhaust fumes, may cause a nuisance alarm. Air -Duct This application parameter set is used when the detector is used a (DUL268A (DI) compliant direct in -air duct application without a duct housing. Model FD0421 does not require a field sensitivity test. Model FD0421 is ®UL Listed as a self -testing device and complies with NFPA 72 as a self monitoring detector and control panel arrangement Additionally, this parameter set is also used when Model FD0421 is used in air -duct housings (Models FDBZ492 and FDBZ492-HR). The visible LED flashes green every 10 seconds to indicate communication with the FACP, and to notify Model FD0421 has passed its self -test Should Model FD0421 sense a fault or failure within its system, the LED will flash amber, and the detector will transmit the data to the FACP. A quick visual inspection is sufficient to indicate the condition of Model FD0421 at any time. If more detailed information is required, a printed report can be provided from the compatible FACP, indicating the status and settings assigned to each individual detector. When Model FD0421 moves to the alarm mode, the detector will flash red and continue flashing until the system is reset at the FACP. At that same time, any user -defined, system -alarm functions programmed into the system are activated. Model FD0421 contains a tri -color LED indicator, capable of flashing any one (1) of three (3) distinct colors: GREEN, , or RED. During each flash interval, the microprocessor -based detector monitors the following: • Smoke sensitivity is within the range indicated on the nameplate label • Smoke in its sensing chamber • Internal sensors and electronics are functional Operation — (continued) 0 Based on the monitoring results, the LED indicator flashes the following colors based on the following conditions: Flash Color Condition Flash Interval (in seconds) i °° ``== ' ,y-`+(eiVit!* = ,'iT ` Yt7 =: I Normal supervisory operation. Smoke sensitivity is within rated limits. 10 Yellow: Detector is in trouble and needs replacement. 4 No Flash: Alarm condition. 1 Detector is not powered. -- LED can be turned OFF. Please follow the corresponding description of the panel used. A quick visual inspection is sufficient to indicate the condition of the detector at any time If more detailed information is required, a printed report can be provided from the respective Desigo FACP that indicates the status and settings assigned to each individual detector. Installation MI Model FD0421 detectors use a surface -mounting base, Model DB -11 or Model DB -11E, which mounts on a 4 -inch octagonal, square or single -gang electrical box. The base utilizes screw -damp contacts for electrical connections and self - Owiping contacts for increased reliability. The Model D&11 base can be used with the optional Model U< - 11 C11 detector locking kit, which contains 50 detector locks and an installation tool to prevent unauthorized removal of the detector head. Model DB -11 has decorative plugs to cover the outer mounting screw holes. Model FD0421 may be installed on the same initiating circuit with the following Siemens Model'H'-series detectors [when used with the Desigo FACPs] — • Model HFP-11 • Model 'HMS' -series manual stations • Model 'HTRr-series interfaces • Model HCP output -control devices • Model 'NM -series of addressable, conventional zone modules Application Data Installation of Model FD0421 detectors requires a (2) two -wire circuit. In many retrofit cases, existing wiring may be used. 7 -tapping' is permitted only for 'Style 4' (Class B) wiring. Model FD0421 is polarity insensitive, which allows a substantial reduction in installation and debugging time. Model FD0421 can be applied within the maximum 30 - feet center spacing (900 sq. ft areas,) as referenced in NFPA 72. This application guideline is based on ideal fm conditions — specifically, smooth ceiling surfaces, minimal air movement, and no physical obstructions between potential fire sources and the actual detector. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Do not mount detectors in dose proximity to ventilation or heating and air-conditioning outlets. Exposed joints or beamed ceilings may also affect safe spacing limitations for detectors. Should questions arise regarding detector placement, observe NFPA 72 guidelines. Good fire -protection system engineering and common sense dictate how and when fire detectors are installed and used. Contact your local Siemens Industry — Fire Safety distributor or sales office whenever you need assistance applying Model FD0421 in unusual applications Be sure to folow NFPA guidelines and ®UL Listed I ®ULC Listed installation instructions — included with every Siemens —Fire Safety detector— and local codes as for all fire protection equipment Technical Data Operating Temperature +32°F (0°C) to 120°F (49°C) Range: Relative Humidity: 0— 95%; non -condensing Air Pressure: No effect Air Velocity: 0 — 4,000 ft. I min (0-20m I sec) Input Voltage Range: 1 6VDC— 30VDC Alarm Current (max.): 280pA Standby Current (max.): 280NA, max. (Average) Maximum Spacing: Detector Weight: 30 -foot centers (900 sq. ft.), per NFPA 72 0.317 Lbs. (0.144 Kg.) Mechanical Protection Guard: ®UL Listed 1®ULC Listed [with STI Guard Model STI -9604[ Mounting Diagram 0 Dimensions 4.133 (15.5 as.) 0 O h S. rr- 4.5 ei.t 1.4 cT.1 Compatible FACPs Model Data Sheet Number Description — 6300 FireFinder® XLS (system overview) FC2O05 6813 50 -point addressable panel FC2O25 6815 252 -point addressable system FC2050 6815 504 -point addressable system FV2O25 6821 252 -point intelligent voice communication system FV2O5O 6821 504 -point intelligent voice communication system Details for Ordering Model Number Description ► FDO421 S54320 -F4 -A1 Photoelectric Smoke Detector DB -11 500-094151 Detector Mounting Base DB -11E 500-094151 E Detector Base (small) O62 -HR 554320 -F12 -Al Relay Base RL -HC 500-033230 Remote Alarm Indicator: 4e octagon -box mount, red RL -HW 500-033310 Remote Alarm Indicator: Single -gang box mount, red FDBZ492 554319 -B22 -A1 Addressable Air -Duct Housing FDBZ492-HR 554319 -B23 -A1 Addressable Air -Duct Detector with Relay LK -11 500-695350 Base Locking Kit STI -9604 ( -- JSTI Mechanical Protection Guard See: www.STI-USA.com for further details on ordering Model STI -9604 In Canada, order. Model NuPart mber Description DB -11C 500-095687 V Detector Mounting Base for eULC (Listed) Notice: This marketing data sheet is not intended to be used for system design or installation purposes. For the most up-to-date information, refer to each product's installation instructions. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Fire Safety 8 Fernwood Road Florham Park, NJ 07932 Tel: (973) 593-2600 FAX: (908) 547-6877 URL: www.usa.Stemens com/Fire (SII -FSI Printed in U.S.A. Fire Safety 1577 North Service Road East Oakville, Ontario L6H OH6 I Canada Tel: [905) 465-8000 URL:www Stemens.CA March 2015 Supersede skeet fisted 11/3013 iwv. s) c C SIEMENS Data Sheet Fire Safety Products Intelligent Detection Devices Thermal (Heat) Detector Model FDT421 ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER SPECIFICATIONS • Provides seven (7) field -selectable settings in the 135°- 174°F (57.2° - 78.9°C) temperature range • Tri -color detector -status light -emitting diode (LED) with 360° viewing • Compatible with Model DPU (device programmer I loop tester) • Utilizes advanced microprocessor -based signal processing • Polarity insensitive utilizing SureWireT° technology • Provides a low-temperature warning at 40°F (4.4°C) • Each detector is self -testing: • complete diagnostics performed every 10 seconds • Compatible with Model DB -11 -series mounting bases • Field programmable as rate -of -rise or fixed temperature • Compatible with Siemens Model 'H' -series devices on the T I same loop (with ii ireFTmder XLS and Desigo fire systems) • Superior EMI / RFI immunity • Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) compliant Product Overview • ®UL Listed and @ULC Listed;, FM (*3230, 3210), CSFM (47272-0067:0258) Approved The Model FDT421 Intelligent Thermal (Heat) Detector provides an advanced method of detection, address programming and supervision -combined with sophisticated FACP communication. Model FDT421 uses a state-of-the-art thermistor, microprocessor and advanced signal analysis, providing high reliability and accuracy. Further, Model FDT421 is a cost-effective two -wire I addressable thermal detector that provides a unique, advanced feature: field -selectable temperature settings specially tailored for application-specific detection needs. Model FDT421 provides seven (7) field -selectable temperature -range settings: 135°F (57°C) -174°F (79°C) with fixed and rate -of -rise programmability. This variance provides the customer with maximum flexibility to program the temperature settings to suit multiple application needs and changing environmental conditions. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Additionally, Model FDT421 can be configured to provide a low-temperature warning signal at 40°F (4.4°C). With use of a compatible FACP (FireFinderXLS and Desigo Fire Safety panels), this feature serves as prevention of water freezing in pipes for sprinkler systems, and meets NFPA 72 code. Model DPU Model FDT421 is compatible with the Siemens field -device programmer /test unit (Model DPU), which is a compact, portable, menu -driven accessory for electronically programming and testing detectors, easily and reliably. Model DPU eliminates the need for cumbersome, unreliable mechanical programming methods- such as dials or switches- and reduces installation and service costs by electronically programming and testing the detector prior to installation. Each detector consists of a said state, non-mechanical thermal sensor, and microprocessor -based electronics with a low -profile plastic housing. The Model FDT421 thermal (heat) detector is ®Underwriters Laboratories Listed. Thermal (Heat) Detector 6151 0 0 0 Product Overview — (continued) Each Model FDT421 detector base also contains a provision for an optional, concealed locking mechanism to prevent unauthorized removal of the detector head (Model LK -11.) For proper operation of Model DPU, the technician selects the accessorYs program mode, and enters the desired address. In turn, Model DPU automatically sets and verifies the address, as well as tests the detector. When in the 'test' mode, Model DPU will perform a series of diagnostic tests without altering the address or other stored data, allowing techs to determine if the detector is operating properly. Model DPU operates on AC power or rechargeable batteries, providing flexibility and convenience in programming and testing equipment from practically any location. Operation Model FDT421 also utilizes a modem, accurate and shock- resistant hockresistant thermistor to sense temperature changes: 1 mennisier Each Model FDT421 detector provides seven (7) pre- programmed, FACP-selectable parameter sets. Detector Supervision and Testing Model FDT421, which is listed as a self -testing device, contains a tri -color light emitting diode (LED) indicator, capable of flashing any one (1) of three (3) distinct colors: Green, Yellow, or Red. During each flash interval, the microprocessor -based detector monitors the following: • Temperatures reaching programmed thresholds • Internal sensors and electronics are functional Based on the monitoring results, the LED indicator flashes the following colors based on the following conditions: Flash Color Condition Flash Interval (in seconds) Normal supervisory operation. Temperature has not reached programmed alarm thresholds or set points. 10 ,; Yellow: Detector is in trouble and needs replacement. 4 Alarm condition. 1 No Flash: Detector is not powered. — * LED can be turned OFF. Please follow the corresponding description of the panel used. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division A quick visual inspection is sufficient to indicate the condition of the detector at any time. If more detailed information is required, a printed report can be provided from the Model FC20series FACPs indicating the status and settings assigned to each individual detector. Installation All Model FDT421 detectors use a surface -mounting base, Model DB -11 or Model DB -11E, which mounts on a 4 -inch octagonal, square or single -gang electrical box. The base utilizes screw -damp contacts for electrical connections and self -wiping contacts for increased reliability. The Model DB -11 base can be used with the optional Model LK -11 detector locking kit, which contains 50 detector locks and an installation tool to prevent unauthorized removal of the detector head. Model DB -11 has decorative plugs to cover the outer mounting screw holes. Model FDT421 may be installed on the same initiating circuit with the following Siemens Model 'H' -series detectors [when used with FireFinder XLS and Desigo Fire Safety panels] — • Model HFP-11 • Model 'HMS' -series manual stations • Model'HTRr-series interfaces • Model HCP output -control devices • Model 'HZM -series of addressable, conventional zone modules Application Data Installation of Model FDT421 detectors requires a (2) two - wire circuit In many retrofit cases, existing wiring may be used. ?-tapping' is permitted only for Style 4 (Class B) wiring. Model FDT421 is polarity insensitive, which allows a substantial reduction in installation and debugging time. Model FDT421 can be applied within the maximum 50 -feet center spacing (2,500 sq. ft areas), per®UL This application guideline is based on ideal conditions — specifically, smooth ceiling surfaces, minimal air movement, and no physical obstructions between potential fire sources and the actual detector. Do not mount detectors in dose proximity to ventilation or heating and air conditioning outlets. Exposed joints or beamed ceilings may also affect safe spacing limitations for detectors. Should questions arise regarding detector placement observe NFPA 72 guidelines. Good fire -protection system engineering and common sense dictate how and when fire detectors are installed and used. Contact your local Siemens — Fire Safety distributor or sales office whenever you need assistance applying Model FDT421 in unusual applications. Be sure to follow NFPA guidelines and ®UL Listed I®ULC Listed installation instructions— included with every Siemens — Fire Safety detector— and local codes as for all fire protection equipment. 0 0 0 Specifications Model FDT421 is a plug-in, (2) two -wire thermal (heat) detector, compatible with FireFinder XLS and Desigo Fire Safety panels. Each Model FDT421 detector has microcomputer -chip technology and highly stable, solid- state electronic circuitry. The Model FDT421 detector utilizes a modem, accurate and shock -resistant thermistor to sense temperature changes. This electronic -sensing method virtually eliminates thermal lag associated with mechanical temperature -sensing devices, and provides almost instantaneous temperature status to the FACP. Model FDT421 provides seven (7) field -selectable, pre- programmed temperature settings: • Fixed 135°F (57°C) • Fixed 145°F (63°C) • Fixed 155°F (68°C) • Fixed 165°F (74°C) • Fixed 174°F (79°C) • Rate -of -Rise: 15°F ! min. (8.3°C) at fixed 135°F (57°C) • Rate -of -Rise: 15"F I min. (8.3°C) at fixed 174°F (79°C) Additionally, the Model FDT421 detector has the following optional feature: • Model FDT421 provides indication of potential freezing for sprinkler systems, via a configuration for reporting a low-temperature warning of 40°F (4.4°C). This feature is compatible with Models FC2025, FQ050 and FireFinder XLS. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Technical Data Operating Temperature +32°F (0°C) to 100°F (38°C) Range: [with 135°F (57°C) alarm - threshold setting] Relative Humidity: 0-95%; non -condensing Air Pressure: No effect Input Voltage Range: 16VDC — 30VDC Alarm Current (max.): 410pA Standby Current (max.): 250pA, max. (Average) Maximum Spacing: 50 -foot centers (2,500 sq. ft.), per NFPA 72 and €JLC -S524 Thermal Rating: Model FDT421 provides up to seven (7) field -selectable, pre- programmed temperature settings: • Fixed 135°F (57°C) • Fixed 145°F (63°C) • Fixed 155°F (68°C) • Fixed 165°F (74°C) • Fixed 174°F (79°C) • Rate -of -Rise: 15°F I min. (8.3°C 1 min) at fixed 135°F (57°C) • Rate -of -Rise: 15°F I min. (8.3°C I min) at fixed 174°F (79°C) Detector Weight: 0.317 lbs. (0.144 kg.) 0 0 Mounting Diagram Dimensions 4.13" (1S.S cr..) 1.43' ( f.4 CR.( 11 ;114 air r i.`r�T.� i� �1f Compatible FACPs Model Number Data Sheet Number Description — 6300 FireFinder XLS FC2005 6813 50 -point addressable FACP FC2025 6815 252 -point addressable FACP FC2050 6815 504 -point addressable FACP Details for Ordering Model Number Part Number Description FDT421 554320 -F5 -A1 Thermal (Heat) Detector DB -11 500-094151 Detector Mounting Base DB -11E 500094151E Detector Base (small) DB2 -HR S54320 -F12 -A1 Relay Base RL -HC 500-033230 Remote Alarm Indicator: 4' octagon -box mount, red RL -HW 500-033310 Remote Alarm Indicator: Single -gang box mount, red LK -11 500-695350 Base Locking Kit 511-9604 I — 511 Mechanical Protection Guard See: www.STI-USA.com for further details on ordering Model STI -9604. In Canada, order. Model Number Part Number Description DB -11C 500-095687 Detector Mounting Base for Series 11 Detectors (®ULC Listed) Notice: This marketing data sheet is not intended to be used for system design or installation purposes. For the most up-to-date information, refer to each product's installation instructions. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Fire Safety 8 Fernwood Road Florham Park, NJ 07932 Tel: (973) 593-2600 FAX: (908) 547-6877 URL' www .usa.Siemens.comlFire (SOWS) Printed in U.S.A. Fire Safety 2 Kenview Boulevard Brampton, Ontario L6T 5E4 I Canada Tel: (905) 799-9937 FAX: (905) 799-9858 Novombor 2013 Supersedes sheet dated 6/13 (Rev. 3) 0 0 SIEMENS Data Sheet Fire Safety & Security Products Intelligent Initiating Devices HMS -Series Models HMS -D, HMS -S ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER SPECIFICATIONS • Durable desi n • Shock -and -vibration resistant • Pull-down lever is down, until manually reset • Reset with Allen Key • No break rods necessary • Custom microcomputer -chip technology • Dynamic supervision to the fire -alarm control panel (FACP) • Polarity insensitive via SureWireTM technology • Two -wire operation • Surface or semi -flush installation • Model DPU programs and verifies address and tests functionality of each device • Electronic -address programming is easier, more efficient and more dependable • Comes in single-action (Model HMS -S) and double -action (Model HMS -D) stations • ®UL Listed; FM, CSFM & NYC Fire Dept. Approved Model HMS -D Dual -Action Station Model HMS -S Single -Action Station Product Overview The Siemens intelligent manual fire -alarm boxes (Models HMS -S and HMS -D) provide the most advanced method of address programming and supervision. Each Model HMS -series manual box achieves the state of an 'intelligent -initiating device' by incorporating custom microcomputer -chip technology with sophisticated, bi-directional communication capabilities with the FACP. Specifications Models HMS -S and HMS -D are constructed of durable, molded polycarbonate material that is matte finished in red with raised white lettering. The housing accommodates a 'pull-down' lever, which — when operated — locks into position; indicating the manual fire -alarm box has been activated. The pull down lever remains down I in the locked' position, until the fire -alarm box is manually reset. The manual fire alarm box can only be reset by opening the hinged housing cover with an Allen key; followed by dosing and locking the cover. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. ft,aII inn T-rknnInnlsbc ilivicinn Models HMS -S and HMS -D operate with Siemens— Fire Safety FACPs. The microcomputer chip to the manual fire -alarm box has the capacity of storing — in memory—identification information as well as important operating -status data. Innovative technology from Siemens — Fire Safety also allows all Model HMS -series intelligent manual fire -alarm boxes to be programmed via the Device Programmer I Test Unit (Model DPU). Model DPU is a compact, portable and menu -driven accessory that makes programming and testing of a manual fire - alarm box device faster, easier and more dependable than previous methods. The programmer I tester eliminates the need for mechanical -addressing mechanisms of a device because Model DPU electronically sets the address of the manual fire -alarm box into its microcomputer chip, non-volatile memory. Hence, vibration, corrosion and other conditions that can compromise or even deteriorate mechanical -addressing mechanisms are no longer a cause for concern. HMS Series Intelligent Initiating Devices 6306 O Specifications — (continued) Models HMS -S and HMS -D are fitted with screw terminals for connection to an addressable circuit, and can be either surface or semi -flush mounted. The Model HMS -series manual fire -alarm boxes derive their power, communicate information and receive commands over a single pair of wires. The Model HMS -series is compatible on the same circuit with all Model 'H' -series detectors, interfaces or addressable, conventional zone modules. Electrical Ratings Current Draw (Active or Standby) — 1.5mA Details for Ordering Model Number Part Number Description Shipping Weight HMS -D 500-033400 Addressable Manual Fire Alarm Box, Dual Action 2.5 Lbs. 1.13 02. HMS -5 500-033200 Addressable Manual Fire Alarm Box, Single Action 2.0 Lbs. 0.9 Oz. LTP 500-620490 Reset Tool Package [contains two (2) tools] 0.5 Lb. 0.23 Oz. 5B -5R 310-019860 Surface -Mounting Box 1.5 Lbs. 0.7 02. Mounting Diagram HOUSING HINGED TO BACKPLATE \A---1-lis In. SURFACE -MOUNTING ENCLOSURE ?3� �� -4(4 in NAMEPLATE 54in. SB -5R HOUSING Ge LOCKING SCREW BACKPLAT 3-1/2 in DEEP SWITCH BOX (USER SUPPLIED) Notice: This marketing data sheet is not intended to be used for system design or installation purposes. For the most up-to-date information, refer to each product's installation instructions. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Fre Safety 8 Femwood Road Florham Park, NJ 07932 Tek (973) 593-2600 pi) FAX: (908) 547-6877 Printed in U.S.A t L: www.usa.Siemens.com/Fire Fre Safety 2 Kenview Boulevard Brampton, Ontario L6T 5E4 / Canada Tel: (905) 799.9937 FAY- AWKl 7QO.QASA Septnndmt 2013 Supersedes deet dated 2113 Mr, 4) SIEMENS Data Sheet Fire Safety & Security Products HTRI-Series Interface Modules Models HTRI-D, HTRI-R and HTRI-S ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER SPECIFICATIONS • Interfacing and supervising normally omen (N.0) or normally closed (N.C) contacts • Integral single-nole, double -throw (SPOT) relay on Model HTRI-R (up to 4 amps) • Dual input on Model HTRI-D, using a single address • Polarity insensitive with SureWire m technology • Multi -color light -emitting diode (LED) indicates system status: • green /amber /red • Easy front access to programming port and wiring terminals • Mounts in a 4 -inch square, 2 -V -deep box (or double -gang box) • Dynamic supervision • Comes with 5-x-5" faceplate • Two -wire operation • Device Programmer/Tester programs and verifies address of the device and tests for proper functionality • Electronic address programming is easy and dependable • ®UL Listed & ®ULC Listed; FM, CSFM and NYC Fire Department Approved Product Overview The Siemens — Fire Safety HTRI-series Intelligent interface modules are designed to provide the means of interfacing direct shorting devices to the fire -alarm control panel (FACP) loop circuit. The HTRI-series modules provide the most advanced method of address programming and supervision on the market— combined with sophisticated control panel communication. Each HTRI-series interface module incorporates a microcomputer chip, and each interface module achieves the state of an 'intelligent device' through its microcomputer chip technology, combined with its sophisticated, bi-directional communication capabilities with the FACP. Specifications The HTRI-series intelligent interface modules are available in three (3) models. Models HTRI-S and HTRI-R are designed to monitor a (N.0) or (N.C) dry contact. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division The interface module reports the status of the (N.0) or (N.C) contact to the control panel. Model HTRI-S can only monitor and report the status of the contact, while Model HTRI-R incorporates an addressable 'Form C' relay. The Model HTRI-R relay and contact device input are controlled at the same address. For the FACP, the relay and input contact can be controlled as a separate function. The relay is typically used where control or shunting of external equipment is required. The Model HTRI-D is a dual -input module that is designed to supervise and monitor two (2) sets of dry contacts. Model HTRI-D only requires one (1) address, but responds independently to each input. Model HTRI-D is ideal for monitoring a water -flow switch and its respective valve tamper switch. Model HTRI has a multi -color LED that flashes green when operating in Normal; 'amber' if unit is in Trouble condition, and 'red' to indicate a change of state. HTRI Series Interface Modules 6304 Specifications (continued) QModel HTRI-D flashes twice — once for each address, and Model HTRI-R LED indicates a change of state in the relay. The device's microcomputer chip has the capacity of storing, in memory, identification information; as well as important operating -status information. Siemens — Fire Safety innovative technology allows all HTRI-series intelligent interface modules to be programmed via the Device Programming I Test Unit: a compact, portable and menu -driven accessory that makes programming and testing an interface device faster, easier and more dependable than previous methods. The programmer I tester eliminates the need for mechanical addressing mechanisms, such as: program jumpers, DIP switches or rotary dials, since Model DPU electronically sets the HTRI- series interface address into the non-volatile memory of the interface microcomputer -chip. Vibration, corrosion and other conditions that deteriorate mechanical addressing mechanisms are no longer a cause for concern. The HTRI-series is fitted with screw terminals for connection to an addressable circuit, and is fully compatible on the same Siemens FACPs with all intelligent 'H' -series detectors, 'HMS' -series addressable manual stations, or any other addressable intelligent modules, such as Model HZM or Model HCP. All HTRI-series intelligent interface modules are ®UL Listed. Environmental operating conditions for all HTRI-series modules are 32°F (°C) to 120°F (49°C) with a relative humidity of no greater than 93%, non -condensing. 0 Electrical Ratings Current Draw (Active or Standby) 1mA Model HTRI-R Relay Ratings Resistive: 4 Amps, 125 VAC 4 Amps, 30 VDC Inductive: 3.5A, 120 VAC (0.6P.F.) 3.0A, 30 VDC (0.6P.F.) 2.0A, 120 VAC (0.4P.F.) 2.0A, 120 VAC (0.35P.F.) 2.0A, 30 VDC (0.35P.F.) Mounting Diagram Models HTRI-S, HTRI-D and HTRI-R mount directly into a 4 -inch square, 2 '/4 -deep box or to a user -supplied double -gang box. A 5 -inch square, off-white faceplate is included with each HTRI-series module. MOUNTING SLOTS FOR 4 -INCH SWITCHBOX 3 4 L_ HTRI-S/-D/-R MODULE MOUNTING SLOTS FOR DOUBLEGANG SWITCHBOX MOUNTING HOLES FOR SWITCHPLATE Details for Ordering Model Number Part Number Description Shipping Wgt. Lb. Kg. HTRI-S 500-033370 Single Input 7 oz. 2 HTRI-R 500-033300 Single Inputw/Relay 7 oz. 2 HTRI-D 500-033360 Dual Input 7 oz. 2 Notice: This marketing data sheet is not intended to be used for system design or installation purposes. For the most up-to-date information, refer to each product's installation instructions. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Fire Safety 8 Fernwood Road Florham Park, NJ 07932 Tel: (973) 593-2600 FAX: (908) 547-6877 URL: www.SBT.Siemens.com/FIS (SII) Printed in U.S.A. Fire Safety 2 Kenview Boulevard Brampton, Ontario L6T 5E4 I Canada Tel: (905) 799-9937 FAX: (905) 7999858. December 2011 Supersedes sheet dated 6/10 (Rev. 21 Technical Data TD45O112EN Effective February 2019 Supersedes September 2017 Wheelock AH, AS, MT, RSS, ET70 0 Weatherproof appliances, Version 2 c Description Designed for life safety, performance and reliability, the Wheelock weatherpoof notification appliances nclude: Weatherproof Appliances Strobes Horn strobes Horn Multitone horn strobes Multilane horns Speaker strobes Speakers Series RSSWP ASWP AH-24WF AH-12WP MTWP MT ET7OWP ET -1010 All strobe models are UL dual listed—meeting both UL1638 and UL1971 requirements As dual listed appliances, these weatherproof strobes, horn strobes and speaker strobes are listed for outdoor applications under UL 1638 as well as under UL 1971, the Standard for Safety Signaling Devices for Hearing Impaired. With an extended temperature range of –40°F to 150°F (-40°C to 66°C), Wheelock weatherproof appliances meet or exceed UL outdoor test requirements for rain, humidity and corrosion resistance while providing multiple strobe intensity options, including the highest strobe ratings available for area coverage per NFPA 72 strobe spacing tables (up to 185 candela for wall mounting and 177 candela for ceiling mounting). E N Powering Business Worldwide To enable weatherproof mounting, Eaton provides the industry's widest choice of mounting options for surface or unique semi -flush installation. Models are available for surface mounting to Wheelock weatherproof backboxes on walls or ceilings. The optional WP -KIT allows the weatherproof backboxes (IOB, WPBB or WPSBB) to be mounted to a recessed electrical box for concealed conduit installation. For semi -flush installation, the WPA* and WFPA* kits allow a customer to mount the weatherproof appliances to a recessed electrical box without the need for an external weatherproof backbox. See Table 10 on page three of this document for a summarization of these mounting options and the required accessories. All models may be synchronized using the Wheelock DSM sync modules, Wheelock power supplies or other manufacturers panels incorporating the Wheelock patented sync proto- col. The horn output of horn strobes can be independently controlled on 2 -wire circuits using the Wheelock patented sync protocol. MTWP horn strobe models are 4 -wire appliances; the strobes can be synchronized while the audible can be connected to a coded fire alarm system. MT horns may be synchronized, using the temporal Code 3 horn setting. Wheelock AH, AS, MT, RSS, ET70 Technical Data TD450112EN February 2019 Figure 6. ET -1010 front and side views Table 1. Maximum RMS current for AH models Table 2. dBA ratings for ET -1010 and ET7OWP models UL Max Current for AH UL Reverberant dBA @ 10 ft. 24 VDC Watts High (99) dBA 0.080 Model 1/8 1/4 1/2 1 2 4 8 Med (95) dBA 0.043 - ET -1010 77 80 83 86 87 92 94 Low (90) dBA 0021 ET7OWP 77 88 83 86 88 91 93 Table 3. Maximum RMS current and dBA, MT weatherproof models MTWP/MT MT 24 VDC 12 VDC ULC Anechoic dBA at 10 Feet dBA HI STD HI STD 24 VDC 12 VDC Horn 0.108 0.044 0 177 0.034 Bell 0.053 0.024 0.095 0.020 March lime 0.104 0.087 0.142 0.034 Code 3 Horn 0.122 0.035 0.200 0.034 Code 3 Tone 0.135 0.035 0.152 0.021 Slow Whoop 0.098 0.037 0.142 0 035 Siren 0104 0.036 0.152 0.030 010/Lo 0.057 0.025 0.114 0.026 Table 4. Strobe and ASWP ratings Candela ratings 92 87 92 87 86 80 86 80 89 84 89 84 88 83 88 83 85 80 85 80 90 85 90 85 89 84 89 84 86 81 86 81 Max RMS Current Maximum RMS Current for ASWP Strobe Candela UL 1971 UL 1638 @ 77°F UL 1638 @-40°F (strobe only) High Med Low 2475W 30 W 180 115 0.138 0.168 0.155 0150 2475C 15 180 115 0.138 0.168 0.155 0.150 MCWH 135 135 56 0.300 0 355 0.340 0 335 185 185 77 0.420 0 480 0.465 0.460 MCCH 115 115 47 0.300 0 355 0.340 0 335 177 177 73 0.420 0.480 0.465 0.460 24185 185 185 77 0 420 24177 177 177 73 0 420 0 Wall mourn rating only O EATON www.eaton.com 3 Technical Data TD450112EN February 2019 Wall mount models Tpl-141 5. Specification and ordering information Model Number Wheelock AH, AS, MT, RSS, ET70 Agency Approvals Finish Order Code UL ULC CSFM FM Strobe RSSWP-2475W-FR RSSWP-2475W-FW RSSWP-24MCWH-FR RSSWP-24MCWH-FW FifiE Red 9013 X X X X White 3034 X X X X Red 5101 X X X — White 5165 X X X — Audible strobe ASWP-2475W-FR ASWP-24MCWH-FR ASWP-24MCWH-FW Red 9012 X X X X Red 5137 X X X — White 5140 X X X — Multizone strobe MTWP-2475W-FR MTWP-2475W-FW MTWP-24MCWH-FR MTWP-24MCWH-FW Speaker strobe ET70WP-2475W-FR ET7OWP-2475W-FW ET70WP-24185W-FR ET7OWP-24185W-FW Red 8420 X X X White 3112 X X X Red 5132 X X X ' White 5134 X X X X X Red 9077 X X X White 3179 X X X Red 4885 X X X White 4891 X X X Ceiling mount models Table 6. Specification and ordering information I�V n.lel Number Agency Approvals Finish Order Code UL ULC CSFM FM /-2475C-FR RSSWP-2575C-FW RSSWP-24MCCH-FR RSSWP-24MCCH-FW Red 4338 X X X X White 4446 X X X X Red 5167 X • X X White 5187 X X X — Audible strobe ASWP-2475C-FR ASWP-2475C-FW ASWP-24MCCH-FR ASWP-24MCCH-FW Red 4251 X X X White 4502 X X X Red 5149 X X X White 5157 X X X X X Multitone strobe MTWP-2474C-FR MTWP-2475C-FW MTWP-24MCCH-FR MTWP-24MCCH-FW Speaker strobe ET7OWP-2475C-FR ET7OWP-2475C-FW ET7OWP-24177C-FR ET7OWP-24177C-FW Red White Red White 4457 X X X 4458 X X X 5102 X X X 5122 X X X X X Red 4452 X X X White 4454 X X X Red 4845 X X X White 4859 X X X 4 EATON www.eaton.corn 0 010 COOPER Notific. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SERIES ET7OWP LOW PROFILE WEATHERPROOF SPEAKER STROBE APPLIANCE " Useduct according to this instruction manual. Please keep this instruction manual for future reference. G Serie4TTTOWP Low Profile Speaker Strobe appliances are UL Listed for indoor/outdoor use under Standard 1638 for Visual Signal Appliances, Fire Protective Service and UL Standard 1480 for Speaker Appliances. Models with amber, blue, green or red lenses are UL Listed under Standard 1638 (Visual Signaling Appliance) for Pnvate Mode Emergency and General Utility Signaling. The ET7OWP with clear lens is UL -Listed to Standard 1971 for Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired when installed indoors. For outdoor applications the ET7OWP must be mounted to a Weatherproof Backbox (IOB). The ET7OWP is designed for multiple power requirements with high dBA output at each power tap. This model otters a choicest field selectable taps. 1/8W to 8W for either 25.OMws or 70.0Vess audio systems. The low profile design incorporates a high efficiency speaker for maximum output at minimum power across a frequency range of 400Hz to 4000Hz and features a sealed back construction for extra protection and improved audibility. The Low Profile Speaker Strobes can provide a non -synchronized strobe appliance when connected directly to a fire alarm control panel (FACP), or provide a synchronized strobe appliance when used in conjunction with a Sync Module (SM), Dual Sync Module (DSM), or Cooper Wheelock's power supplies The strobes use a Xenon flashtube with solid state circuitry enclosed ina polycarbonate lens to provide maximum visibility and reliability for effective visible signaling. WARNING: Please read these instructions carefully. Failure to comply with any of the fallowing instructions, cautions and warn- ings could result in improper application, installation and/or operation of these products in an emergency situation, which could result in property damage and serious injury or death to you and/or others. CAUTION: Not recommended for use at refrigerator/freezer door entrances or other areas with persistent condensations SPECIFICATIONS Table 1: UL Listed Models and Rat ngs Model - Voltage Speaker Regulated Voltage NDCN,,,J Regulated Voltage Range (VDCNcvs) Rated Strobe Cand la (cd) Reverberant dBA at 10 Feet (Rated Watts) DC 1/8 1/4 1/2 1 2 4 8 UL1971 UL1638 (Note 1) Cold Ambient (Note 2) ET7OWP- 2475W 25/70 77 80 83 86 88 91 93 24 16-33 30 180 115 ET7OWP- 2475C 25/70 77 80 83 86 88 91 93 24 16-33 15 180 115 ET7OWPA- 2475W 25/70 77 80 83 86 88 91 93 24 16-33 n/a 145 92 ET7OWPA- 2475C 25/70 77 80 83 86 88 91 93 24 16-33 n/a 145 92 ET70WPB- 2475W 25/70 77 80 83 86 88 91 93 24 16-33 n/a 71 45 ET7OWPG- 2475W 25/70 77 80 83 86 88 91 93 24 16-33 n/a 111 71 ET70WPR- 2475W 25/70 77 80 83 86 88 91 93 24 16-33 n/a 46 29 ET70WPR- 2475C 25/70 77 80 83 86 88 91 93 24 16-33 n/a 46 29 25/70 77 80 83 86 88 91 93 24 16-33 115 115 73 N..jr—d 24135W 25/70 77 80 83 86 88 91 93 24 16-33 135 135 86' ET7OWP- 24177C 25/70 77 80 83 86 88 91 93 24 16-33 177 177 113 ET7OWP- 24185W 25/70 77 80 83 86 88 91 93 24 16-33 185 185 118 PN P84848F 0 273 Branchpor Long Branch, N.J. (800) 631 www. coopernotificati or NOTES 1 UL1638 is an on -axis rating where the following applies: WARNING: not to be used as a visual public model alarm notificatio: ance. Use UL1971 ratings for all public mode applications. 2. All products are listed for indoor and outdoor use as follows' Clear Lens at -40 F (-40 C) to 150 F (66 C), Colored Lens at -31 (-35 C), both Clear and Colored Lens with maximum of 95% RH 3. Strobes will produce 1 flash per second over the Regulated Voltage range. 4. Strobes with clear and amber lenses meet the required light distribution pattern in UL1971 5. The effect of shipping and storage temperatures must not adversely affect the performance of the appliance when it is storec original cartons and is not subjected to misuse or abuse. 6 The maximum supervision voltage is 33 volts DC. 7. Frequency range of speakers is 400-4000Hz. dBA is rated per UL Standard 1480 for Speaker Appliances. CAUTION: Always operate audio amplifiers and speakers within their specified ratings. Excessive input may distort sound quality may damage audio equipment Do not exceed 100% of speaker input voltage per UL 1480. Improper input voltage can damage s If d:stonion Is heard, check for clipping of the audio appliance with en oscilloscope and reduce the amplifier input level or gain lev eliminate any clipping Table 2: Strobe Current Ratings (AMPS) Maximum RMS Current UL Voltage 2475 24115 24135 24177 24185 DC 16-33VDC 0.138 0.300 0300 0420 0.420 FWR 16-33Vrs 0.222 0.455 0.455 0.645 0.645 When calculating the total currents, use Table 2 to determine the highest value of RMS current for an individual strobe, then multi( values by the total number of strobes Add the currents for any other appliances, including audible signaling appliances powered same source and Include any required safety factors. NOTE: The maximum number of strobes on a single notification appliance circuit must not exceed 50. CAUTION: These strobes are UL Listed as Regulated. They are intended to be used with FACPs whose notification circuits are UI as Regulated. These appliances must not be used on UL Listed Special Application notification circuits unless the appliances are to be compatible in the installation instructions of the FACP. WARNING: These strobes were tested to the regulated voltage limits of 16-33 Vohs for 24V models using filtered DC or un full -wave -rectified vottage. Do not apply voltage outside of this range. WARNING: Check the minimum and maximum output of the power supply and standby battery and subtract the voltage d from the circuit wiring resistance to determine the applied voltage to the strobes. The maximum wire impedance between must not exceed 35 ohms. CAUTION: Strobes are not designed to be used on coded systems in which the applied voltage is cycled on and off. WARNING: Ensure the total RMS current required by all appliances that are connected to the system's primary and secon ary power sources, notification appliance circuits, SM, DSM sync modules, or Cooper Wheelock's power supplies does m exceed the power source's rated capacity or the current ratings of any fuses on the circuits to which these appliances are Overloading power sources or exceeding fuse ratings could result in loss of power and failure to alert occupants during a Benny, which could result in property damage and serious injury or death to you and/or others. WIRING AND MOUNTING INFORMATION CAUTION: Figure 1 shows the maximum number of field wires (conductors) that can enter the backbox used with each mounting If these limits are exceeded, them may be insufficient space in the backbox to accommodate the field wires and stresses from tht could damage the product. WARNING This unit must be mounted on a Flat surface with the surface covering the entire back surface of the backbox. When u outdoor application or a NEMA 3R application knockouts in the rear of the backbox must remain intact. CAUTION: Two screws must be used to mount backbox securely using both tabs Included with the backbox. Although the limits shown for each mounting option comply with the National Electrical Code (NEC), Cooper Wheelock recommer of the largest backbox option shown and the use of approved stranded field wires, whenever possible, to provide additional wirinf for easy installation and minimum stress on the product from wiring. Copyright 2012 Cooper Wheelock, Inc. dba Cooper Notification Model Number Finish Order Code Backbones, Plates. Gasket Kits Multhone Strobe Wall Surface Mount Flush Mount MTWP-2474W-FR Red 8420 MTWP-2475W-FW White 3112 MountieExposed Mounting Options Conduit Concealed Conduit MTWP-24MCWH-FR Red 5132 RSSWP Strobes WPSBB WPSBB + WP -KIT WFP MTWP-24MCWH-FW White 5134 ET70WPSpeaker Strobes 10B 10B+WP-KIT WFP Mnititone Strobe Ceiling ASWP Horn Strobes WPBB WPBB +WP -KIT WFPA 0 MTWP-2474C-FR Red 4457 AHWP Horns WBR - WFP MTWP-2475C-FW White 4458 MTWP-24MCCH-FR Red 5192 ET -1310 Speakers WBB WFP MTWP-24MCCH-FW White 5122 MD/VP MultitoneStrobes 10B IOB+WP-KIT WFP Audible Strobe Wall Muhitane 10B 108+ WP-K1T WFP ASWP-2475W-FR Red 9012 ASWP-24MCWH-FR Red 5131 Wonting Options ASWP-24MCWH-FW White 5140 Audible Strobe Ceiling ASWP-2475C-F11 Red 4251 ASWP-2475C-F1N White 4502 ASWP-24MCCH-FR Red 5149 ASWP-2411ACCH-FW White 5157 Muhitane Horn MT -12/24-R Red 5023 Audible Wall or Ceiling AH-24WP-R Red 7416 Backbones AH-12WP-R Red 7415 10B -R Red 5046 Speaker Strobe Wall I06 -W White 5041 WPSBB-R Red 9751 ET70WP-2475W-FR Red 9077 WWhite White 3033 ET77WP-2475W-FW White 3179 WPBS -R Red 9014 ET70WP-24185W-FH Red 4885 WPBB-W White 4692 ET77WP-24185W-FW White 4891 WBB-R Red 2959 Speaker Strobe Ceiling WBB-W White 2960 El70WP-2475C-FR Red 4452 'WP4011.ggows for surface mounting of a weatherproof backhox to a recessed ET70WP-2475C-FW White 4454 electrical box. ET70WP-24177C-FR Red 4845 ET70WP-24177C-FW White 4859 UL Max Current (Audible) Model Number Finish Order Code Flush Plates WFPA-R Red 5698 WFPA-W White 4701 WFP-R Red 4696 WFP-W White 4697 Gasket Kit WP -KIP 4486 Speaker Wall or Ceiling ET -1010-R Red ET -1010-W White 3135 3137 MTWPIMT MT 16-33 VDC 8-175 VDC Wall Strobe dBA HI STD HI STD RSSWP-2475W-FR Red 9013 Horn 0.178 7.044 0.177 0.034 RSSWP-2475W-FW White 3034 Bell 0.053 0.024 0.095 0.020 RSSWP-24MCWH-FR Red 5161 March Time Ham 0.134 7.038 0.142 0.034 RSSWP-24MCWH-FW White 5165 Code -3 Horn 0.091 7.035 0.142 0.034 Ceiling Strobe Code -3 Tone 0.075 0.035 0.175 0.021 RSSWP-2475C-FR Red 4338 RSSWP-2575C-FW White 4446 Slow Whoop 0.099 1037 0.142 0.035 RSSWP-24MCCH-FR Red 5167 Siren 0.104 0.036 0.152 0.030 RSSWP-24MCCH-FW White 5187 Hi/Lo 0.057 7.025 0.114 0.026 Candela Ratings UL Max Cattell AH 16-33 VDC 8-17.5 VDC High 199) dBA 0.080 0.192 Med (95) dBA 0.043 0.108 low (901 dBA 0.021 0.058 ASWP UL 1638 @ UL 1638 O BSS. ET70WP and M WP Series UL 1971 77"F -40°F UL Max Current High Med Low 2475W 30" 180 115 0.139 7.168 0.155 0.153 2475C 15 180 115 0.138 9.168 0.155 0.157 MCWH 135 135 56 0.377 0.355 0.340 0.335 185 185 77 0.427 7.480 0.465 0.460 MCCH 115 115 47 0.390 0.355 0.340 0.335 177 177 73 0.420 0.480 0.465 0.463 24195 135 185 77 0.420 24177 177 177 73 0.420 **Wall mount rating only EATON Au&He/YmnlApptences wvmcoopemotifiationeern 33 O Technical Data TD450112EN Wheelock AH, AS, MT, RSS, ET70 Effective February 2019 Architects and engineers specifications General �,erproof notification appliances shall be UL listed for outdoor use. Weatherproof strobe appliances shall be listed under UL Standard u._:1(Standard for Visual Signaling Appliances) for Indoor/Outdoor use and UL Standard 1971 (Standard for Safety Signaling Devices for Hearing Impaired). The appliances shall be available for optional wall mounting or ceiling mounting to weatherproof backboxes using either exposed conduit, concealed conduit, or semi -flush mounting to a recessed electrical box in walls or ceilings using Wheelock mounting accessories. Weatherproof Strobes and Audibles Weatherproof strobe appliances shall be Wheelock RSSWP models or approved equals. The weatherproof strobes shall produce a mini- mum flash rate of 60 flashes per minute over the UL Regulated Voltage Range of 16 to 33 VDC and shall incorporate a Xenon flashtube. The weatherproof strobes shall be available with UL 1971 candela ratings up to 185 cd for wall mounting and 177 cd for ceiling mounting. UL 1638 candela ratings up to 180 cd at 77°F shall be available. The strobes shall operate over an extended temperature range of —40°F to 150°F (-40°C to 66°C) and be listed for maximum humidity of 95% RH. Strobe inputs shall be polarized for compatibility with standard reverse polarity supervision of circuit wiring by a Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP). Weatherproof audibles shall be Wheelock AH models or approved equals, and the weatherproof audible/strobe combinations shall be Wheelock ASWP models or approved equals. The weatherproof horns and multitone audibles shall be listed for Indoor/Outdoor use under UL Standard 464. The horns shall be able to produce a continuous output or a temporal code -3 output that can be synchronized. The horns shall have at least 3 sound level settings. Horn/strobe combinations shall be able to be synchronized on a single NAC. Multitone audibles shall Wheelock MT models or approved equals. The multitone horns shall be able to produce 8 distinct tones selectable by dip switch and shall have at least 2 sound level settings. Multitone audible/strobe combinations shall have independent inputs for the audible and strobe. The strobes shall be able to be synchronized. When set to Code 3 Horn, the audible shall be able to be synchronized. The audibles shall be able to be coded when operated on a separate NAC. ASWP audibles and strobes shall be able to be synchronized on a 2 -wire circuit with the ability to silence the audible if required. The strobes on MT multitone audible/strobe appliances shall be able to be synchronized and shall be able to be operated on a separate circuit from the audibles while the audible circuit is connected to a coded or continuous NAC When set to Code 3 Horn, the MT multitone audibles shall be able to be synchronized. Weatherproof Speakers and Speaker/Strobes Weatherproof speakers shall be Wheelock ET -1010 models or approved equals, and speaker strobes shall be ET7OWP or approved equals. Weatherproof speakers and speaker strobes shall be UL listed for indoor/outdoor use under UL Standard 1480. All speakers shall provide field selectable taps for 1/8W to 8W operation for either 25 VRMS or 70 VRMS audio systems and shall incorporate a sealed back construc- tion for extra protection and improved audibility. Speakers shall be listed to produce up to 94 dBA and shall incorporate a vandal resistant grille design. Speaker strobes shall be available for surface or semi -flush mounting to walls or ceilings and shall be listed to produce up to 93 dBA. Sync Modules When synchronization of strobes or temporal code -3 audibles is required, the appliances shall be compatible with the Wheelock DSM sync les, Wheelock power supplies or other manufacturers panels with built-in Wheelock patented sync protocol. The strobes and audibles Piot drift out of synchronization at any time during operation. Weatherproof Mounting Accessories Weatherproof mounting options shall include surface mounting or semi -flush mounting to walls or ceilings. Surface mounted appliances shall mount to Wheelock IOB, WBB, WPBB or WPSBB weatherproof backboxes using either exposed conduit or concealed conduit. For concealed conduit the weatherproof backbox shall be mounted to a recessed electrical box with Wheelock's WP -KIT to provide a weatherproof seal for the electrical box. Semi -flush mounted appliances shall mount to a recessed electrical box using Wheelock WFP or WFPA flush plates to provide a weatherproof seal between the electrical box and the appliance. NEMAI atraMENNE WE ENCOURAGE AND SUPPORT NICET CERTIFICATION 3 -YEAR WARRANTY E:T•N Powering Business Worldwide c Eaton 1000 Eaton Boulevard Cleveland, OH 44122 United States Eaton,com Eaton Life safety & mass notification solutions 273 Branthport Ave Long Branch, NJ 07740 Eaton.com/massnotificatton © 2019 Eaton Al Rights Reserved Printed in USA Publication No TD450112EN February 2019 Eaton is a registered trademark Al other trademarks are property of their respective owners. Technical Data TD450117EN Effective. Jo.v 2317 LHN3, LHS3, LST3 Exceder LED3 Horn Strobes, Strobes & Horns FIRE E..AT•N Powering Business Worldwide Description The Wheelock ExcederTm LED3 horns, horn strobes, and strobes by Eaton feature an advanced power saving LED technology in a sleek, modern, single -gang enclosure that will provide high energy efficiency and an aesthetically pleasing low profile design that will blend with the building's interior decor. Compliant and Compatible Eaton's Exceder LED3 strobes meet the 20 millisecond light pulse duration requirements of the 2016 edition of NFPA 72. By meeting this latest requirement, xenon and LED devices can now be in the same field of view With the Exceder LED3 line. Eaton now offers a full range of products with low and high candela settings ideal for both retrofits and new construction. High Efficiency, LED Technology Eaton's high energy efficient technology leads the industry in lowest current draw for the most popular candela settings, which reduces overall power consumption and costs in fire alarm and emergency communication systems. As the first notification appliances in the industry to utilize LED as the light source, this breakthrough and patented optical design, resulting in best -in -class efficiency, enables material and system cost savings, allowing for a greater number of appliances on the notification appliance circuit and fewer power supplies. All strobe models feature a wide -range of candela settings (15, 30, 75, 110cd) on a single appliance. Low Profile Design and Feature Set With the industry's smallest footprint, the Exceder LED3 horns, horn strobes, and strobes are aesthetically pleasing to building owners as the low profile design does not detract from the interior decor. Installers will benefit from its comprehensive feature list, including lowest current draw, single -gang design, no tools needed for setting changes, and three convenient mounting options for both new and retrofit construction. These products are suitable for indoor wall -mount applications. The LST3 Strobe, LHS3 Horn Strobe. and the LHN3 Horn are for 24V operation. LHN3 is suitable for 12V applications. Approvals and Synchronization The Exceder LED3 notification appliances are listed under UL Standards 1971 and 464 and under CAN/ULC-S525 and CAN/ULC- S526. The appliances are Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) compliant and contain no mercury or other hazardous substances. In addition, the Wheelock Exceder LED3 product line has been UL/ ULC listed as compatible with all Fire Alarm Control Panels (FACP) and accessories that have been determined to be compatible with Wheelock RSS strobe -based products including the RSS, CH, E, EH, ET, ST, HS, MT, S8. SA, STH and Z Series. The listing also includes the ability to install the Exceder LED3 strobes in the same notification zone and field of view with any Wheelock RSS strobe models. ,J. Technical Data TD450117EN Exceder LED3 Horn Strobes, Strobes & Horns Effective July 2017 Features Energy Efficient • LED technology provides industry's lowest current draw • Fewer power supplies required, smaller wire gage, reduced wire runs Low -Profile Design • One of the smallest, most compact single -gang designs • Sleek, modern aesthetics with no visible mounting screws - Special Lettering Available • 4 Field Selectable Settings in 1 Device • Select 15, 30, 75, 110 cd - 2 Audible Settings • Select 90 or 95 dB • Select temporal or steady horn output • Easy -to -Install • Finger slide switches—No tools needed for setting changes • IN/OUT screw terminals using #12 to #18 AWG wires • Mounting Options include Exceder LSBB, any single -gang back - box and to 4" square with adapter kit Strobe Synchronization Components • Meet synchronizing standards with Wheelock's DSM Sync Modules, PS Power Supplies or SAFEPATH products • Ability to mix xenon and LED strobes in the same field of view Compliance • NFPA 72 2016 - 20 ms flash duration requirements • UL 1971, UL 464, ULC -S525, ULC -S526 • California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) • RoHS • FCC Part 15, ICES Cdtote: Please read these specifications and associated installation instruc- ons, before using, specifying, or installing this product. Visit Eaton.com/ massnotification for current installation instructions. General Notes • Strobes are designed to flash at 1 flash per second minimum over their "Regulated Voltage Range:' Note that NFPA-72 specifies a flash rate of 1 to 2 flashes per second and ADA Guidelines specify a flash rate of 1 to 3 flashes per second. • All candela ratings represent minimum effective Strobe intensity based on UL 1971. 2 EATON www.eaton.com 0 Drawings Figure 1. Wall Strobe Figure 2. Wall Horn Strobe 0 0 Exceder LED3 Horn Strobes, Strobes & Horns Technical Data TD450117EN Effective July 2017 Table 1. Strobe Ratings Table 2. Hans Ratings UL/ULC Max Current di Exceder LED3 Strobes 24VDC Exeeder LED3 Horns Modal Range Regulated Voltage 15 3o 75 110 Model Range Regulated Voltage 95 dB 90 dB LST3 16.0330 0030 0.040 0.100 0.115 LHN3 8.0-175 0.024 0.018 LHN3 160 - 33.0 0.030 0022 Table 3. Code 3 Horn Strobe Ratings UWLC Max Current 0) at Anechoic 95 dBA ULIULC Max Current O at Anechoic 90 dB* Model Voltage ® 15 30 75 110 Voltage© 15 30 75 110 LHS3 16.0 -33.0 01134 0.046 0.105 0.197 1611-33.0 0032 0.842 0.102 0.195 Table 4. Specification & Ordering Information Modal Order Code Stroke Candela Red White Lettering .e w/Powe P u er Supplies Horn Strobes LHSR3 0526 15/30/15/110 X FIRE X LHSW3 0527 15/330!15/110 X FIRE X LHSR3-A 0740 15/30/75/110 X AGENT X LHSR3-N 0741 15/30/)5/110 X No Lettering X LHSW3-A 0742 15/30/75/110 X AGENT X LHSW3-AL 0743 15/30/75/110 X ALERT X LHSW3-N 0744 15/30/75/110 X No Lettering X Strobes LSTR3 0528 15/30/75/110 X FIRE X LSTW3 0529 15/30/75/110 X FIRE X LSTR3-A 0747 15/30/75/110 X AGENT X LSTR3-AL 0748 15/30/75/110 X ALERT X LSTW3-A 0743 15/30/75/110 X AGENT X LSTW3-AL 0750 15/30/15/110 X ALERT X LSTW3-N 0751 15/30/75/110 X No Lettering X LSTR3-N 0754 15/30/75/110 X No Lettering X Horns LHNR3 0530 LHNW3 0531 X X X X Accessories LSBB-R 2420 Exceder LED Backbox X LSBB-W 2403 Exceder LED Backbox ESB -KR -R 0533 Exceder LED Trim Plate X ESB -KIT -W 0534 Exceder LED Trim Plate X X Table S. Specifications Physical Material Weight Red or white textured UV stabilized, colored impregnated engineered plastic. Exceeds 94V-0 UL flammability rating 0.35 lbs. Lens Light Emitting Diode (LED) in a rugged Lexan lens Dimensions 4.53"H x 2.76W x 1.27" D; Trimplate: 525' H x 4.58W x 0.32 0 Operating Temperature Indoor 3rFto 122'F (O'C to 50"C) and maximum humidity of 93% Mounting & Wire Connections Mounting (indoor only) Wall -mount applications only. LHN3 can be used for wag and ceiling -mount applications. Single -gang, Exceder LSBB backboxes or to 4" square with adapter kit Wire Connections #12 through #18 AWG Power & General Operating voltage 12 VDCNFWR: 8 -17.5 VDCNFWR; 24 VDCNFWR: 16 - 33 VDCNFWR (12 VDC LHN3 models only) Strobe Output Rating UL 1971, ULC S526: Selectable 15, 30, 75,110 candela output Strobe Flash Rate Strobes are designed to flash at 1 flash per second Synchronization Models Strobes can he synchronized with Wheelock's DSM Sync Modules, PS Power Supplies or SAFEPATH products, using Wheelock patented sync protocol Temporal Audible Pattern Selectable Continuous or Code 3 Horn tone: The Code 3 temporal pattern (1/2 second on, 1/2 second off, 1/2 second on, 1/2 second off, 1/2 second on, 1-1/2 off and repeat) is specified by ANSI and NFPA 72 for standard emergency evacua- tion signaling. © RMS current ratings are per UL maximum RMS method. UL max current rating is the maximum RMS current within the listed voltage range (16-33v for 24v units). For strobes the UL max current is usually at the minimum listed voltage (16v for 24v units). For audibles the max current is usually at the maximum listed voltage (33v for 24v units). For unfiltered FUR ratings. see installation instructions. 0 Regulated Voltage Range- VOC EATON www.eaton.com 3 Technical Data TD450117EN Effective July 2017 Architects and Engineers Specifications Ohe LED notification appliances shall be Wheelock® ExcederT"t LED3 LHS3 Audible Strobe appliances, LST3 Visual Strobe appliances and LHN3 Audible appliances for wall -mount applications with a low - profile design or approved equals. The LHS3 and LST3 Strobes shall be listed for UL Standard 1971 (Emergency Devices for the Hearing - Impaired) for Indoor Fire Protection Service. The LHS3 and LHN3 Audibles shall be UL Listed under Standard 464 (Fire Protective Signaling). All Series shall meet the requirements of FCC Part 15 and ICES -003. All inputs shall be compatible with standard reverse polarity supervision of circuit wiring by a Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) with the ability to operate from 16 to 33 VDC. The LHS3 Audible Strobe and LST3 Strobe appliances shall produce a flash rate of one (1) flash per second over the Regulated Voltage Range and shall incorporate a Light Emitting Diode (LED) as the light source with a rugged Lexan® lens. The appliances shall be of low current design. The LED strobe flash duration shall be 20 ms. Where Multi -Candela appliances are specified, the strobe intensity shall have 4 field selectable settings at 15, 30, 75, 110, candela for wall mount applications. The selector switch for selecting the candela shall be tamper resistant. Appliances with candela settings shall show the candela selection in a visible location at all times when installed. The audible shall have a minimum of two (2) field selectable settings for dBA levels and shall have a choice of continuous or temporal (Code 3) audible outputs. The LHS3 Audible Strobe. LST3 Strobe, and LHN3 Audible mounting Exceder LED3 Horn Strobes, Strobes & Horns options shall include LED backboxes, single -gang backbox and to 4" square with adapter kit. Two wire appliance wiring shall be capable of directly connecting to the mounting base. Removal of an appliance shall result in a supervision fault condition by the Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP). All notification appliances shall be backwards compatible. The LHS3, LHN3 and LST3 wall models shall have a low profile measuring 4.53"H x 2.76"W x 1.27"0. When synchronization is required, the appliance shall be compatible with Wheelock®'s DSM Sync Modules, PS Power Supplies, SAFEPATH products or other manufacturer's panels with built-in Wheelock® Patented Sync Protocol. The strobes shall not drift out of synchronization at any time during operation. If the sync protocol fails to operate, the strobe shall revert to a non -synchronized flash - rate and still maintain (1) flash per second over its Regulated Voltage Range. The appliance shall also be designed so that the audible signal may be silenced while maintaining strobe activation when used with Wheelock® patented sync protocol. NFPA 72 2016, UL 1971, UL 464 ULC -S525-16, ULC -S526-16, CSFM, FCC. RoHS, ICES Note: Due to continuous development of our products, specifications and offerings are subject to change without notice in accordance with Cooper Wheelock Inc., dba Eaton standard terms and conditions. NUM WE ENCOURAGE AND SUPPORT NICET CERTIFICATION YEAR WARRANTY EAT*N Powering Business Worhwrde 0 Eaton 1000 Eaton Boulevard OErodmd, OH 44122 Limed Sines Eaton corn Life safety & mass notification solutions 273 Branchport Ave. Long Branch, NJ 07740 Eaton camhnassnovficatiao 02017 Eaton All Rights Reserved Printed in USA Publication No 2D460117EN July 2017 Eaton is a registered trademark. All other trademarks ate property of their respective owners. �Itt Notifical INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS WHEELOCK EXCEDER LED3 2 -WIRE FIELD SELECTABLE HORN, STROBE, AND HORNISTROBE APPLIANCE (WALL MOUNT CLEAR AND ANGER LENS) nodud according to this instruction manual. Please keep this instmdion manual far hubire reference. Th/aoper Wheelock HE NAC LED Series LHN3 hom, LST3 strobe. and 1H53 horn/strobe appliances are designed for easy installation. All models are for 24V operation. The LHN3 horn is 8160 for 12V operation. LST3 and W53 are for wall mount only. 11043 can be wall or ceiling mounted. WARNING: Please read these Instructions carefully before using this product Failure to comply with any of the following Imbues lions, cautions and warnings could result in improper application, candela setthtg, Installation and/or operation of these products fn an emergency sibtation, whkh could result in property damage and serious Injury or death to you and/or others. The Wheelock Exceder LED3 Series meets NFPA 2016 20 millisecond tight pulse duration code requirements. In addition, the V heelodr Exceder LE133 product Ione has been UL/ULC listed as omepo6de with a0 Fee Alarm Control Panels (FACP) and a sessoies that have been determined to be compatible with Wheelock model RSS Strobe based products rndudig the RSS, CH, E, EH, ET,ST,HS,MT,S8, SA, STH and Z Series. The maximum number of LED3 devices per NAC is determined by dtvldng the maximum amen! rating of the FACP NAC derided by the total appropriate current rating forme selected candela output of the 1E03 devices, with a maximum of 105 LED3 devices per NAC. Refer to FACP installation inseuctions for more detail. The Wheelock Exceder LED3 Seises strobes may be installed in the same notification zone and field of view with any RSS Strobe based product. Tablet: Specifications Agoncy LS13,11153: UL 1971, U12-5526-16, 5513-A: UL1638., ULC -5576-16 11153.11103:111 464: ULC -5525-16 Frwironmental indoorUse Only. 0'C -49',C orF-120' F13391 RH_ NAC Qgfadenisties Max. line resistance: 350 Ham Patterns Continuous. Code 3 (field selectable) Code syndoorsized when using Cooper Wheelock sync prdxd Horn Sound Output High pall, Law ILOI (field selectable) Input Poem DC or FWR 24VRegubted, 15 to 33V (All models) DC or FWR, 12V Regulated, 8 to 175V (1.HN3 only) Strobe Candela 15, 30, 75, 110‘d (field selectable) U11638 is anon axis rating where the t &5sing apptiec:efredse candela rating per UL7971; Warning: Amber strobes are not tea he used as a visual public made steno notification appliance. STROBE AND HORN STROBE APPLIANCES Wheelock Exceder 1003 Multi -Candela Strobes can prove a umrsynehmnized strobe appliance when annealed directly to a Fire Alone Control Pared (FACS), or provide a synchronized strobe aplltance when used in conjunction with an FACP that incorporates the Cooper WhedocWayne protocol. a Dud Sync Module (DSM) , or the Wheelock Power Supply. NOTE: The Code 3 temporal patten (1/2 second on, 1/2 second oil, 1/2 second on, 112 second off, 1/2 second on, 1-12 oft and repeat) is speclfed by ANSI and NFPA 72 Cm standard emergency evacuation signaling. Table 2A: LHN3 and 1053 dRASound Wad Description Reverberant d0A Per UL 464 Volume 1003 at 1211 LHN3 and U4S3 at 24V 8011 12011 17511 16.OV 24.011 33.011 I )nnuuous High 80 84 87 80 83 86 Low 78 79 !N 78 B1 81 Code Horn High 75 80 83 75 79 81 Low 73 77 80 75 77 77 PN P85580A 273 Branchport Long Branch, NJ. 0: (800) 631-: www.coopernotification. Tabic 28:11663 and LHS3 d8A Sound Output DescriptionLHN3 Anechoic Per CAN/ULC 552516 Voheme at 12V LHN3 and1.1153 at 24V B.eV 12.0V 17.W 16.011 24.OV 33.0V CNmnaaln Ham High 85 89 92 91 94 97 Low 79 84 87 86 90 92 Code 3 Horn High 85 89 92 91 95 96 Low 79 84 87 86 90 91 Table 2C: ULC Directional Charaaedsdcs -3d0 +6-35 Degrees horizontal -HS /-30vertical -6d6 + / -90 Degrees horizontal,* / - 90 vertical CURRENT DRAW: Table 3: LST3 and LST3-ASbebe Current Draw (Amps) Strobe Candela Settings kit) 160-33.0Volts Current 15 30 75 110 DC 0030 0040 0.100 0195 F1VR 0040 0056 0.138 0,257 Table 4: LH53 Hom8bobe Garen Draw (Amps) StrobeCandda Settings fed) Curren Horn5emngs 16433.0Volts 15 30 75 110 DC High Continuous 0.042 0.052 0.110 0.200 High Code 3 0.034 0.046 0.105 0197 Low Continuous 0036 0044 0.104 0.199 Low Code 3 0.032 0.042 0.102 0.196 FlNlt High Continuous 0.064 0.078 0.161 0.270 High Code3 0052 0.069 0.152 0.263 Low Continuous 0059 0.077 0.156 0.257 LowCode3 0047 0.064 0.151 0.251 TE Candela and Hon Satbng will determine the current draw of the product When calodatmg the total currents use Tables 3-5 o determine the highest value 518110148 currem for an individual appliance, men m these values by the total number of appliances. Be sure to add the currents for any other appliances. including audible signaling app powered by the same source, and to include any required safety tactors. Copyright 2017 Cooper Wheelock, Inc. dba Cooper Notification Curren Hem Settings a0-173 Vohs 1633-33.0 Volts g DC High Continuous 0.025 0.037 High Code 3 0.024 0.030 Low Continuous 0.020 0.026 tow Code 3 0.016 0.022 D MR High Continuous 0.051 0.059 High Code 3 0.043 0.049 Low Continuous 0.039 0.050 low Code3 5.037 0041 NOTE: These notification appliances are UL Listed as "Regulated". They are intended to be used with Fire Alarm Control Panels (FACPs) whose notification orcuits are UL Listed as "Regulated.' Refer to the FACP instructions mine Wheelock Strobe CompantidrtyData Sheet (PN P85328) for special application and sidle syndnorikatian mmpa➢'hay NOTE: These appliances were tested to the regulated voltage limits of 16.0-33.0 Vols for 24 volt models and 8.017.5 Volts for 12 volt models using filtered DC for the 12 volt range and either filtered DC or unfiltered DC for the 24 volt range voltage. Do not apply voltage outside of this range. NOTE: Check the minimum and maximum output of the power supply and standby battery and subtract the voltage drop from the circuit wiring resistance to determine the applied voltage to the strobe. The maximum wire impedance between strobes shall not exceed 35 duns. NOTE: Strobes are not designed toile used on coded systems in which the applied voltage is cycled on and off. NOTE: Make sure that the total mors current required by at appliances that ars connected to the system's primary and secondary power solaces, Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC), sync module, DSM sync modules, or Wheelock prover supplies does not exceed the power snares raterd capacity or the current ratings of any fuses on the circuits to which these appliances are wired. WARNING:Overloading power sources or exceeding fuse ratings could result in less of power and failure to alert occupants during an emergency, which could result in property damage and serious injury or death to you and/or others LIGHT OUTPUT: Figure 0 LHS3,ST3 and LSTbA Expected Light Output WIRING, SETTINGS AND MOUNTING N A®or aAa m ra aw'rdm Pigme 2 LED Strafe Main,' CANOEIA SELECTOR TONE SELECTOR ii Fume 3 Wire Connection Haute it Candela Selector • Al strobe appliances have in -out wiring terminals that accept two #12 to #18 American Wee Gauge (AWG) wires at each screw terminal. Strip leads 3/8 inches and connect to screw terminals. • Break all bnout wire runs on supervised circuits to ensure integrity of cecs0 supervision as shown in Figure 3. The polarity shown in Figure 2, the wiring diagram, is for the operation of the appliances. The polarity is reversed by the FACP during sugbevision. •Wang method shall be in accordance vdth CSAC22.1, Canadian Electrical Code, Part 1, Safety Standard tee Electrical ;lons,Section32. Oa not fully tank out terminal screws. NOTE: The LHS3 and LHN3 are factory set for the must common application of High dB and Code 3. The LHS3 and LST3 are set to 15 candela. NOTE: Candela settings are shown in Figure 4. PRI P85580A 0 MOUNTING OPTIONS NOTE: Remove the Lens ProtectorTapeBefore Replacing The Appliance Cover Gnlle. 1. Connect field Wring to contacts an back of device. 2. Dress woos back into badebox 3. Instal device as shown in Figure 5 to a single -gang badtbox with the provided pan head screws 4. Snap beauty cover over device. 5. To remove the appliance, insert a small fat -bladed screwdriver too the bottom opening Was shown in Figure 6. Then pry of cover with the screw driver and then Insaew device. NOTE: baddtox must be recessed lush with the wall surface. IMPORTANT: Device only has one mounting orientation. LEA light element should be pointed towards ground. NOTE For other mounting options please use the ESB -KIT (Red: CN120533; White: 120534) or LSBB (Red: CN122402; White: CN122403) accessory products. WARNING: 00 NOT PAINT THIS DEVICE WARNING: When installing strobes In an open office or other areas containing partitions or other viewing obstructions, a attention should be given to the location of the strobes so that their operating effect can be seen by all Intended viewers the intensity, number, and type of strobes being sufficient to make sure that the intended viewer Is alerted by proper Ilbr regardless of the viewer's orientation. WARNING: Asmal possibility exists that the use of multiple strobes within a person's field of view, under certain cbatrn might Induce a photosensitive response In persons with epilepsy. Strobe reflections in a glass or mirrored surface migh Induce such a response. To minimize this possible hazard, Cooper Wheelock strongly recommends that the strobes lnsb should not present a composite flash rote In the field of view which exceeds five (5) he at the operating voltage of the sur• Cooper Wheelock also strongly recommends that the intensity and composite flash rate of Instated strobes comply with established by applicable laws, standards, regulations, codes end guidelines. 1#6-32 SCREW (2) Figure 5: Installation COVER REACT., Figure 6: Removal (See step S) CAUTION: Check that One installed product will have sufficient dearance and wiring room prior to installing baddroxes and condo' crafty if sheathed nwlticonductor cable or 3/4 -inch conduit (mins are used. Although the lints shown for the mounting option comply with the National Electrical Code (NEC), Cooper Wheelock recommend the largest single gang badtbox option available and the use of approved stranded field woes. whenever possible, to provide addi wiring room for easy installation and minimum stress on the product from wiring. CAUTION: Do not over lighten mounting screws. Excessive torque can distort the base and may affect operation. CAUTION: When using power tools to screw down the mounting plate to the electrical baddrox, ensure the toque is set to the tow setting evadable. NOTE: NFPA72/ANSI 117.1 conform to ADAAG Equivalent Facifitatien Guidelines in using fewer, higher intensity strobes within t protected area. NOTE: Final acceptance is subject to Authorities Having Jurisdiction. CAUTION: Check the installation instructions of the manufacturers of other equipment used in the system for any guidelines or re on wiring and/or hating Notification Appliance Circuits (NAC) and ratification appliances. Some system communicationcrcuits a audio circuits, for example, may require special precautions to assure immunity from electrical noise (e.g., audio cresslork). NOTE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits fora Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the I Rules. These lacks are designed to provide towable protection against harmful interference when the t is mercial environment This u'eaoperated in in equipment generates, uses, and ran radiate radio frequency energy and, if no instated and used n ao with the instruction natural, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential likely to cause harmful interference in Which case the user will be required to coned the interference at his own expense. This Class Adigial apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference -Causing Equipment Regulations. Cet apparel numerique de to dance A respecte toutes les exigences du Reglement sur le materiel broodier du Canada. Any material extrapolated from this document or from Cooper Wheelock manuals orother documents describing the product for Ic promotional or advertising dams, or for any other use, including description of the product's application, operation, installation am is used at the sole risk of the user and Cooper Notification will not have any liabdiy for such use. IN NO CASE WILL SELLERS LIABILITY EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE PAID FOR A PRODUCT. Copyright 2017 Cooper Wheelock Inc, dba Cooper Notification. All rights reserved. Technical Data TD450055EN Effective Apel 2019 Supersedes Septer.ber 2016 Wheelock fv1B 0 Motor bells 0 0 10- BELL 6' BELL RSSP REMOTE PLATE EIT•N Powering Business Worldwide Description The Wheelock MB motor bells provide a specifically designed motor bell for fire and life safety alarm systems. The Wheelock MB bells include higher dBA, low current draw. built-in trimplate for semi -flush mounting, low frequency aluminum shells, and low RFI noise. The motor for MB bells is a durable. high-torque permanent magnet motor selected for its high performance and long life. These DC vibrating MB motor bells are offered in 6" and 10" shell sizes in both 12 and 24VDC models. The RSSP Sync/Non-Sync retrofit plates are used in conjunction with the MB motor bell when combination appliances are required. The RSSP retrofit plates are available with either multi -candela or single candela strobes and easily mount to a 4" square or Wheelock SBL -2 backbox. All RSSP strobe appliances meet or exceed the requirements of NFPA 72 (National Fire Alarm Code). ANSI 1171 (American National Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities), ADA (Americans with Disabilities Act). UL Standard 1971 (Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired). The RSSP retrofit plates may be synchronized when installed with the Wheelock Series DSM. Sync Modules or Wheelock Power Supplies with Wheelock patented sync protocol. Wheelock synchronized strobes offer an easy way to comply with ADA requirements concerning photo -sensitive epilepsy. Technical Data TD450055EN Wheelock MB Effective April 2019 Features & benefits • Meets OSHA 29 Part 1910.165 eh sound output with low current draw frequency aluminum shells for better audibility through walls, doors and other structures • 6" and 10" shell sizes in 12 or 24VDC models • Integral RFI suppression to minimize included noise on the NAC circuit Mounting options for surface, semi -flush, outdoor, and concealed conduit installation Built in trimplate makes semi -flush mounting simpler and less expensive Screw terminals permit fast in -out field wiring of #12 to #18 AWG wire • Polarized for DC supervision of NAC circuits • Operates on filtered or unfiltered DC • For combined audible (bell) and visual signaling, convenient retrofit plate assemblies are available with Multi -Candela or Single candela strobes (Refer to Fire Alarm Products Catalog for Series RSSP Sync/Non-Sync Strobes specifications and technical information) Note: All CAUTIONS and WARNINGS are identified by the symbol A. All warnings are printed in bold capital letters. A WARNING PLEASE READ THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND ASSOCIATED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE USING. SPECIFYING OR APPLYING THIS PRODUCT. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH ANY OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS. CAUTIONS OR WARNINGS COULD RESULT IN IMPROPER APPLICATION. INSTALLATION AND/OR OPERATION OF THESE PRODUCTS IN AN EMERGENCY SITUATION. WHICH COULD RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE. AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU AND/OR OTHERS. Approvals & compliances • Approvals include: UL Standard 464, CAN/ULC S525, Factory tual (FM), California State Fire Marshal (CSFM), New York A) and Chicago (BFP) eats OSHA 29 Part 1910.165 Drawings Figure 1. MB -G10 front and side views Figure 2. MB -G6 front and side views Table 1. Specifications and ordering information: MB models I�nppat Nottage Average RMS dBA 10 ft. Mounting Options Model Number Order Code Shell Six Ingot Conant UL May C�� MB -G6-1241 3942 6' 12 0.060 01190 MB -66-12-S 4221 6' 12 0.060 0.090 MB -G6 -24-R 3941 6' 24 0.030 0.040 MB -66-24-S 4222 6" 24 0.030 0.040 MB -610-12-R 3944 10- 12 0.060 0.090 MB -G13 -12-S 4223 10' 12 0.060 0.090 MB -610-24-1 3943 10' 24 0.030 0.040 MB -613-24-5 4224 10' 24 11030 0.040 92 O. E. J. K. N.O.P,R.S d) RMS current ratings are per UL average RMS method. UL max current rating is the maximum RMS current within the listed voltage range (16-33v for 24v units). For strobes the UL max current is usually at the minimum listed voltage i16v for 24v units). For audibles the max current is usually at the maximum listed voltage 133v for 24v units). For unfiltered FWR ratings, see installation instructions. Notes: 1. Typical dBA at 10 feet is measured in an anechoic chamber. Notes: 2. For bells all 12 VDC models are UL rated for 9.0 to 15.6 VDC and all 24 VDC models for 18.0 to 31.0 VDC. 2 EATON www.eaton.com 0 Wheelock MB Technical Data TD450055EN Effective April 2019 Table 2. Specifications and ordering information: RSSP models Nominal Voltage Strobe Average Current Model Number Order Code NDC) Candela IAMPSI at Listed VDC UL Max O Mounting Options CO O RSSP-24MCW-FR 9402 24 15/33/75/110 0.041/0.063/0.109/0.140 0.060/0.092/0.165/0.220 D. E. Z RSSP-241575WfR 7793 24 15175 on -axis) 0:760 0.090 D. E, Z RSSP-121575W-FR 7198 12 15 (75 on -axis) 0152 9.255 0. E, 2 O RMS current ratings are per UL average RMS method. UL max current rating is the maximum RMS current within the listed voltage range 1t6.33v for 24v units). For strobes the UL max current is usually at the minimum listed voltage 116v for 24v units). For audibles the max current is usually at the maximum listed voltage (33v for 24v units). For unfiltered FWP, ratings, see installation instructions. @! Refer to data sheet 1D450022EN for mounting options. Wheelock products must be used within their published specifications and must be PROPERLY specified, applied, installed, operated, maintained and operationally tested in accordance with their installation instructions at the time of installation and at least twice a year or more often and in accordance with local, state and federal codes, regulations and laws. Specification, application, installation, operation, maintenance and testing must be performed by qualified personnel for proper operation in accordance with all of the latest National Fire Protection Association (NEPA). Underwriters' Laboratories (UL), National Electrical Code (NEC), Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), local, state, county. province, district, federal and other applicable building and fire standards, guidelines, regulations, laws and codes including, but not limited to, all appendices and amendments and the requirements of the local authority having jurisdiction (AHJ). Architects and engineers specifications The alarm appliances shall be Wheelock MB vibrating motor bells or approved equal. They shall be UL Standard 464 listed for Fire Protective Service and CAN/ULC S525 listed (Audible Signaling Devices for Fire Alarm and Signaling Systems, including Accessories). Shells shall be aluminum in 6" or 10" diameter. Sound output at 10 feet shall be 92 dBA.The bells shall incorporate a permanent magnet motor and sup- pression circuitry to minimize RFI. They shall include a built-in trimplate for semi -flush mounting to a standard 4" square backbox or surface mounting to Wheelock's indoor BB backbox or outdoor WBB backbox. For bell strobe applications, retrofit plates Wheelock RSSP with multi -candela or single candela strobes shall be used. All bell models shall be polarized for line supervision and shall have screw terminals for in/out field wiring of 4)12 to 4118 AWG wire_ Operating voltage shall be nominal 24 VDC or 12 VDC. Finish on all models shall be textured enamel. Note: Due to continuous development of our products, specifications and offerings are subject to change without notice in accordance with Cooper Wheelock, Inc., dba Eaton. standard terms and conditions. NEM WE ENCOURAGE AND SUPPORT NICET CERTIFICATION 3 -YEAR WARRANTY IT•N PGeeitg &g1!a Vd1iEviie Exert 1000 Eaton Boulevard Cleveland OH 44122 Urcted States Eaton corn Eaton Life safety & mass notification solutions 273 Brandtpmt R,e. Long Brandt, NJ 07740 vtvnoeatan camfitassrootilcatinn ® 2019 Eaton All Rights Reserved Printed in USA e tdicaticn No TD450055EN Apr1 2019 Eaten is a registered trademark CI other trademarks are prepeM a4 their respective owners. TechnicalData TD45O12OEN Effective July 2017 LSPK3, LSPST3 Exceder LED3 High Fidelity Speaker Strobes & Speakers Ea•N Powering Business Worldwide Ji ! . ;t 0 Description The Wheelock Exceder LED3 speaker strobes and speakers by Eaton feature high fidelity sound output and an advanced power saving LED technology for indoor wall -mount applications. With the widest frequency response range (300 to 8000 Hz) in the industry, the series LSPK and LSPST3 feature leading intelligibility with crisp, clear voice messages and tone signaling, ideal for emergency communications, mass notification, voice evacuation and fire alarm. Compliant and Compatible Eaton's Exceder LED3 strobes meet the 20 millisecond light pulse duration requirements,of the 2016 edition of NFPA 72. By meeting this latest requirement, xenon and LED devices can now be in the same field of view. With the Exceder LED3 line, Eaton now offers a full range of products with low and high candela settings ideal for both retrofits and new construction. High Efficiency, LED Technology - Eaton's high energy efficient technology leads the industry in lowest current draw for the most popular candela settings, which reduces overall power consumption and costs in fire alarm and emergency communication systems. As the first notification appliances in the industry to utilize LED as the light source, this breakthrough and patented optical design, resulting in best -in -class efficiency, enables material and system cost savings, allowing for a greater number of appliances on the notification appliance circuit and fewer power supplies. Speaker strobe models feature a wide range of candela settings (15, 30, 75, 110 cd) on a single appliance. Low Profile Design and Feature Set With the industry's smallest footprint, the Exceder LED3 product line is aesthetically pleasing to building owners as the low profile design does not detract from the interior decor. Installers will benefit from its comprehensive feature list, including low current draw, dual voltage (25/70 VRMS) capability, field selectable taps from 1/8 to 2 watts, and no tools needed for setting changes. The low profile design incorporates a speaker mounting plate for faster and easier installation. Each model has a built-in level adjustment feature and a snap -on grille cover. All inputs employ IN/OUT wiring terminals for fast installation using #12 to #18 AWG wiring. Approvals and Synchronization The Exceder LED3 High Fidelity speaker strobes and speakers notification appliances are UL Listed for indoor use under Standard 1971 (Signaling Devices for the Hearing -Impaired) and Standard 1480 (Speaker Appliances), and ULC listed under CAN/ULC-5526 (Visible Signal Appliances, Fire.Alarm) and under CAN/ULC-5541 (Speakers, Fire Alarm). The appliances are Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) compliant and contain no mercury or other hazardous substances. In addition, the Wheelock Exceder LED3 product line has been UL/ ULC listed as compatible with all Fire Alarm Control Panels (FACP) and accessories that have been determined to be compatible with Wheelock RSS strobe -based products including the RSS, CH, E, EH, ET, ST, HS, MT, S8, SA, STH and Z Series. The listing also includes the ability to install the Exceder LED3 strobes in the same notification zone and field of view with any Wheelock RSS strobe models. - L� Technical Data TD450120EN Effective July 2016 Pl, Features 0 High Fidelity Sound Output • High intelligibility at minimum wattage across a frequency range of 300 to 8000 Hz Energy Efficient • Patented LED technology provides industry's lowest current draw • Fewer power supplies required, smaller wire gage, reduced wire runs Low -Profile Design • Smallest footprint with sleek, modern aesthetics • Special Lettering Available • 4 Field Selectable Settings in 1 Device • Select 15, 30, 75, 110 cd • Field Selectable Taps • 1/8 watt up to 2 watts • 25 or 70 VRMS operation • Easy -to -Install • Finger slide switches—No tools needed for setting changes • Built-in level adjustment feature and snap -on grille cover • IN/OUT screw terminals using #12 to #18 AWG wires • Mounting Options include Exceder LSPKBB backboxes and 4" square, 2 1/8"deep backboxes Strobe Synchronization Components • Meet synchronizing standards with Wheelock's DSM Sync Modules, PS Power Supplies or SAFEPATH products • Ability to mix xenon and LED strobes in the same field of view Compliance NFPA 72 2016 - 20 ms flash duration requirements UL 1971, UL 1480, ULC -S526, ULC -S541 California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) Low frequency requirements of UL 464 (520 Hz) to meet NFPAs 520 Hz tone requirements for sleeping areas ADA/NFPA/ANSI/OSHA Note: Please read these specifications and associated installation instruc- tions, before using, specifying, or installing this product. Visit Eaton.com/ massnotification for current installation instructions. General Notes • Strobes are designed to flash at 1 flash per second minimum over their "Regulated Voltage Range." Note that NFPA-72 specifies a flash rate of 1 to 2 flashes per second and ADA Guidelines specify a flash rate of 1 to 3 flashes per second. • All candela ratings represent minimum effective Strobe intensity based on UL 1971. 2 EATON www.eaton.com 0 00'0' Exceder LED3 High Fidelity Speaker Strobes & Speakers Drawings Figure 1. Wall Speaker Strobe Figure 2. Wall Speaker Table 1. Maximum RMS Current Seceder LED3 High Fidelity Series Speaker Strobes 24VDC UL/ULC Max Current t Regulated Voltage Model Range VDC 15 0 75 110 LSPST3 16.0-33.0 0.030 0.040 0.100 0.195 O RMS current ratings are per UL maximum RMS method. UL max current rating is the maximum RMS current within the listed voltage range (16-33v for 24v units) For strobes the UL max current is usually at the minimum listed voltage (16v for 24v units) For audibles the max current is usually at the maximum listed voltage (33v for 24v units). For unfiltered FWR ratings, see installation instructions. 3t Exceder LED3 High Fidelity Speaker Strobes Technical Data TD450120EN & Speakers Table 2. UL/ULC Listed Models and Ratings UL Reverberant dBA at 10 Feet Anechoic dBA per CAN/ULC-S541-07 Model Effective July 2017 1/8 watts 1/4 watts 1/2 watts 1 watts 2 watts 1/8 watts 1/4 watts 1/2 watts 1 watts 2 watts LSPK Speaker 75 79 82 85 87 75 79 82 85 87 LSPST3 Speaker Strobe 75 79 82 85 87 75 79 82 85 87 st Table 3. Specification & Ordering Information Sync w/ DSM or Modal Order Code Strobe Candela Red White Lettering Wheelock Power Supplies Speaker Strobes LSPSTR3 0760 15/30/75/110 X FIRE X LSPSTW3 0761 ir) 15/30/75/110 X FIRE X LSPSTW3-AL 0762 15/30/75/110 X ALERT X LSPSTR3-AL 0763 15/30/75/110 X ALERT X LSPSTW3-N 0764 15/30/75/110 X No Lettering X LSPSTR3-N 0765 15/30/75/110 X No Lettering X Speakers • LSPKR 0758 LSPKW 0759 LSPKR-N 0795 LSPKW-N 0796 LSPKW-AL 0766 LSPKR-AL 0767 X FIRE X X FIRE X X No Lettering X X No Lettering X X ALERT X X ALERT X Backboxes LSPKBB-R 0756 LSPKBB-W 0757 X X Table 4. Specifications Physical Material Red or white textured UV stabilized, colored impregnated engineered plastic. Exceeds 94V-0 UL flammability rating Weight Speaker Strobe: 1.54 lbs (700g); Speaker Backbox: .44 lb (200g) Lens Light Emitting Diode (LED) in a rugged Lexan lens Dimensions LSPK: 6.1"H x 4.56" W x 1.29" D; LSPST: 6.1"H x 4.56" W x 1.4" Operating Temperature Indoor: 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C) and maximum humidity of 93% Mounting & Wire Connections Mounting (indoor only) Speaker Strobes are for wall -mount applications only. Speakers can be used for wall or ceiling -mount applications. Exceder LSPKBB backboxes or to 4" square 21/8 deep backboxes Wire Connections #12 through #18 AWG Power & General Operating voltage 25/70 VRMS Strobe Output Rating UL 1971, ULC S526: Selectable 15, 30, 75,110 candela output Strobe Flash Rate Strobes are designed to flash at 1 flash per second Synchronization Models Strobes can be synchronized with Wheelock's DSM Sync Modules, PS Power Supplies or SAFEPATH products, using Wheelock patented sync protocol Frequency Range 300 Hz to 8000 Hz EATON www.eaton.com 3 Technical Data TD450120EN Exceder LED3 High Fidelity Speaker Strobes & Speakers Effective July 2017 Architects and Engineers Specifications e LED high fidelity speaker appliances shall be Wheelock° �xcederTM LED3 series LSPK Speaker and LSPST3 Speaker Strobe for wall -mount applications with a low -profile design or approved equals. The speakers shall be UL Listed under UL 1480 for Fire Protective Service and speakers equipped with strobes shall be listed under UL 1971 for Emergency Devices for the Hearing -Impaired. In addition, the speaker strobes shall meet the requirements of FCC Part 15 and ICES -003. All inputs shall be compatible with standard reverse polarity supervision of circuit wiring by a Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) with the ability to operate from 16 to 33 VDC. All speakers shall be designed for a field selectable input of either 25 or 70 VRMS, with selectable power taps from 1/8 watt to 2 watts. All models shall have listed sound output of up to 87 dB at 10 feet and a listed frequency response of 300 to 8000 Hz. All inputs shall employ terminals that accept #12 to #18 AWG wire sizes. The series LSPST3 Speaker Strobe appliances shall produce a flash rate of one (1) flash per second over the Regulated Voltage Range and shall incorporate a Light Emitting Diode (LED) as the light source with a rugged Lexan® lens. The series shall be of low current design. The LED strobe flash duration shall be 20 ms. Where Multi - Candela appliances are specified, the strobe intensity shall have 4 field selectable settings at 15, 30, 75:110 candela for wall mount applications. The selector switch for selecting the candela shall be tamper resistant. Appliances with candela settings shall show the candela selection in a visible location at all times when installed. The series LSPK and LSPST3 shall be designed for indoor surface or flush mounting. Mounting options shall include LED speaker backboxes and to standard 4" square, 2 1/8" deep backboxes The speaker and speaker strobe shall incorporate a speaker mounting plate with a snap -on grille cover and shall mount to standard electrical hardware requiring no additional trimplate or adapter. Removal of an appliance shall result in a supervision fault condition by the Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP). All notification appliances shall be backwards compatible. The LSPK wall model shall have a low profile measuring 6.1" H x 4.56" W x 1.29" D. The LSPST3 wall model shall have a low profile measuring 6.1" H x 4.56" W x 1.4" D. Finish shall he red or white. Special lettering shall be available. When synchronization is required, the appliance shall be compatible with Wheelock®'s DSM Sync Modules, PS Power Supplies, SAFEPATH products or other manufacturer's panels with built-in Wheelock® Patented Sync Protocol. The strobes shall not drift out of synchronization at any time during operation. If the sync protocol fails to operate, the strobe shall revert to a non - synchronized flash -rate and still maintain (1) flash per second over its Regulated Voltage Range. The speaker shall be listed to the low frequency requirements of UL 464 (520 Hz) to meet NFPAs 520 Hz tone requirements for sleeping areas. UL 1971, UL 1480, ULC -S526, ULC -S541, CSFM, FCC, ICES Note: Due to continuous development of our products, specifications and offerings are subject to change without notice Wheelock Inc., dba Eaton standard terms and conditions. NEMA CE ENCOURAGE AND SUPPORT NICET CERTIFICATION YEAR WARRANTY E_T•N Powering Business Worldwide Eaton 1007 Eaton Boulevard Cleveland, CH 44122 United States Eaton com Life safety & mass notification solutions 273 Branchport Ave Long Branch. NJ 07740 www eaton com/massnotification et 2017 Eaton All Rights Reserved Printed in USA Publication No. TD450120EN July 2017 n accordance with Coopef Eaton is a registered trademark Al other trademarks are property of their respective owners Technical Data TD450031EN _:fec:A:e .Auc 512Cit SaeersedesJune 2t C Wheelock ET speakers and speaker strobes ( FIRE ET.N Powering Business Worldwide Description The Wheelock high performance ET Speakers and Speaker Strobes provide high audio output, clear audibility, dual voltage (25/70 VRMS) capability and field selectable taps from 1/8 to 8 watts. They are designed to meet the critical needs of the life safety industry for effective emergency voice communications, tone signaling and visible signaling to alert the hearing impaired. The low profile design incorporates a speaker mounting plate for faster and easier installation. Each model has a built-in level adjustment feature and an aesthetic two (2) screw grille cover. The ET Speaker Strobe models incorporate Low Current draw Series RSS Strobes. Strobe options for wall mount models include 1575 cd or Wheelock's patented MCW multi -candela strobe with field selectable candela settings of 15/30/75/110cd or the high intensity MCWH strobe with field selectable 135/185cd. Ceiling mount models are available in Wheelock's patented MCC multi -candela ceiling strobe with field selectable intensities of 15/30/75/95cd or the high intensity MCCH strobe with field selectable 115/177cd. The strobe portion of all ET Strobes may be synchronized when using the Wheelock DSM Sync Modules, Wheelock Power Supplies or other manufacturers panels incorporating the Wheelock Patented Sync Protocol. Wheelock synchronized strobes offer an easy way to comply with ADA recommendations concerning photosensitive epilepsy. ET70 and Er90 Speaker Strobes are UL Listed for indoor use under Standard 1971 (Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired) and Standard 1480 (Speaker Appliances), and use a Xenon flashtube with solid state circuitry enclosed in a rugged Lexane lens to provide maximum reliability for effective visual signaling. All inputs are supervised and employ IN/OUT wiring terminals for fast installation using #12 to #18 AWG wiring. Color options for Series Er speakers and speaker strobes are red or white. Vachnical Data TD450031EN 'Effective August 2016 Features • Approvals include: UL Standard 1971, UL Standard 1480, NewYork .tty (MEA), California State Fire Marshall (CSFM), Factory Mutual /1, and Chicago (BFP) See approvals by model in Specifications yid Ordering Information • ADA/NFPA/UFC/ANSI compliant • Meets OSHA 29 Part 1910.165 • Wall mount models are available with Field Selectable Candela Settings of 15/30175/110cd or 135/185cd (Multi -Candela models) or 1575cd (Single Candela model) • Ceiling mount models are available with field selectable candela settings of 15/30/75/95cd or 115/177cd (multi -candela models) • Strobes produce 1 flash per second over the regulated volt- age range • 24 VDC with wide UL "Regulated Voltage" using filtered DC or unfiltered VRMS input voltage • Synchronize with sync modules or panels with built-in Wheelock Patented Sync Protocol • Field selectable taps for 25 or 70 VRMS operation from 1/8 watt to 8 watts • High efficiency design for maximum output at minimum wattage across a frequency range of 400 to 4000 HZ • Fast installation with IN/OUT screw terminals using #12 to #18 AWG wires Note: All CAUTIONS and WARNINGS are identified by the symbol A. All warnings are printed in bold capital letters. A WARNING PLEASE READ THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND ASSOCIATED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE USING. SPECIFYING OR APPLYING THIS PRODUCT. VISIT WWW.EATON.COM/MASSNOTIFICATION OR CONTACT EATON FOR THE CURRENT INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH ANY OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS. CAUTIONS OR WARNINGS COULD RESULT IN IMPROPER APPLICATION. INSTALLATION AND/OR OPERATION OF THESE PRODUCTS IN AN EMERGENCY SITUATION, WHICH COULD RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE. AND SERIOUS INJURY OR ‘Dr -/,T11 TO YOU AND/OR OTHERS. 2 EATON www.eaton.com Wheelock ET70 and ET90 Drawings eirleck FIRE Figure 1. ET80 Speaker - Front & Side Views Figure 2. ET -1010 Speaker Strobe - Front & Side Views General Notes • Strobes are designed to flash at 1 flash per second minimum over their "Regulated Voltage Range." Note that NFPA-72 specifies a flash rate of 1 to 2 flashes per second and ADA Guidelines specify a flash rate of 1 to 3 flashes per second. • All candela ratings represent minimum effective Strobe intensity based on UL 1971. Wheelock ET70 and ET90 Technical Data TD450031EN Effective August 2016 Table 1. UL max current ET70/ET90 ET70 Strobe current - wall mount ET90 Strobe current - ceiling mount Crn.) Speaker strobes 241575W 24MCW 24MCWH 24MCC 24MCCH 157Scd 15cd 30cd 75cd 110cd 135cd 185cd 15cd 30cd 75cd 95cd 115cd 177cd 16-33 VDC 0.090 0.060 0.092 0.165 0.220 0.300 0.420 0.065 0.105 0.189 0.249 0.300 0.420 `UL max current rating is the maximum RMS current within the listed voltage range (16-33v for 24v units). For strobes the UL max current is usually at the minimum listed voltage 116v for 24v units). For audibles the max current is usually at the maximum listed voltage (33v for 24v units). For unfiltered FWR ratings, see installation instruc- tions. Table 2. ET70/ET90 UL Reverberant dBA @ 10 Feet" watts 1/8 1/4 1/2 1 2 4 8 ET Speaker 75.0 78.0 81.0 84.0 87.0 90.0 93.0 ET Speaker strobe 75.0 78.0 81.0 84.0 87.0 90.0 93.0 ‘'IBA ratings are based on UL testing under UL Standard 1480 Specifications and ordering information Model Strobe sync I I a Order Wall Ceiling Non- w/0SM or Strobe candela Model Model Model Mounting code mount mount Sync wheelock power color color color options` supplies red white nickel Agency approvals UL MEA CSFM FM BFP ET70-24MCW-FR 9020 X - X X 15130/75/110 X L,O,P,Q,U,Y X X X X X ET70-24MCW-FW 9021 X - X X 15/30/75/110 - X L,0,P,Q,U,Y X X X X X ET70-24MCWH-FR 3472 X X X 135/185 X - L,O,P,(1,U,Y X X X X - ET70-24MCWH-FW 3475 X X X 135/185 - X - L,O,P,Q,U,Y XX X X - ET7OWP-2475-FR 9077 X X X 180 X M IOutdaor) X - X X - ET90-24MCC-FW 3164 - X X X 15/30175/95 X L,Q,U,V,Y XX X X - ET90-24MCC-FR 3163 - X X X 15/30/75/95 X - - L,Q,U,V,Y XX X X - ET90.24MCCH-FW 3473 - X X X 115/177 X - L,Q,U,V,Y XX X X - ET90-24MCCH-FR 0139 - X X X 115/177 X - L,Q,U,V,Y X X X X - ET70-R 7840 X X X - 1,0,P,Q,U,Y X X X X X ET70-W 7844 X X - - - - X - L,O,P,Q,U,Y XX X X X ET7O-N 3097 X X X L,O,P,Q,U,Y X X X X X ,ET90-R 7842 X X - - - X L,QU,V,Y XX X X X ET90-W 7846 X X - - X - L,Q,U,V,Y XX X X X ET90-N 3098 X X - - - X L,Q,U,V,Y X X X X X Refer to data sheetTD450028EN for mounting options. Note: Due to continuous development of our products, specifications and offerings are subject to change without notice in accordance with Cooper Wheelock Inc. dba Eaton standard terms and conditions. EATON waw.eaton.com 3 Technical Data TD450031 EN Wheelock ET70 and ET90 Effective August 2016 Architects and engineers specifications speaker appliances shall be Wheelock ET Speakers and speaker appliances shall be Wheelock ET Speaker Strobes or approved s. The speakers shall be UL Listed under Standard 1480 for Protective Service and speakers equipped with strobes shall be listed under UL Standard 1971 for Signaling Devices for the Hearing - Impaired. In addition, the strobes shall be certified to meet the requirements of FCC Part 15, Class B. All speakers shall be designed for a field selectable input of either 25 or 70 VRMS, with selectable power taps from 1/8 watt to 8 watts. All models shall have listed sound output of up to 93 dB at 10 feet and a listed frequency response of 400 to 4000 Hz. The speaker shall also incorporate a sealed back construction. All inputs shall employ terminals that accept #12 to #18 AWG wire sizes The strobe portion of the appliance shall produce a flash rate of one (1) flash per second over the Regulated Voltage Range and shall incorporate a Xenon flashtube enclosed in a rugged Lexan® lens. The strobe shall be of low current design. Where, Multi -Candela Speaker Strobes are specified, the strobe intensity shall have field selectable settings and shall be rated per UL Standard 1971 at 15/30/75/110cd or 135/185cd for wall mount and 15/30/75/95 cd or 115/177cd for ceiling mount. The selector switch for selecting the candela shall be tamper resistant. The 1575 strobe shall be specified when 15 candela UL Standard 1971 listing with 75 candela on -axis is required (e.g. ADA compliance). When synchronization is required, the strobe portion of the appliance shall be compatible with Wheelock's DSM Sync Modules, Wheelock Power Supplies or other manufacturers panels with built-in Wheelock Patented Sync Protocol. The strobes shall not drift out of synchroniza- tion at any time during operation. If the sync module or Power Supply fails to operate, (i.e., contacts remain closed), the strobe shall revert to a non -synchronized flash rate. The speaker and speaker strobe appliances shall be designed for indoor surface or flush mounting. The speaker and speaker strobe shall incorporate a speaker mounting plate with a grille cover which is secured with two screws for a level, aesthetic finish and shall mount to standard electrical hardware requiring no additional trim - plate or adapter. The finish of the ET speakers and speaker strobes shall be white, red or nickel plate. All speakers and speaker strobes shall be backward compatible. We encourage and support nicet certification 3 year warranty. Note: Due to continuous development of our products, specifications and offerings are subject to change without notice in accordance with Cooper Wheelock Inc., dba Eaton standard terms and conditions. NEM WE ENCOURAGE AND SUPPORT NICET CERTIFICATION 3 YEAR WARRANTY E:T•H Powering Boniness WaiAaide 0 Eaton 1010 Eaton Boulevard Oeve1o.M. OH 44122 United States Eaton corn Eaton Life safety & mass notification solutions 273 aranchpon. Ave.. Long eranth, NJ 07740 u .annaton.comifnassrtotuoatnn b 2016 Eaton All Rights Reserved Printed in USA Pi Nicanon No T0450031EN August 2016 Eaton is a reg¢tered trademark. All other trademarks are property of their respective owners. COO Notification 273 Branchport Avenue Thank you for using our products. Long Branch, NJ 07740 (800) 631-2148 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS www.coopemotification.com SERIES ET70-24MCW$ET90-24MCWHMULTI-HIGH-CANDELA SPEAKER STROBE GENERAL: Cooper Notification's Series ET70-24MCWH and ET90-24MCWH Multi -Candela Low Profile Speaker Strobe is UL Listed under Standard 1971 for (Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired) for indoor fire protection service. The Speaker strobes with amber, red, blue or green lens are UL Listed under Standard UL1638 (Visual Signaling Appliance) for Private Mode Emergency and General Utility Signaling. These speaker strobes are designed for multiple power requirements with high dBA output at each power tap and offer a choice of field selectable taps, 1/8W to 8W for either 25.0VRMS or 70.0VRMS audio systems. The low profile design incorporates a high efficiency speaker for maximum output at minimum power across a frequency range of 400Hz to 4000Hz, and features a sealed back construction for extra protection and improved audibility. The Multi -Candela models provide two selectable light output intensities in one unit and incorporates a speaker mounting plate attached to the speaker for ease of installation The Low Profile Speaker Strobe can provide a non -synchronized strobe appliance when connected directly to a fire alarm control panel (FACP), or provide a synchronized strobe appliance when used in conjunction with a Sync Module (SM), Dual Sync Module (DSM) or Cooper Notification power supplies. The strobe uses a xenon flashcube with solid state circuitry enclosed in a polycarbonate lens to provide maximum visibility and reliability for effective visible signaling. These models are Listed for indoor use, wall mount only with the backboxes specified in these instructions (see wiring and mounting information). NOTE: All CAUTIONS and WARNINGS are identified by the symbol . All warnings are printed in bold capital letters. WARNING: PLEASE READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE USING THIS PRODUCT. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH ANY OF THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS, CAUTIONS AND WARNINGS COULD RESULT IN IMPROPER APPLICATION, CANDELA SETTING, INSTALLATION AND/OR OPERATION OF THESE PRODUCTS IN AN EMERGENCY SITUATION, WHICH COULD RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU AND/OR OTHERS. Use this product according to this instruction manual Please keep this instruction manual for future reference SPECIFICATIONS: Table 1: UL listed Models and Ratings Models Speaker Strobe Voltage (VRMS) dBA at 10 Feet (Rated Waris) I Regulated 1 Voltage ; (VDC/VRMS) Voltage Range (VDC/VRMS) Candela 1/8 1/4 1/2 1 2 4 8 ET70-24MCWH 25/70 75 78 81 84 87 90 93 24 16.0-33.0 135/185 ET90-24MCWH 25/70 75 78 81 84 87 90 93 24 16.0-33.0 135/185 NOTES: 1. The strobe will produce I flash per second over the "Regulated Voltage" range 2. Strobes meet with clear and amber lens the required light distribution patterns defined in UL 1971. 3. All models are UL Listed for indoor use with a temperature range of +32°F to +120°F (0°C to +49°C) and maximum humidity of 85% RH. The effect of shipping and storage temperatures shall not adversely affect the performance of the appliance when it is stored in the original cartons and is not subjected to misuse or abuse. 4. The maximum supervision voltage is 33 volts DC. 5. Frequency range of speakers is 400-4000Hz 6. Candela ratings listed in Table 1 are for clear lens. Derate approximately 25% for amber lens, 55% for green lens, 70% for blue lens and 80% for red lens. C04,h.CAUTION: Always operate audio amplifiers and speakers within their specified ratings. Excessive input may distort sound quality and may damage audio e equipment Do not exceed 100% of speaker input voltage per UL 1480. Improper input voltage can damage speaker. If distortion is heard, check for clipping of the audio appliance with an oscilloscope and reduce the amplifier input level or gain level to eliminate any clipping. A\ WARNING: CANDELA SETTING WILL DETERMINE THE CURRENT DRAW OF THE PRODUCT. Table 2: UL Current Ratings with Strobe Only Maximum RMS Current (AMPS) UL Voltage 135cd 185cd DC 16-33VDC 0.300 0.420 FWR 16-33VI1MS 0.455 0.645 When calculating the total currents use Table 2 to determine the highest value of RMS current for an individual strobe, then multiply these values by the total number of strobes. Be sure to add the currents for any other appliances, including audible signaling appliances powered by the same source, and to include any required safety factors. NOTE: The maximum number of strobes on a single notification appliance circuit shall not exceed 50. CAUTION: These strobes are UL Listed as "Regulated". They are intended to be used with FACPs whose notification circuits are UL Listed as "Regulated" These appliances shall not be used on UL Listed "Special Application" notification circuits unless the appliances are identified to be compatible in the installation instructions of the FACP or unless the FACP is identified to be compatible in this instruction manual. WARNING: THESE STROBES WERE TESTED TO THE REGULATED VOLTAGE LIMITS OF 16.0-33.0 VOLTS FOR 24V MODELS USING FILTERED DC OR UNFILTERED FULL -WAVE -RECTIFIED VOLTAGE. DO NOT APPLY VOLTAGE OUTSIDE OF THIS RANGE. Copyright 2009 Cooper Wheelock Inc., dba Cooper Notification. All rights reserved 0 P84453 L Sheet 1 of 4 WARNING: CHECK THE MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM OUTPUT OF THE POWER SUPPLY AND STANDBY BATTERY AND SUBTRACT THE VOLTAGE DROP FROM THE CIRCUIT WIRING RESISTANCE TO DETERMINE THE APPPLIED VOLTAGE TO THE STROBES. THE MAXIMUM WIRE IMPEDANCE BETWEEN STROBES SHALL NOT EXCEED 35 OHMS CAUTION: Strobes are not designed to be used on coded systems m which the applied voltage is cycled on and off. WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE TOTAL RMS CURRENT REQUIRED BY ALL APPLIANCES THAT ARE CONNECTED TO THE STEM'S PRIMARY AND SECONDARY POWER SOURCES, NOTIFICATION APPLICIANCE CIRCUITS, SM, DSM SYNC MODULES, OR i3OOPER NOTIFICATION POWER SUPPLIES DOES NOT EXCEED THE POWER SOURCES' RATED CAPACITY OR THE CURRENT RATINGS OF ANY FUSES ON THE CIRCUITS TO WHICH THESE APPLIANCES ARE WIRED. OVERLOADING POWER SOURCES OR EXCEEDING FUSE RATINGS COULD RESULT IN LOSS OF POWER AND FAILURE TO ALERT OCCUPANTS DURING AN EMERGENCY, WHICH COULD RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU AND/OR OTHERS. WIRING AND MOUNTING INFORMATION: CAUTION: The following figures show the maximum number of field wires (conductors) that can enter the backbox used with each mounting option If these limits are exceeded, there may be insufficient space in the backbox to accommodate the field wires and stresses from the wires could damage the product. Check that the installed product will have sufficient clearance and wiring room prior to installing backboxes and conduit, especially if sheathed multiconductor cable or 3/4" conduit fittings are used Although the limits shown for each mounting option comply with the National Electrical Code (NEC), Cooper Notification recommends use of the largest backbox option shown and the use of approved stranded field wires, whenever possible, to provide additional wiring room for easy installation and minimum stress on the product from wiring. Figure 1: FROM PRECEDING SPEAKER TO NEXT SPEAKER OR FIRE ALARM -- OR BID OF LIVE RESISTOR Q»IEXTCCNTROLPANELP) (EOLR) ON PRECEDING STROBE TO NAPPLI NCE CE OR SYNC MODULE OR EOLR UI Ili IIL,aIi-..11r"iI (OPTIONAL)STROBE Figure 2: 1. This model has in -out wiring terminals that accept two #12 to #18 American Wire Gauge (AWG) wires at each screw terminal. 2. Strip leads 3/8 inches and connects to screw terminals. Break all in -out wire runs on supervised circuits to assure integrity of circuit supervision as shown in Figure 2. The polarity shown in the wiring diagrams is for operation of the appliances. * Refer to Sync Module instruction sheets SM (P83123), DSM (P83177) or Cooper Notification Power Supplies for additional information GROUNDING: Connect ground wire to backbox. Install signaling appliance to backbox using mounting screws provided WARNING: CHECK ELECTRICAL RATINGS SPECIFIED IN TABLES I AND 2 (AS APPROPRIATE) TO ENSURE PROPER ELECTRICAL INPUT. BE SURE THAT SPEAKER WIRING IS CONNECTED TO SPEAKER TERMINALS ONLY AND STROBE WIRING IS CONNECTED TO STROBE TERMINALS ONLY. CHECK TO INSURE THAT WIRING AT FACP IS CORRECT. IMPROPER ELECTRICAL INPUT CAN DAMAGE THE PRODUCT OR CAUSE IT TO MALFUNCTION, WHICH COULD RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU AND/OR OTHERS. Figure 3: Jumper plug is used to select top Figure 4: Tap Settings (Factory setting is 70V@ settings which = dBA loudness f IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII (III II I I'III III ABODE FGHI J. NOTE: Use needle nose pliers to pull andproperly insert the jumper plug to the desired tap setting. 0 1/2W (Tap F)) A B C D E F GI -1 I J 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O O O O O O O O O O O O 1. Each doubling of rated Watts increases sound output by 3 dBA Field selectable input terminals are provided on each unit The following wattage selections are available: 1/8W, 1/4W, 1/2W, 1W, 2W, 4W, & 8W. 2 Each letter corresponds to a plug position of the header located on the printed circuit board Select voltage and wattage as shown in Table 4. 3. A 10µF blocking capacitor for DC supervision of audio lines by the FACP is factory wired in series with the speaker input P84453 L Sheet 2 of 4 WARNING: THE SPEAKER STROBE APPLIANCE MUST BE FIELD SET TO THIS DESIRED dBA SOUND OUTPUT LEVEL BEFORE IT IS INSTALLED. THIS IS DONE BY PROPERLY INSERTING JUMPER PLUGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE INSTRUCTIONS. INCORRECT SETTINGS WILL RESULT IN IMPROPER PERFORMANCE, WHICH COULD RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU AND/OR OTHERS. Table 4: Speaker Voltage and Wattage Connection Chart Position 25V 70V A 8 — B 4 — C 2 — D 1 8 E 1/2 4 F 1/4 2 G 1/8 1 H — 1/2 I -- 1/4 J --- 1/8 Figure S: NOTE: The ET70 and ET90-24MCWH comes pre-set at 185cd WARNING: THE CANDELA SELECT SWITCH MUST BE FIELD SET TO THE REQUIRED CANDELA INTENSITY BEFORE INSTALLATION. WHEN CHANGING THE SETTING OF THE CANDELA SELECT SWITCH, MAKE CERTAIN THAT TT "CLICKS" IN PLACE. AFTER CHANGING THE CANDELA SETTING, THE APPLIANCE MUST BE RETESTED TO VERIFY PROPER OPERATION. IMPROPER SETTING OF THE CANDELA SELECT SWITCH MAY RESULT IN OPERATION AT THE WRONG CANDELA, WHICH COULD RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU AND/OR OTHERS. MOUNTING PROCEDURES: 1. These models can be flush mounted to a 4" square by 2-1/8" deep backbox with a 4" square 1-1/2" extension ring (Figure A) or surface mounted to a surface backbox (Figure B). Mounting hardware for each mounting option is supplied. 2. Conduit entrances to the backbox should be selected to provide sufficient wiring clearance for the installed product Do not pass additional wires (used for other than the signaling appliance) through the backbox. Such additional wires could result in insufficient wiring space for the signaling appliance. 3. When terminating field wires, do not use more lead length than required Excess lead length could result in insufficient wiring space for the signaling appliance. 4. Use care and proper techniques to position the field wires in the backbox so that they use minimum space and produce minimum stress on the product. This is especially important for stiff, heavy gauge wires and wires with thick insulation or sheathing. These models have an integrated speaker mounting plate which must be oriented correctly when it is mounted to the backbox. Turn the speaker mounting plate so that the arrow above the words `Horizontal Strobe" points to the top side of the speaker mounting plate. 6. To move selector switch, insert screwdriver into slot shown on the bottom side of the strobe. The setting is indicated by a pointer and can be seen on the bottom side of the lens. See Figure 5. 7. Mount the speaker mounting irg plate to the backbox. Next slide the grille over the speaker mounting plate strobe and attach with (2) screws. WARNING: THE SPEAKER STROBE APPLIANCE IS A "FIRE ALARM DEVICE - DO NOT PAINT." A WARNING: WHEN INSTALLING STROBES IN AN OPEN OFFICE OR OTHER AREAS CONTAINING PARTITIONS OR OTHER VIEWING OBSTRUCTIONS, SPECIAL ATTENTION SHOULD BE GIVEN TO THE LOCATION OF THE STROBES SO THAT THEIR OPERATING EFFECT CAN BE SEEN BY ALL INTENDED VIEWERS, WITH THE INTENSITY, NUMBER, AND TYPE OF STROBES BEING SUFFICIENT TO MAKE SURE THAT THE INTENDED VIEWER IS ALERTED BY PROPER ILLUMINATION, REGARDLESS OF THE VIEWER'S ORIENTATION. FAILURE TO DO SO COULD RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU AND/OR OTHERS The 135/185cd settings are Listed for use in sleeping or non -sleeping areas when installed in accordance with appropnate NFPA Standards and the Authority Having Jurisdiction i WARNING: INSTALLATION OF COOPER NOTIFICATION 138/185 CANDELA STROBE PRODUCTS IN SLEEPING AREAS SHOULD BE WALL MOUNTED AT LEAST 24" BELOW THE CEILING AS FOLLOWS: (1) THE ON -AXIS (DIRECTLY IN FRONT OF LENS) LIGHT OUTPUT SHOULD BE DIRECTED AT THE EYE -LIDS OF THE SLEEPING PERSON, EG. PILLOW END OF BED, BED HEAD; (2) NO PART OF THE BED SHALL BE MORE THAN SIXTEEN (16) FEET FROM THE STROBE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE INSTALLERS MUST ADVISE OWNERS AND OPERATORS OF BUILDINGS WITH SLEEPING OCCUPANTS, E.G. HOTELS AND MOTELS, TO WARN GUESTS, RESIDENTS AND EMPLOYEES TO NOT MOVE THE BED LOCATION TO A POSITION VIOLATING POINTS (1) AND (2) ABOVE OR SERIOUS INJURY AND/OR LOSS OF LIFE MAY OCCUR DURING A FIRE EMERGENCY. NOTE: NFPA 72/ANSI 117.1 conform to ADAAG Equivalent Facilitation Guidelines in using fewer, higher intensity strobes within the same protected area. P84453 L Sheet 3 of 4 0 L\ WARNING: A SMALL POSSIBILITY EXISTS THAT THE USE OF MULTIPLE STROBES WITHIN A PERSON'S FIELD OF VIEW, UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, MIGHT INDUCE A PHOTO -SENSITIVE RESPONSE IN PERSONS WITH EPILEPSY. STROBE REFLECTIONS IN A GLASS OR MIRRORED SURFACE MIGHT ALSO INDUCE SUCH A RESPONSE TO MINIMIZE THIS POSSIBLE HAZARD, COOPER NOTIFICATION STRONGLY RECOMMENDS THAT THE STROBES INSTALLED SHOULD NOT PRESENT A COMPOSITE FLASH RATE IN THE FIELD OF VIEW WHICH EXCEEDS FIVE (5) Hz AT THE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE STROBES. COOPER NOTIFICATION ALSO STRONGLY RECOMMENDS THAT THE INTENSITY AND COMPOSITE FLASH RATE OF INSTALLED STROBES COMPLY WITH LEVELS ,j TABLISHED BY APPLICABLE LAWS; STANDARDS, REGULATIONS, CODES AND GUIDELINES. _ this appliance is required to produce a distinctive three -pulse Temporal Pattern Fire Alarm Evacuation Signal (for total evacuation) in accordance with NFPA 72, the C appliance must be used with a fire alarm control unit that can generate the temporal pattern signal. Refer to manufacturer's installation manual for details. CAUTION: Check the installation instructions of the manufacturers of other equipment used in the system for any. guidelines or restrictions on wiring and/or locating Notification Appliance Circuits (NAC) and notification appliances. Some system communication circuits and/or audio circuits, for example, may require special precautions to assure electrical noise immunity (e.g. audio crosstalk). NOTE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: 1) Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna, 2) Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver, 3) Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected, and 4) Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. ANY MATERIAL EXTRAPOLATED FROM THIS DOCUMENT OR FROM COOPER NOTIFICATION MANUALS OR OTHER DOCUMENTS DESCRIBING THE PRODUCT FOR USE IN PROMOTIONAL OR ADVERTISING CLAIMS, OR FOR ANY OTHER USE, INCLUDING DESCRIPTION OF THE PRODUCT'S APPLICATION, OPERATION, INSTALLATION AND TESTING IS USED AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE USER AND COOPER NOTIFICATION WILL NOT HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR SUCH USE LIMITED WARR,4NTY Cooper Notification, Inc. dba Cooper Notification and Cooper Notification, Inc. (each, a "Seller") products must be used within their published specifications and must be PROPERLY specified, applied, installed, operated, maintained and operationally tested in accordance with these instructions at the time of installation and at least twice a year or more often and in accordance with local, state and federal codes, regulations and laws. Specification, application, installation, operation, maintenance and testing must be performed by qualified personnel for proper operation in accordance with all of the latest National Fire Protection Association (NEPA), Underwriter's Laboratories (UL), National Electrical Code (NEC), Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), local, state, county, province, district, federal and other applicable building and fire standards, guidelines, regulations laws and codes including, but not limited to, all appendices and amendments and the requirements of the local authority having jurisdiction (AHI). Seller products when properly specified, applied, installed, operated, maintained and operationally tested as provided above are warranted against mechanical and electrical defects for a period of (a) three (3) years from date of manufacture with respect to MEDC and Seller Industrial Signals and Seller Fire and Security Notification Appliances and Devices, or (b) one (1) year from date of manufacture with respect to Waves and SafePath Voice Evacuation and Mass Notification Systems (date of manufacture is determined by date code.) Correction of defects by repair or replacement shall be at Seller's sole discretion and shall constitute fulfillment of all obligations under this warranty. THE FOREGOING LIMITED WARRANTY SHALL IMMEDIATELY TERMINATE IN THE EVENT ANY PART NOT FURNISHED BY SELLER IS INSTALLED IN THE PRODUCT. THE FOREGOING LIMITED WARRANTY SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDES ANY SOFTWARE REQUIRED FOR THE OPERATION OF OR INCLUDED IN A PRODUCT. SFr LER MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY OTHER KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY WHETHER AS TO MECHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR ANY OTHER MATTER USERS ARE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING WHETHER A PRODUCT IS SUITABLE FOR THE USER'S PURPOSES, OR WHETHER IT WILL ACHIEVE THE USER'S INTENDED RESULTS. THERE IS NO WARRANTY AGAINST DAMAGE RESULTING FROM MISAPPLIACATION, IMPROPER SPECIFICATION, ABUSE, ACCIDENT OR OTHER OPERATING CONDITIONS BEYOND SELLER'S CONTROL. R DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE OPERATION OF THE SOFTWARE WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR -FREE OR THAT THE SOFTWARE MEET ANY OTHER STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE, OR THAT THE FUNCTIONS OR PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE WILL MEET THE USER'S REQUIREMENTS. SELLER SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DELAYS, BREAKDOWNS, INTERRUPTIONS, LOSS, DESTRUCTION, ALTERATION, OR OTHER PROBLEMS IN THE USE OF A PRODUCT ARISING OUT OF OR CAUSED BY THE SOFTWARE. THE LIABILITY OF SFT T FR ARISING OUT OF THE SUPPLYING OF A PRODUCT, OR ITS USE, WHETHER ON WARRANTIES, NEGLIGENCE, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL NOT IN ANY CASE EXCEED THE COST OF CORRECTING DEFECTS AS STATED IN THE LIMITED WARRANTY AND UPON EXPIRATION OF THE WARRANTY PERIOD ALL SUCH LIABILITY SHALL TERMINATE. SELLER IS NOT LIABLE FOR LABOR COSTS INCURRED IN REMOVAL, REINSTALLATION OR REPAIR OF A PRODUCT BY ANYONE OTHER THAN SELLER OR FOR DAMAGE OF ANY TYPE WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFIT OR INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, PUNTIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES. THE FOREGOING SHALL CONSTITUTE THE SOLE REMEDY OF THE PURCHASER AND THE EXCLUSIVE LIABILITY OF SELLER IN NO CASE WILL SELLER'S LIABILITY EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE PAID FOR A PRODUCT. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY SELLER'S LIABILITY ON ANY CLAIM OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND BREACH OF WARRNTY, FOR ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE RESULTING FROM, ARISING OUT OF, OR CONNECTED WITH THIS CONTRACT, OR FROM THE MANUFACTURE, SALE, DELIVERY, RESALE, REPAIR OR USE OF ANY PRODUCT COVERED BY THIS ORDER SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE PRICE APPLICABLE TO THE PRODUCT OR PART THEREOF WHICH GIVES RISE TO THE CLAIM. SFT I ER'S LIABILITY ON ANY CLAIM OF ANY KIND SHALL CEASE IMMEDIATELY UPON THE INSTALLATION IN THE PRODUCT OF ANY PART NOT FURNISHED BY SELLER IN NO EVENT SHALL SRI ER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM OF ANY KIND UNLESS IT IS PROVEN THAT ITS PRODUCT WAS THE DIRECT CAUSE OF SUCH CLAIM. FURTHER, IN NO EVENT, INCLUDING IN THE CASE OF A CLAIM OF NEGLIGENCE, SHALL SETT ER BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE PRECEDING LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO ALL PURCHASERS. 6169 P84453 L Sheet 4 of 4 0 0 SIEMENS INDUSTRY, INC. XLS LOAD CALCULATIONS - Rev 10PR Date: 6/12/2019 Project Name: Tukwila Village A Created By: BG HNode #: N/A Project Location: International Blvd SBT Project #: 54403 XNode #: N/A Panel Location: FCC Room XLS(R) Panel: N/A POWER SUPPLY LOAD CALCULATION FORM Module Part Number &Oestri on Description QTY 24 VDC Current 6.2 VDC Current Back Plane Current Screw Terminal 24V Current Total 24 VDC Current (Total 1 + Total 2) Per Card mA Total A Per Card mA Total 1 A Per Card mA Total 2 A 5128/5129 Four Channel DACT 154 0.000 0.000 AIC Audio Interface Card (External Input) 25 • 0.000 0.000 85 0.000 Active Channels 0.000 50 0.000 ALCC Audio Level Conversion Card 110 0.000 0.000 10 0.000 CDC -4 Conventional Detector Card 110 0.000 0.000 150 0.000 Active Zones 320 0.000 0.000 CRC -6 Controllable Relay Card 10 0.000 0.000 120 0.000 Active Relays 20.5 0.000 0.000 CSB CAN Sounder Board 14 0.000 0.000 D2300CP FO Module for H&X-Net Data 50 0.000 0.000 DAC -NET Digital Audio Card with Network 230 0.000 0.000 DCT -1E Five Channel DACT 190 0.000 0.000 DFM FO Module for D -Net Data 135 0.000 0.000 DLC Device Loop Card 2 100 0.200 0.200 200 0.400 Devices other than FDOT421 101 1.8 0.1818 0.182 FDOT421 Fire Detector 118 0.41 0.0484 0.048 DV -200 VoiceLink (Wheelock) 233 0.000 0.000 Active Channels 15 0.000 0.000 DV -EM (Expansion Module) 3 0.000 0.000 FCM-6 Fan Control Module 14 0.000 0.000 Active LEDs 1 0.000 0.000 FMT Firefighter Master Telephone 1 150 0.150 0.150 Active Handsets 30 0.000 0.000 HCP Control Point 30 0.000 0.000 HZM Conventional Zome Module 100 0.000 0.000 LCM-8 LED Control Module 1 14 0.014 0.014 Active LEDs 1 0.000 0.000 LPB Local Page Board 1 25 0.025 0.025 95 0.095 Active Channels(LVM-mic, LVM-spkr, FMT) 2 0.000 35 0.070 LVM Live Voice Microphone 1 25 0.025 0.025 MLC Device Loop Card 28 0.000 90 0.000 0.000 1.5 0.000 Devices 1.5 0.0000 0.000 MDACT Digital Dialer Card 1 260 0.260 0.260 NIC -C Network Interface Card 120 0.000 0.000 NRC Network Ring Card 125 0.000 0.000 20 0.000 NIM -1W/ -1M Wide Area Network Card 150 0.000 0.000 OCM-16 Output Control Module 2 14 0.028 0.028 Active LEDs 32 10 0.320 0.320 PMI Person Machine Interface 230 0.000 0.000 PMI -2 Person Machine Interface 1 195 0.195 0.195 GPMI Global Person Machine Interface 230 0.000 0.000 PSC -12 Power Supply/Battery Charger 1 0.000 Active Relays 0.000 PSX-12 Power Supply Extender 1 0.000 RNI Remote Network Interface 75 0.000 0.000 RPM Remote Printer Module 1 150 0.150 0.150 SCM-8Switch Control Module 10 14 0.140 0.140 Active LEDs 80 1 0.080 0.080 SIM -16 Supervised Input Module 20 0.000 0.000 Active Relays 10 0.000 0.000 Active Inputs 1.2 0.000 0.000 SR-35Relay Module 2 0.000 0.000 Active Relays 21 0.000 0.000 SSD/SSD-C System Status Display 200 0.000 0.000 TCZ-8 Telephone Zone Card 1 275 0.275 0.275 Active Zones 3 35 0.105 0.105 XDMC Digital Message Card 55 0.000 0.000 XMI FireFinder-XLS to MDACT Interface 5 0.000 0.000 ZAC-40Zone Amplifier Card 40 Watts 150 0.000 0.000 Speaker Load Watts 53 0.000 0.000 ZAC-40 Backup Amplifier 150 0.000 0.000 ZAM-180 Zone Amplifier Module 180 Watts 1 280 0.280 0.280 Speaker Load Watts 53 53 2.809 2.809 ZAM-180 Backup Amplifier 280 0.000 0.000 2I 4A Zone Indicating Card I CLASS B 3 89 0.267 0.267 Active Circuits - NAC, STROBE, BELL 2 17 0.034 0.034 Active Circuits - SPEAKER 9 34 0.306 0.306 Active Ckts - RELEASING, MUNICIPAL TIE 34 0.000 0.000 Active Circuits - LEASED LINE 17 0.000 0.000 Devices - Total NAC 0 0.000 Bldg E - XLS Load Calculation.xlsx Page 1 of 4 Printed: 6/12/2019 D SIEMENS INDUSTRY, INC. XLS LOAD CALCULATIONS - Rev 10PR Date: 6/12/2019 Project Name: Tukwila Village A Created By: BG HNode #: N/A Project Location: International Blvd SBT Project #: S4403 XNode #: N/A Panel Location: FCC Room XLS(R) Panel: N/A ZIC-8B Zone Indicating Card 91 0.000 0.000 Active Circuits 17 0.000 0.000 Devices - Total NAC 0.000 ZIG2C ZIC-8B, 2 Channel Audio Card 0.000 Active Circuits17 0.000 0.000 24VDC Auxilary 24VDC Power - Total AUX 0.000 Totals 0.220 Amps 5.673 Amps 5.893 Amps 0.565 Amps 2 Amps MAX 24 Amps *MAX 2 Amps MAX 92A max alarm, 5A max standby Minimum Number of Power Supplies Required = 1 (Maximum 4 per enclosure) Bldg E -„XLS Load Calculation.xlsx Page 2 of 4 Printed: 6/12/2019 O 0 SIEMENS INDUSTRY, INC. XLS LOAD CALCULATIONS - Rev 10PR Date: 6/12/2019 Project Name: Tukwila Village A Created By: BG HNode #: N/A Project Location: International Blvd SBT Project #: S4403 XNode #: N/A Panel Location: FCC Room XLS(R) Panel: N/A BATTERY SIZE CALCULATION FORM Module Part Number & Description QTY Standby 24VDC Module/Card Current mA Load Current Per Circuit EOL Current mA Device Current mA Total Standby 24VDC Module Current 5128/5129 Four Channel DACT 0 84 0 AIC Audio Interface Card (External Input) 0 50 0 ALCC Audio Level Conversion Card 0 95 0 CDC Conventional Detector Card 0 150 0 Active Zones 0 8 0 CRC Controllable Relay Card 0 51 0 Active Relays 0 20.5 0 CSB CAN Sounder Board 0 14 1 0 D2300CP FO Module for H&X-Net Data 0 50 0 DAC -NET Digital Audio Card with Network 0 230 0 DCT -1E Five Channel DACT 0 150 0 DFM FO Module for D -Net Data 0 135 0 DLC Device Loop Card 2 145 0.29 Devices other than FDOT421 101 1.8 0.1818 FDOT421 Fire Detector 118 0.25 0.0295 DV -200 VoiceLink (Wheelock) 0 233 0 Active Channels 0 15 0 DV -EM (Expansion Module) 0 3 0 FCM-6 Fan Control Module 0 14 0 Active LEDs 0 1 0 FMT Firefighter Master Telephone 1 150 0.15 Active Handsets 0 30 0 HCP Control Point 0 30 1 0 HZM Conventional Zome Module 0 100 0 LCM-8 LED Control Module 1 14 0.014 Active LEDs 0 1 0 LPB Local Page Board 1 50 0.05 LVM Live Voice Microphone 1 25 0.025 MLC Device Loop Card 0 120 0 Devices 0 1.5 0 MDACT Digital Dialer Card 1 220 0.22 NIC -C Network Interface Card 0 120 0 NRC Network Ring Card 0 130 0 NIM -1W/ -1M Wide Area Network Card 0 150 0 OCM-16 Output Control Module 2 14 0.028 Active LEDs 32 10 0.32 PMI Person Machine Interface 0 230 0 PMI -2 Person Machine Interface 1 125 0.125 GPM! Global Person Machine Interface 0 230 0 PSC-12Power Supply/Battery Charger 1 150 0.15 Active Relays 0 20 0 PSX-12 Power Supply Extender 1 170 0.17 RNI Remote Network Interface 0 75 0 RPM Remote Printer Module 1 150 0.15 SCM -8 Switch Control Module 10 14 0.14 Active LEDs 80 1 0.08 SIM -16 Supervised Input Module 0 20 0 Active Relays 0 10 0 Active Inputs 0 1.2 0 SR 35 Relay Module 0 2 0 Active Relays 0 21 0 SSD/SSD-C System Status Display 0 200 0 TCZ-8 Telephone Zone Card 1 280 0.28 Active Zones 3 35 0.105 XDMC FireFinder-XLS to MDACT Interface 0 55 0 XMI FireFinder-XLS to MDACT Interface 0 5 0 ZAC-40 Zone Amplifier Card 40 Watts 0 150 1 0 Speaker Load Watts 0 0 ZAC-40 Backup Amplifier 0 150 1 0 ZAM-180 Zone Amplifier Module 180 Watts 1 280 1 0.281 Speaker Load Watts 53 0 ZAM-180 Backup Amplifier 0 280 1 0 ZIC-4A Zone Indicating Card I CLASS B 3 90 0.27 Active Circuits - NAC, STROBE, BELL 2 4 0.008 Active Circuits - SPEAKER 9 4 0.036 Active Ckts - RELEASING, MUNICIPAL TIE 0 0 Active Circuits - LEASED LINE 0 0 Devices - 0 Zone Indicating Card 0 83 0 Bldg E - XLS Load Calculation.rdsx Page 3 of 4 Printed: 6/12/2019 O D SIEMENS INDUSTRY, INC. XLS LOAD CALCULATIONS - Rev 10PR Date: 6/12/2019 Project Name: Tukwila Village A Created By: BG HNode #: N/A Project Location: International Blvd SBT Project #: S4403 XNode #: N/A Panel Location: FCC Room XLS R) Panel: N/A ZIC-8B Active Circuits 0 1 0 Devices 0 ZIC-2C ZIC-8B, 2 Channel Audio Card 0 0 Active Circuits 0 0 24VDC Auxilary 24VDC Power - Total AUX[ 0 Total System Current 3.103 Amps NFPA Local (72A), Proprie ary (72D), UL 1076 - Total Amps x Battery Size ( with Alarm Reserve Correction ) x Battery Size Backup Battery Calculations 24 I = = = 74.4792 Ah 96.82296 Ah 1.3 Provided 100 Ah Bldg E - XLS Load Calculation.xlsx Page 4 of 4 Printed: 6/12/2019 NAC CALCULATIONS REPORT SECTION 3A Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A Project Number: 4403 Revision: Date: 6/11/2019 Calculations Prepared By: Bob Guiley AP 1.1 NAC REPORT CONTENTS 1 Current Draw Calculation -Adds the UL published DC current draws for alarm notification appliances and accessories 2 Current Load & Voltage Drop Calculations -Performs the required loading calculations and displays a PASS or FAIL result 3 Battery Size Calculation -Performs the required NFPA 72 battery size for a secondary power source CALCULATION ASSUMPTIONS: These calculations assume a worst-case source voltage as measured by UL 864 with the batteries depleted to 20.4 volts. Under normal AC power and for most of the drain cycle of the batteries, the circuit voltages will be substantially higher and thus, would support a greater number of appliances. The appliances' minimum nameplate operating voltage is derived from the UL minimum operating voltage, CALCULATION THRESHOLDS Secondary Power tandby(HR): 24 Requirements Alarm(MIN): 15 Battery Derating Factor: 20% Maximum NAC Capacity: 80% Maximum Voltage Drop Percentage: 20% Minimum Voltage Threshold: 16.0 Vdc EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 1 C Horn Strobe Calculator The Siemens Building Technologies horn strobe Calculator is a quick and efficient means for developing loading, voltage drop and battery calculations for fire alarm control panels and auxiliary power supplies. It calculates the voltage drops along a Siemens Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) by analyzing each device on the circuit and determining if enough operating voltage is available at each device location. This program provides a means of generating reports listing the circuit voltages along the entire circuit at specific wire gauges. This tool includes support for The Siemens newest line of Selectable Output appliances. STEP 1 On the START HERE tab, select the appropriate NFPA wiring style using the drop down boxes. This sheet is project specific so values entered will be consistent for the entire project. STEP 2 On the Auxiliary Notification Power Supply Report coversheet, modify the Calculation thresholds, if required. This sheet is project specific so values entered will be consistent for the entire project. STEP 3 Each PAD -3 has 3 separate sub -sections, only enter data in the yellow cells: 1. CURRENT DRAW CALCULATION Enter the quantities for the appliances on the appropriate circuit. Be sure to use the correct row for strobe candela and mounting position. 2. CURRENT LOAD & VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS This section allows the circuit number to be modified. Selection either 12, 14, 16, or 18 AWG wire. Finally, enter the estimated circuit length. The Circuit Calculation Results will display a PASS or FAIL rating. 3. BATTERY SIZE CALCULATION All data and calculations are automatic based on information specified in other sections. STEP 4 Save and print. NOTE: there are 20 calculation sections, only print the sections required for the project. EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 2 i1. CURRENT DRAW CALCUL? POWER SUPPLY: PAD -4 9AMP Project Name: Tukwila Village Blda. A Project #: 4403 DEVICE MODEL DEVICE TYPE STROBE CANDELA CURRENT Standby (AMPS) Alarm APPLIANCE QUANTITIES PER CIRCUIT AUX N2-1 N2-2 N2-3 N2-4 LST3 Wall strobe w 15CD �s 0.030 0 4 0 0 0.068 LSPSTW3 Wall Strobe w 15CD 0.030 0 0 0 0 \\ LSPSTW3 Wall Strobe w 30CD 0.136 0.040 0 0 0 0 0.001 LSPSTW3 Wall Strobe w 75CD 0.100 0 0 0 0 1.980 LSPSTW3 Wall Strobe 110CD 0.110 0 0 0 0 ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp. Strobe 15CD 0.060 0 0 0 0 ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp. Strobe 30CD , 0.092 0 4 0 0 7 ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp./Str. 75CD 0.165 0 0 0 - 0 ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp./Str. 110CD 0.220 0 0 0 0 j � ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp./Str. 135CD 0.300 0 4 0 0 ET7024MCWFW Wall/SpStr. 185CD 0.420 0 0 0 0 / ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 75CD 0.138 0 0 0 0 r ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 115CD 0.300 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 135CD, 0.300 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 177CD 0..420 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475WF Ext. Wall/SpStr. 185CD 0.420 0 0 0 0 �� ET7OWP2475CFR Ext.Ceiling/SpStr. 15CD 0.138 0 0 1 0 ET7OWP2475CFR Ext.Ceiling SpStr. 115CD 0.300 1 0 0 4 ET7OWP2475CFR Ext.Ceilingl SpStr. 177CD 0.420 4 0 3 0 1/ MB -G10 -12R 10 inch bell 0.060 0 0 0 0 j f ://pV ADBH-11 Sounder Base 0.00 0.024 PAD -3 Power Supply 0.00 0.006 /A PS-24-8MC Power Supply 0.08 0.24 NOTE: All calculations utilize horn settings @ the highest setting largest draw) AUXILIARY OUTPUT Standby Alarm Flush 24vdc door holder [SDH -2D] 0.068 0.068 Surface 24vdc door holder [SDH -3D] 0.068 0.068 �s \Flush 24vdc door holder [SDH -4D] 0.068 0.068 �� Floor mount 24vdc door holder [SDH -5D] 0.068 0.068 \ ��\�\ \\ Double floor mount door holder [SDH -6D] 0.136 0.136 N HZM 0.001 0.000 L���\\� N CURRENT DRAW PER CIRCUIT IN AMPERES: 1.980 [ 1.688 11.398' 1.200 10.000 EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 3 0 2. CURRENT LOAD & VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS 1.1 Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A Project #: 4403 SYSTEM INFORMATION & PROJECT THRESHOLDS - PAD -4 9AMP I 3.00 amps Maximum Circuit Current Maximum Extender Capacity Nominal System Voltage Output Voltage Drop Threshold % 2.40 amps Max. Permitted Current Capacity Max. Permitted Extender Current Capacity . Calculated Starting Voltage Minimum Voltage Threshold 9.00 amps 7.20 amps 24.0 Vdc 25.0 Vdc 20% 16.0 Vdc Standard Solid Copper Wire Resistance in Ohms per 1000 ft from NEC Chapter 9, Table 8 adjusted to: 167°F 18AWG= 7.77 16AWG= 4.89 14AWG= 3.07 12AWG= 1.93 CIRCUIT CALCULATION RESULTS CIRCUIT NUMBER SOLID WIRE (AWG) EST'D CKT LENGTH (FT) NEC OHMS (kFT) ALARM CURRENT (AMP) CKT. OHMS VOLTS @ EOL (min 16.0) PERCENT DROP (max 20%) N2-1 14 AWG 260.00 3.07 0.420 PASS 1.596 PASS 24.3 PASS 2.7% PASS N2-2 14 AWG 420.00 3.07 1.688 PASS 2.579 PASS 20.6 PASS 17.4% PASS N2-3 14 AWG 230.00 3.07 1.398 PASS 1.412 PASS 23.0 PASS 7.9% PASS N2-4 . 14 AWG 340.00 3.07 1.200 PASS 2.088 PASS 22.5 PASS 10.0% PASS AUX 0.00 0.000 PASS 0.000 PASS 25.0 PASS 0.0% PASS TOTAL EXTENDER CURRENT [AMPS]: 4.706 3.0 - 2.5 - 2.0 - � 1.5 - a 1.0 - 0.5 - 0.0 1.980 1.688 1.398 N2-1 N2-2 N2-3 OUTPUTS 1.200 N2-4 0.000 AUX 3. BATTERY SIZE CALCULATION 1.1 STANDBY Standby Period in Hours-> 24 Hr Extender internal current-> 0.065 amp Extender circuit current-> 0.001 amp Total Standby Current -> 0.066 amp Standby Amp-Hrs Required-> 1.58 AH ALARM 15 Min <-Alarm Period in Minutes 5.000 amp <-Extender internal current 4.706 amp <-Extender circuit current 9.706 amp <-Total Alarm Current: 2.43 AH <-Alarm Amp-Hrs Required Standby + Alarm Amp-Hrs-> Multiplied by the De -rating Factory -> Minimum Battery Amp-Hrs Required-> Actual Battery Size-> Battery Safety Factor-> 4.01 AH 20% 4.81 AH 7.00 AH 175% I - EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 4 c C c NAC CALCULATIONS REPORT SECTION 3A Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A Project Number: 4403 Revision: Date: 6/12/2019 Calculations Prepared By: Bob Guiley Nac1.2 NAC REPORT CONTENTS 1 Current Draw Calculation -Adds the UL published DC current draws for alarm notification appliances and accessories 2 Current Load & Voltage Drop Calculations -Performs the required loading calculations and displays a PASS or FAIL result 3 Battery Size Calculation -Performs the required NFPA 72 battery size for a secondary power source CALCULATION ASSUMPTIONS: These calculations assume a worst-case source voltage as measured by UL 864 with the batteries depleted to 20.4 volts. Under normal AC power and for most of the drain cycle of the batteries, the circuit voltages will be substantially higher and thus, would support a greater number of appliances. The appliances' minimum nameplate operating voltaae is derived from the UL minimum ooeratina voltaae. CALCULATION THRESHOLDS Secondary Power tandby(HR): 24 Requirements 4Iarm(MIN): 15 Battery Derating Factor: 20% Maximum NAC Capacity: 80% Maximum Voltage Drop Percentage: 20% Minimum Voltage Threshold: 16.0 Vdc EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 1 Horn Strobe Calculator The Siemens Building Technologies horn strobe Calculator is a quick and efficient means for developing loading, voltage drop and battery calculations for fire alarm control panels and auxiliary power supplies. It calculates the voltage drops along a Siemens CNotification Appliance Circuit (NAC) by analyzing each device on the circuit and determining if enough operating voltage is available at each device location. This program provides a means of generating reports listing the circuit voltages along the entire circuit at specific wire gauges. c C This tool includes support for The Siemens newest line of Selectable Output appliances. STEP 1 On the START HERE tab, select the appropriate NFPA wiring style using the drop down boxes. This sheet is project specific so values entered will be consistent for the entire project. STEP 2 On the Auxiliary Notification Power Supply Report coversheet, modify the Calculation thresholds, if required. This sheet is project specific so values entered will be consistent for the entire project. STEP 3 Each PAD -3 has 3 separate sub -sections, only enter data in the yellow cells: 1. CURRENT DRAW CALCULATION Enter the quantities for the appliances on the appropriate circuit. Be sure to use the correct row for strobe candela and mounting position. 2. CURRENT LOAD & VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS This section allows the circuit number to be modified. Selection either 12, 14, 16, or 18 AWG wire. Finally, enter the estimated circuit length. The Circuit Calculation Results will display a PASS or FAIL rating. 3. BATTERY SIZE CALCULATION All data and calculations are automatic based on information specified in other sections. STEP 4 Save and print. NOTE: there are 20 calculation sections, only print the sections required for the project. EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 2 1. CURRENT DRAW CALCULA POWER SUPPLY: PAD -4 9AMP 1.21 Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A DEVICE MODEL C'LST3 DEVICE TYPE STROBE CANDELA wall strobe w CURRENT (AMPS) Standby Alarm 15CD LSPSTW3 SP/STR wall w LSPSTW3 SP/STR wall w 15CD 0.030 0.030 Project #: 4403 APPLIANCE QUANTITIES PER CIRCUIT N2-1 N2-2 N2-3 N2-4 AUX 0 0 0 30CD 0.040 0 LSPSTW3 LSPSTW3 SP/STR wall w SP/STR wall w ET7024MCWFW ET7024MCWFW SP/STR wall w SP/STR wall w ET7OWP2475WF ET7OWP2475WF Ext SP/STR wall r Ext SP/STR wall r 75CD 110CD 135CD 185CD 75CD 115CD ET7OWP2475WF Ext SP/STR wall r 135CD 0.100 0.110 0.300 0.420 1 0 0 0 0.138 0.300 0.300 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475WF Ext SP/STR wall r 177CD 0.420 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475WF Ext SP/STR wall r ET7OWP2475CFR ET7OWP2475CFR ET7OWP2475CFR ext SP/STR cel r ext SP/STR cel r ext SP/STR cel r ET9024MCCFW cel SP/STR w 185CD 15CD 115CD 177CD 95CD MB -G10 -12R 10 inch bell 0.420 0.138 0.300 0.420 0.249 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.060 0 0 0 0 ADBH-11 Sounder Base PAD -3 Power Supply 0.00 0.024 0.00 0.006 PS-24-8MC Power Supply 0.08 0.24 AUXILIARY OUTPUT 0 0 0 NOTE: All calculations utilize horn settings @ the highest setting (largest draw) Flush 24vdc door holder [SDH -2D] Surface 24vdc door holder [SDH -3D] Flush 24vdc door holder [SDH -4D] Floor mount 24vdc door holder [SDH -5D] Double floor mount door holder [SDH -6D] G HZM Standby 0.068 0.068 0.068 0.068 0.136 0.001 Alarm 0.068 0.068 0.068 0.068 0.136 0.000 CURRENT DRAW PER CIRCUIT IN AMPERES: EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 \\.„\v,,,\, ' V sk\N\ / a 10.100 ' 0.100 ' 0.100 ' 0.100 ' 0.000 1 Page 3 2. CURRENT LOAD & VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS 1.2 Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A Project #: 4403 ISYSTEM INFORMATION & PROJECT THRESHOLDS - PAD -4 9AMP I 3.00 amps Maximum Circuit Current Maximum Extender Capacity Nominal System Voltage Output Voltage Drop Threshold % 2.40 amps Max. Permitted Current Capacity Max. Permitted Extender Current Capacity Calculated Starting Voltage Minimum Voltage Threshold '19.00 amps 7.20 amps 24.0 Vdc 25.0 Vdc 20% 16.0 Vdc Standard Solid Copper Wire Resistance in Ohms per 1000 ft from NEC Chapter 9, Table 8 adjusted to: 167°F 18AWG= 7.77 16AWG= 4.89 14AWG= 3.07 12AWG= 1.93 CIRCUIT CALCULATION RESULTS CIRCUIT NUMBER SOLID WIRE (AWG) ESTD CKT LENGTH (FT) NEC OHMS (kFT) ALARM CURRENT (AMP) CKT. OHMS VOLTS @ EOL (min 16.0) PERCENT DROP (max 20%) N2-1 14 AWG 90.00 3.07 0.100 PASS 0.553 PASS 24.9 PASS 0.2% PASS N2-2 14 AWG 60.00 3.07 0.100 PASS 0.368 PASS 25.0 PASS 0.1% PASS N2-3 14 AWG 30.00 3.07 0.100 PASS 0.184 PASS 25.0 PASS 0.1% PASS N2-4 14 AWG 30.00 3.07 0.100 PASS 0.184 PASS 25.0 PASS 0.1% PASS AUX 0.00 0.000 PASS 0.000 PASS 25.0 PASS 0.0% PASS TOTAL EXTENDER CURRENT [AMPS]: 0.400 PASS 3.0 2.5 - 2.0 - 0 X1.5- a 1.0 - 0.5 - 0.0 0.100 0.100 0.100 0.100 0.000 N2-1 N2-2 N2-3 OUTPUTS N2-4 AUX 3. BATTERY SIZE CALCULATION 1.2 STANDBY Standby Period in Hours-> 24 Hr Extender internal current-> 0.065 amp Extender circuit current-> 0.001 amp Total Standby Current -> 0.066 amp Standby Amp-Hrs Required-> 1.58 AH C ALARM 15 Min <-Alarm Period in Minutes 5.000 amp <-Extender internal current 0.400 amp <-Extender circuit current 5.400 amp <-Total Alarm Current: 1.35 AH <-Alarm Amp-Hrs Required Standby + Alarm Amp-Hrs-> Multiplied by the De -rating Factory -> Minimum Battery Amp-Hrs Required-> Actual Battery Size-> Battery Safety Factor-> 2.93 AH 20% 3.52 AH 7.00 AH 239% EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 4 0 0 NAC CALCULATIONS REPORT SECTION 3A Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A Project Number: 4403 Revision: Date: 6/12/2019 Calculations Prepared By: Bob Guiley Nac1.3 NAC REPORT CONTENTS 1 Current Draw Calculation - Adds the UL published DC current draws for alarm notification appliances and accessories 2 Current Load & Voltage Drop Calculations -Performs the required loading calculations and displays a PASS or FAIL result 3 Battery Size Calculation - Performs the required NFPA 72 battery size for a secondary power source CALCULATION ASSUMPTIONS: These calculations assume a worst-case source voltage as measured by UL 864 with the batteries depleted to 20.4 volts. Under normal AC power and for most of the drain cycle of the batteries, the circuit voltages will be substantially higher and thus, would support a greater number of appliances. The appliances' minimum nameplate ooeratina voltaae is derived from the UL minimum ooeratina voltaae. CALCULATION THRESHOLDS Secondary Power tandby(HR): 24 Requirements 41arm(MIN): 15 Battery Derating Factor: 20% Maximum NAC Capacity: 80% Maximum Voltage Drop Percentage: 20% Minimum Voltage Threshold: 16.0 Vdc EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 1 Horn Strobe Calculator The Siemens Building Technologies horn strobe Calculator is a quick and efficient means for developing loading, voltage drop and battery calculations for fire alarm control panels and auxiliary power supplies. It calculates the voltage drops along a Siemens Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) by analyzing each device on the circuit and determining if enough operating voltage is available at each device location. This program provides a means of generating reports listing the circuit voltages along the entire circuit at specific wire gauges. This tool includes support for The Siemens newest line of Selectable Output appliances. STEP 1 On the START HERE tab, select the appropriate NFPA wiring style using the drop down boxes. This sheet is project specific so values entered will be consistent for the entire project. STEP 2 On the Auxiliary Notification Power Supply Report coversheet, modify the Calculation thresholds, if required. This sheet is project specific so values entered will be consistent for the entire project. STEP 3 Each PAD -3 has 3 separate sub -sections, only enter data in the yellow cells: 1. CURRENT DRAW CALCULATION Enter the quantities for the appliances on the appropriate circuit. Be sure to use the correct row for strobe candela and mounting position. 2. CURRENT LOAD & VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS This section allows the circuit number to be modified. Selection either 12, 14, 16, or 18 AWG wire. Finally, enter the estimated circuit length. The Circuit Calculation Results will display a PASS or FAIL rating. 3. BATTERY SIZE CALCULATION All data and calculations are automatic based on information specified in other sections. STEP 4 Save and print. NOTE: there are 20 calculation sections, only print the sections required for the project. O EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 2 1. CURRENT DRAW CALCULI POWER SUPPLY: PAD -4 9AMP 1.31 CLST3 Project Name: DEVICE MODEL Tukwila Village Bldg. A DEVICE TYPE STROBE CANDELA CURRENT (AMPS) Standby Alarm Project #: 4403 APPLIANCE QUANTITIES PER CIRCUIT N2-1 N2-2 N2-3 N2-4 AUX wall strobe w LSPSTW3 SP/STR wall w 15CD 15CD 0.030 0 0 2 0.030 0 0 0 LSPSTW3 SP/STR wall w 30CD LSPSTW3 SP/STR wall w LSPSTW3 SP/STR wall w 75CD 110CD 0.040 0.100 0.110 0 0 0 o 3 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 ET7024MCWFW SP/STR wall w ET7024MCWFW SP/STR wall w ET7OWP2475WF Ext SP/STR wall r 135CD 185CD 75CD 0.300 0 0 0 0.420 0.138 0 0 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475WF ET7OWP2475WF Ext SP/STR wall r Ext SP/STR wall r 115CD 135CD ET7OWP2475WF ET7OWP2475WF ET7OWP2475CFR Ext SP/STR wall r Ext SP/STR wall r ext SP/STR cel r ET7OWP2475CFR ET7OWP2475CFR ET9024MCCFW MB -G10 -12R ext SP/STR cel r ext SP/STR cel r cel SP/STR w 10 inch bell 177CD 185CD 15CD 115CD 177CD 95CD 0.300 0 0 0 0.300 0.420 0.420 0.138 0.300 0.420 0.249 0.060 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 / 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ADBH-11 Sounder Base 0.00 0.024 PAD -3 PS-24-8MC Power Supply Power Supply AUXILIARY OUTPUT 0.00 0.08 0.006 0.24 NOTE: All calculations utilize horn settings @ the highest setting (largest draw) Standby Alarm r (7A Flush 24vdc door holder [SDH -2D] 0.068 0.068 Surface 24vdc door holder [SDH -3D] 0.068 0.068 Flush 24vdc door holder [SDH -4D] Floor mount 24vdc door holder [SDH -5D] 0.068 0.068 0.068 \\i\ \,\ \\ 0.068 Double floor mount door holder [SDH -6D] 0.136 0.1,36 0.001 0,000 CURRENT DRAW PER CIRCUIT IN AMPERES: EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. 0.300 ' 0.300 10.260 [ 0.000 10.000 Page 3 2. CURRENT LOAD & VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS 1.3 Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A Project #: 4403 C.) 3.00 amps 9.00 amps 24.0 Vdc 20% SYSTEM INFORMATION & PROJECT THRESHOLDS - PAD -4 9AMP Circuit Current Max. Permitted Current Capacity Extender Capacity Max. Permitted Extender Current Capacity System Voltage Output Calculated Starting Voltage Threshold % Minimum Voltage Threshold Maximum Maximum Nominal Voltage Drop 2.40 amps 7.20 amps 25.0 Vdc 16.0 Vdc Standard Solid Copper Wire Resistance in Ohms per 1000 ft from NEC Chapter 9, Table 8 adjusted to: 167°F 18AWG= 7.77 16AWG= 4.89 CIRCUIT NUMBER SOLID WIRE (AWG) EST'D CKT NEC LENGTH OHMS (FT) (kFT) 14AWG= 3.07 12AWG= 1.93 CIRCUIT CALCULATION RESULTS ALARM CURRENT (AMP) CKT. OHMS VOLTS @ EOL (min 16.0) PERCENT DROP (max 20%) N2-1 14 AWG 90.00 3.07 0.300 PASS 0.553 PASS 24.8 PASS 0.7% PASS N2-2 14AWG 210.00 3.07 0.300 PASS 1.289 PASS 24.6 PASS 1.5% PASS N2-3 14 AWG 120.00 3.07 0.260 PASS 0.737 PASS 24.8 PASS 0.8% PASS N2-4 14 AWG 0.00 3.07 0.000 PASS 0.000 PASS 25.0 PASS 0.0% PASS AUX 0.00 TOTAL EXTENDER CURRENT [AMPS]: 3.0 - 2.5 - 2.0 - 21.5 - a 1.0 - 0.5 - 0.0 0.300 - 0.300 - 0.000 PASS 0.860 IPASS 0.260 - 0.000 PASS 25.0 PASS 0.0% PASS 0.000 0.000 N2-1 N2-2 N2-3 OUTPUTS N2-4 AUX 3. BATTERY SIZE CALCULATION 1.3 STANDBY Standby Period in Hours-> 24 Hr Extender internal current-> 0.065 amp Extender circuit current-> 0.001 amp Total Standby Current -> 0.066 amp Standby Amp-Hrs Required-> 1.58 AH O ALARM 15 Min <-Alarm Period in Minutes 5.000 amp <-Extender internal current 0.860 amp <-Extender circuit current 5.860 amp <-Total Alarm Current: 1.47 AH <-Alarm Amp-Hrs Required Standby + Alarm Amp-Hrs-> 3.05 AH Multiplied by the De -rating Factory -> 20% Minimum Battery Amp-Hrs Required -> 3.66 AH EXTENDER Actual Battery Size-> Battery Safety Factor-> 7.00 AH 230% Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 4 0 NAC CALCULATIONS REPORT SECTION 3A Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A Project Number: 4403 Revision: Date: 6/12/2019 Calculations Prepared By: Bob Guiley Nac2.1 NAC REPORT CONTENTS 1 Current Draw Calculation -Adds the UL published DC current draws for alarm notification appliances and accessories 2 Current Load & Voltage Drop Calculations -Performs the required loading calculations and displays a PASS or FAIL result 3 Battery Size Calculation -Performs the required NFPA 72 battery size for a secondary power source CALCULATION ASSUMPTIONS: These calculations assume a worst-case source voltage as measured by UL 864 with the batteries depleted to 20.4 volts. Under normal AC power and for most of the drain cycle of the batteries, the circuit voltages will be substantially higher and thus, would support a greater number of appliances. The appliances' minimum nameplate operating voltaae is derived from the UL minimum oneratino voltaae. CALCULATION THRESHOLDS Secondary Power tandby(HR): 24 Requirements 4larm(MIN): 15 Battery Derating Factor: 20% Maximum NAC Capacity: 80% Maximum Voltage Drop Percentage: 20% Minimum Voltage Threshold: 16.0 Vdc EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 1 Horn Strobe Calculator The Siemens Building Technologies horn strobe Calculator is a quick and efficient means for developing loading, voltage drop and battery calculations for fire alarm control panels and auxiliary power supplies. It calculates the voltage drops along a Siemens CNotification Appliance Circuit (NAC) by analyzing each device on the circuit and determining if enough operating voltage is available at each device location. This program provides a means of generating reports listing the circuit voltages along the entire circuit at specific wire gauges. This tool includes support for The Siemens newest line of Selectable Output appliances. STEP 1 On the START HERE tab, select the appropriate NFPA wiring style using the drop down boxes. This sheet is project specific so values entered will be consistent for the entire project. STEP 2 On the Auxiliary Notification Power Supply Report coversheet, modify the Calculation thresholds, if required. This sheet is project specific so values entered will be consistent for the entire project. STEP 3 Each PAD -3 has 3 separate sub -sections, only enter data in the yellow cells: 1. CURRENT DRAW CALCULATION Enter the quantities for the appliances on the appropriate circuit. Be sure to use the correct row for strobe candela and mounting position. 2. CURRENT LOAD & VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS This section allows the circuit number to be modified. Selection either 12, 14, 16, or 18 AWG wire. Finally, enter the estimated circuit length. The Circuit Calculation Results will display a PASS or FAIL rating. 3. BATTERY SIZE CALCULATION All data and calculations are automatic based on information specified in other sections. STEP 4 Save and print. NOTE: there are 20 calculation sections, only print the sections required for the project. C EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 2 1. CURRENT DRAW CALCULI POWER SUPPLY: (PAD -4 9AMP 2.11 Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A ckDEVICE MODEL LST3 DEVICE TYPE wall strobe w STROBE CANDELA 15CD LSPSTW3 LSPSTW3 LSPSTW3 SP/STR wall w SP/STR wall w SP/STR wall w 15CD 30CD 75CD CURRENT (AMPS) Standby Alarm LSPSTW3 SP/STR wall w 110CD 0.030 0.030 0.040 0.100 Project #: 4403 APPLIANCE QUANTITIES PER CIRCUIT N2-1 N2-2 N2-3 N2-4 AUX 5 0 3 0 2 0 1 0 0.110 0 0 2 0 2 0 0 ET7024MCWFW SP/STR wall w 135CD ET7024MCWFW SP/STR wall w 185CD 0.300 5 3 2 0.420 1 ET70WP2475WF ET70WP2475WF Ext SP/STR wall r Ext SP/STR wall r ET7OWP2475WF Ext SP/STR wall r ET7OWP2475WF ET7OWP2475WF Ext SP/STR wall r Ext SP/STR wall r 75CD 115CD 135CD 177CD 185CD 0.138 0 0 2 0 0 0.300 0 0 0 0.300 0 0 0.420 0.420 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 :0 0000 ET7OWP2475CFR ET7OWP2475CFR ET7OWP2475CFR ET9024MCCFW MB -G10 -12R ext SP/STR cel r ext SP/STR cel r ext SP/STR cel r cel SP/STR w 10 inch bell 15CD 115CD 177CD 95CD 0.138 0 0 0.300 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.420 0.249 0.060 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ADBH-11 Sounder Base PAD -3 Power Supply 0.00 0.024 0.00 PS-24-8MC Power Supply AUXILIARY OUTPUT 0.08 0.006 0.24 NOTE: All calculations utilize horn settings @ the highest setting (largest draw) Flush 24vdc door holder [SDH -2D] Surface 24vdc door holder [SDH -3D] Flush 24vdc door holder [SDH -4D] Floor mount 24vdc door holder [SDH -5D] Double floor mount door holder [SDH -6D] CHZM Standby 0.068 0.068 0.068 0.068 0.136 0.001 Alarm 0.068 0.068 0.068 0.068 0.136 0.000 CURRENT DRAW PER CIRCUIT IN AMPERES: EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. 0 0 2.190 11.000 I 1.580 10.670 10.000 Page 3 2.11 12. CURRENT LOAD & VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A Project #: 4403 SYSTEM INFORMATION & PROJECT THRESHOLDS - PAD -4 9AMP 3.00 amps 9.00 amps 24.0 Vdc 20% Maximum Circuit Current Maximum Extender Capacity Nominal System Voltage Output Voltage Drop Threshold % 2.40 amps 7.20 amps 25.0 Vdc 16.0 Vdc Max. Permitted Current Capacity Max. Permitted Extender Current Capacity Calculated Starting Voltage Minimum Voltage Threshold Standard Solid Copper Wire Resistance in Ohms per 1000 ft from NEC Chapter 9, Table 8 adjusted to: 167°F 18AWG= 7.77 16AWG= 4.89 CIRCUIT NUMBER SOLID WIRE (AWG) ESTI) CKT LENGTH (FT) NEC OHMS (kFT) 14AWG= 3.07 12AWG= 1.93 CIRCUIT CALCULATION RESULTS ALARM CURRENT (AMP) CKT. OHMS VOLTS a@ EOL (min 16.0) PERCENT DROP (max 20%) N2-1 14 AWG 320.00 3.07 2.190 PASS 1.965 PASS 20.7 PASS 17.2% PASS N2-2 14 AWG 210.00 3.07 1.000 PASS 1.289 PASS 23.7 PASS 5.2% PASS N2-3 14 AWG 290.00 3.07 1.580 PASS 1.781 PASS 22.2 PASS 11.3% PASS N2-4 14 AWG 140.00 3.07 0.670 PASS 0.860 PASS 24.4 PASS 2.3% PASS AUX 0.00 TOTAL EXTENDER CURRENT [AMPS]: 3.0 - 2.5 - 2.0 co 2 1.5 1.0 0.5 - 0.0 2.190 1.000 0.000 PASS 5.440 IPASS 1.580 0.000 PASS 25.0 PASS 0.0% PASS 0.670 0.000 N2-1 N2-2 N2-3 OUTPUTS N2-4 AUX 3. BATTERY SIZE CALCULATION 2.1 STANDBY Standby Period in Hours-> 24 Hr Extender internal current-> 0.065 amp Extender circuit current-> 0.001 amp Total Standby Current -> 0.066 amp Standby Amp-Hrs Required-> 1.58 AH ALARM 15 Min <-Alarm Period in Minutes 5.000 amp <-Extender internal current 5.440 amp <-Extender circuit current 10.440 amp <-Total Alarm Current: 2.61 AH <-Alarm Amp-Hrs Required Standby + Alarm Amp-Hrs-> Multiplied by the De -rating Factory -> Minimum Battery Amp-Hrs Required-> Actual Battery Size-> Battery Safety Factor-> 4.19 AH 20% 5.03 AH 7.00 AH 167% J EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 4 0 NAC CALCULATIONS REPORT SECTION 3A Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A Project Number: 4403 Revision: Date: 6/11/2019 Calculations Prepared By: Bob Guiley AP 2.2 NAC REPORT CONTENTS 1 Current Draw Calculation -Adds the UL published DC current draws for alarm notification appliances and accessories 2 Current Load & Voltage Drop Calculations -Performs the required loading calculations and displays a PASS or FAIL result 3 Battery Size Calculation -Performs the required NFPA 72 battery size for a secondary power source _ CALCULATION ASSUMPTIONS: These calculations assume a worst-case source voltage as measured by UL 864 with the batteries depleted to 20.4 volts. Under normal AC power and for most of the drain cycle of the batteries, the circuit voltages will be substantially higher and thus, would support a greater number of appliances. The appliances' minimum nameplate operating voltage is derived from the UL minimum operating voltage, CALCULATION THRESHOLDS Secondary Power tandby(HR): 24 Requirements Alarm(MIN): 15 Battery Derating Factor: 20% Maximum NAC Capacity: 80% Maximum Voltage Drop Percentage: 20% Minimum Voltage Threshold: 16.0 Vdc EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 1 Horn Strobe Calculator The Siemens Building Technologies horn strobe Calculator is a quick and efficient means for developing loading, voltage drop and battery calculations for fire alarm control panels and auxiliary power supplies. It calculates the voltage drops along a Siemens Notification QAppliance Circuit (NAC) by analyzing each device on the circuit and determining if enough operating voltage is available at each device location. This program provides a means of generating reports listing the circuit voltages along the entire circuit at specific wire gauges. This tool includes support for The Siemens newest line of Selectable Output appliances. STEP 1 On the START HERE tab, select the appropriate NFPA wiring style using the drop down boxes. This sheet is project specific so values entered will be consistent for the entire project. STEP 2 On the Auxiliary Notification Power Supply Report coversheet, modify the Calculation thresholds, if required. This sheet is project specific so values entered will be consistent for the entire project. STEP 3 Each PAD -3 has 3 separate sub -sections, only enter data in the yellow cells: 1. CURRENT DRAW CALCULATION Enter the quantities for the appliances on the appropriate circuit. Be sure to use the correct row for strobe candela and mounting position. 2. CURRENT LOAD & VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS This section allows the circuit number to be modified. Selection either 12, 14, 16, or 18 AWG wire. Finally, enter the estimated circuit length. The Circuit Calculation Results will display a PASS or FAIL rating. 3. BATTERY SIZE CALCULATION All data and calculations are automatic based on information specified in other sections. STEP 4 Save and print. NOTE: there are 20 calculation sections, only print the sections required for the project. EXTENDER Siemens IndustryInc. Page 2 1. CURRENT DRAW CALCUL' POWER SUPPLY: !PAD -4 9AMP 2.2 Project Name: Tukwila Village Bida. A Project #: 4403 DEVICE MODEL DEVICE TYPE STROBE CANDELA CURRENT Standby (AMPS) Alarm APPLIANCE QUANTITIES PER CIRCUIT AUX N2-1 N2-2 N2-3 N2-4 LST3 Wall strobe w 15CD 0.068 0.030 3 2 3 0 ,f LSPSTW3 Wall Sp/Str w 15CD \,� 0.030 4 0 0 0 %� LSPSTW3 Wall Sp/Str w 30CD � 0.040 0 1 2 0 LSPSTW3 Wall Sp/Str w 75CD HZM 0.100 0 0 0 0 LSPSTW3 Wall Sp/Str w 110CD 0.195 0 0 0 0 10.600 10.000 ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp. Strobe 15CD 0.060 0 0 0 0 ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp. Strobe 30CD 0.092 0 0 0 0 ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp./Str. 75CD 0.165 0 0 0 0 yz. ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp./Str. 110CD 0.220 0 0 0 0 ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp./Str. 135CD 0.300 0 2 4 0 7 ET7024MCWFW Wall/SpStr. 185CD 0.420 0 0 0 0v7 , ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 75CD 0.138 1 1 0 0 ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 115CD 0.300 0 0 0 2(2/ET70WP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 135CD 0.300 000 0 ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 177CD 0..420 0 0 0 0 � ET70WP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 185CD 0.420 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475CFR Ext.Ceiling/SpStr. 15CD 0.138 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475CFR Ext.Ceiling SpStr. 115CD 0.300 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475CFR Ext.Ceilingl SpStr. 177CD 0.420 0 0 0 0 (/(7 MB -G10 -12R 10 inch bell 0.060 0 0 0 0 ,/7 •r i :// ADBH-11 Sounder Base 0.00 0.024 PAD -3 Power Supply 0.00 0.006 PS-24-8MC Power Supply 0.08 0.24 « NOTE: All calculations utilize horn settings @ the highest setting largest draw) AUXILIARY OUTPUT Standby Alarm Flush 24vdc door holder [SDH -2D] 0.068 0.068 ��� Surface 24vdc door holder [SDH -3D] 0.068 0.068 Flush 24vdc door holder [SDH -4D] 0.068 0.068 \,� , \� Floor mount 24vdc door holder [SDH -5D] 0.068 0.068 \ \� N\ � Double floor mount door holder [SDH -6D] 0.136 0.136 ������\ HZM 0.001 0.000 \\\� CURRENT DRAW PER CIRCUIT IN AMPERES: 0.348 10.838 11.370 10.600 10.000 EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 3 2. CURRENT LOAD & VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS 2.2 Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A Project #: 4403 SYSTEM INFORMATION & PROJECT THRESHOLDS - PAD -4 9AMP I 3.00 amps Maximum Circuit Current Maximum Extender Capacity Nominal System Voltage Output Voltage Drop Threshold % 2.40 amps Max. Permitted Current Capacity Max. Permitted Extender Current Capacity Calculated Starting Voltage Minimum Voltage Threshold 9.00 amps 7.20 amps 24.0 Vdc 25:0 Vdc 20% 16.0 Vdc Standard Solid Copper Wire Resistance in Ohms per 1000 ft from NEC Chapter 9, Table 8 adjusted to: 167°F 18AWG= 7.77 16AWG= 4.89 14AWG= 3.07 12AWG= 1.93 CIRCUIT CALCULATION RESULTS CIRCUIT NUMBER SOLID WIRE (AWG) EST'D CKT LENGTH (FT) NEC OHMS (kFT) ALARM CURRENT (AMP) CKT. OHMS VOLTS @ EOL (min 16.0) PERCENT DROP (max 20%) N2-1 14 AWG 340.00 3.07 0.420 PASS 2.088 PASS 24.1 PASS 3.5% PASS N2-2 14 AWG 200.00 3.07 0.838 PASS 1.228 PASS 24.0 PASS 4.1% PASS N2-3 14 AWG 240.00 3.07 1.370 PASS 1.474 PASS 23.0 PASS 8.1% PASS N2-4 14 AWG 200.00 3.07 0.600 PASS 1.228 PASS 24.3 PASS 2.9% PASS AUX 0.00 0.000 PASS 0.000 PASS 25.0 PASS 0.0% PASS TOTAL EXTENDER CURRENT [AMPS]: 3.228 3.0 2.5 - 2.0 - a611.5 1.0 - 0.5 - 0.0 0.838 0.348 1.370 0.600 0.000 N2-1 N2-2 N2-3 OUTPUTS N2-4 AUX 3. BATTERY SIZE CALCULATION 2.2 STANDBY Standby Period in Hours-> 24 Hr Extender internal current-> 0.065 amp Extender circuit current-> 0.001 amp Total Standby Current -> 0.066 amp Standby Amp-Hrs Required-> 1.58 AH c ALARM 15 Min <-Alarm Period in Minutes 5.000 amp <-Extender internal current 3.228 amp <-Extender circuit current 8.228 amp <-Total Alarm Current: 2.06 AH <-Alarm Amp-Hrs Required Standby + Alarm Amp-Hrs-> Multiplied by the De -rating Factory -> Minimum Battery Amp-Hrs Required-> Actual Battery Size-> Battery Safety Factor-> 3.64 AH 20% 4.37 AH 7.00 AH 192% EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 4 0 c NAC CALCULATIONS REPORT SECTION 3A Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A Project Number: 4403 Revision: Date: 6/12/2019 Calculations Prepared By: Bob Guiley Nac2.3 NAC REPORT CONTENTS 1 Current Draw Calculation -Adds the UL published DC current draws for alarm notification appliances and accessories 2 Current Load & Voltage Drop Calculations -Performs the required loading calculations and displays a PASS or FAIL result 3 Battery Size Calculation -Performs the required NFPA 72 battery size for a secondary power source CALCULATION ASSUMPTIONS: These calculations assume a worst-case source voltage as measured by UL 864 with the batteries depleted to 20.4 volts. Under normal AC power and for most of the drain cycle of the batteries, the circuit voltages will be substantially higher and thus, would support a greater number of appliances. The appliances' minimum nameplate operatina voltaae is derived from the UL minimum ooeratina voltaae. CALCULATION THRESHOLDS Secondary Power tandby(HR): 24 Requirements 41arm(MIN): 15 Battery Derating Factor: 20% Maximum NAC Capacity: 80% Maximum Voltage Drop Percentage: 20% Minimum Voltage Threshold: 16.0 Vdc EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 1 Horn Strobe Calculator The Siemens Building Technologies horn strobe Calculator is a quick and efficient means for developing loading, voltage drop and battery calculations for fire alarm control panels and auxiliary power supplies. It calculates the voltage drops along a Siemens Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) by analyzing each device on the circuit and determining if enough operating voltage is available at each device location. This program provides a means of generating reports listing the circuit voltages along the entire circuit at specific wire gauges. This tool includes support for The Siemens newest line of Selectable Output appliances. STEP 1 On the START HERE tab, select the appropriate NFPA wiring style using the drop down boxes. This sheet is project specific so values entered will be consistent for the entire project. STEP 2 On the Auxiliary Notification Power Supply Report coversheet, modify the Calculation thresholds, if required. This sheet is project specific so values entered will be consistent for the entire project. STEP 3 Each PAD -3 has 3 separate sub -sections, only enter data in the yellow cells: 0 1. CURRENT DRAW CALCULATION Enter the quantities for the appliances on the appropriate circuit. Be sure to use the correct row for strobe candela and mounting position. 2. CURRENT LOAD & VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS This section allows the circuit number to be modified. Selection either 12, 14, 16, or 18 AWG wire. Finally, enter the estimated circuit length. The Circuit Calculation Results will display a PASS or FAIL rating. 3. BATTERY SIZE CALCULATION All data and calculations are automatic based on information specified in other sections. STEP 4 Save and print. NOTE: there are 20 calculation sections, only print the sections required for the project. C EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 2 1. CURRENT DRAW CALCUL/ POWER SUPPLY: 1PAD-4 9AMP 2.31 Tukwila Village Bldg. A Project Name: 3DEVICE MODEL LST3 DEVICE TYPE wall strobe w STROBE CANDELA 15CD CURRENT (AMPS) Standby Alarm Project #: 4403 APPLIANCE QUANTITIES PER CIRCUIT N2-1 N2-2 N2-3 N2-4 AUX 0.030 0 LSPSTW3 SP/STR wall w 15CD LSPSTW3 SP/STR wall w 30CD 0.030 3 0 0 0.040 LSPSTW3 LSPSTW3 SP/STR wall w SP/STR wall w ET7024MCWFW SP/STR wall w 75CD 110CD 135CD ET7024MCWFW ET7OWP2475WF SP/STR wall w 185CD Ext SP/STR wall r 75CD 0.100 0.110 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.300 0.420 0.138 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475WF Ext SP/STR wall r ET7OWP2475WF Ext SP/STR wall r 115CD 135CD ET7OWP2475WF Ext SP/STR wall r ET7OWP2475WF Ext SP/STR wall r 177CD 185CD 0.300 0.300 0.420 1 0 0 0.420 ET7OWP2475CFR ext SP/STR cel r 15CD 0.138 ET7OWP2475CFR ET7OWP2475CFR ext SP/STR cel r ext SP/STR cel r ET9024MCCFW cel SP/STR w MB -G10 -12R 10 inch bell 115CD 177CD 95CD 0.300 0.420 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.249 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 2 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 or 0 0 0 0 1 0.060 0 0 c� 0 0 ADBH-11 Sounder Base 0.00 0.024 PAD -3 Power Supply 0.00 0.006 PS-24-8MC Power Supply 0.08 0.24 AUXILIARY OUTPUT 0 0 NOTE: All calculations utilize horn settings @ the highest setting (largest draw) Flush 24vdc door holder [SDH -2D] Surface 24vdc door holder [SDH -3D] Flush 24vdc door holder [SDH -4D] Standby 0.068 0.068 Alarm 0.068 Floor mount 24vdc door holder [SDH -5D] 0.068 Double floor mount door holder [SDH -6D] cHZM 0.136 0.001 o 0 0 a 0 0 4 0.068 \ \ \ • •\\ 0.068 0.068 0.136 CURRENT DRAW PER CIRCUIT IN AMPERES: EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. 10.390 10.900 11.019 10.000 10.000 I Page 3 2.31 12. CURRENT LOAD & VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A Project #: 4403 Ct 3.00 amps 9.00 amps SYSTEM INFORMATION & PROJECT THRESHOLDS - PAD -4 9AMP 24.0 Vdc 20% Maximum Circuit Current Maximum Extender Capacity Nominal System Voltage Output Voltage Drop Threshold % 2.40 amps 7.20 amps 25.0 Vdc 16.0 Vdc Max. Permitted Current Capacity Max. Permitted Extender Current Capacity Calculated Starting Voltage Minimum Voltage Threshold I Standard Solid Copper Wire Resistance in Ohms per 1000 ft from NEC Chapter 9, Table 8 adjusted to: 167°F 18AWG= 7.77 16AWG= 4.89 14AWG= 3.07 12AWG= 1.93 CIRCUIT NUMBER SOLID WIRE (AWG) EST'D CKT LENGTH (FT) NEC OHMS (kFT) CIRCUIT CALCULATION RESULTS ALARM CURRENT (AMP) CKT. OHMS VOLTS @ EOL (min 16.0) PERCENT DROP (max 20%) N2-1 14AWG 290.00 3.07 0.390 PASS 1.781 PASS 24.3 PASS 2.8% PASS N2-2 14AWG 240.00 3.07 0.900 PASS 1.474 PASS 23.7 PASS 5.3% PASS N2-3 14AWG 170.00 3.07 1.019 PASS 1.044 PASS 23.9 PASS 4.3% PASS N2-4 14 AWG 0.00 3.07 0.000 PASS 0.000 PASS 25.0 PASS 0.0% PASS AUX 0.00 TOTAL EXTENDER CURRENT [AMPS]: 3.0 - 2.5 - 0.5 - 0.0 0.900 0.390 0.000 PASS 2.309 PASS 1.019 0.000 PASS 25.0 PASS 0.0% PASS 0.000 0.000 N2-1 N2-2 N2-3 OUTPUTS N2-4 AUX 3. BATTERY SIZE CALCULATION 2.3 STANDBY Standby Period in Hours-> 24 Hr Extender internal current-> 0.065 amp Extender circuit current-> 0.001 amp Total Standby Current -> 0.066 amp Standby Amp-Hrs Required-> 1.58 AH 0 -ham ' ALARM 15 Min <-Alarm Period in Minutes 5.000 amp <-Extender internal current 2.309 amp <-Extender circuit current 7.309 amp <-Total Alarm Current: 1.83 AH <-Alarm Amp-Hrs Required Standby + Alarm Amp-Hrs-> Multiplied by the De -rating Factory -> Minimum Battery Amp-Hrs Required-> Actual Battery Size-> Battery Safety Factor-> 3.41 AH 20% 4.09 AH 7.00 AH 205% i EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 4 0 NAC CALCULATIONS REPORT SECTION 3A Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A Project Number: 4403 Revision: Date: 6/11/2019 Calculations Prepared By: Bob Guiley AP 3.1 NAC REPORT CONTENTS 1 Current Draw Calculation -Adds the UL published DC current draws for alarm notification appliances and accessories 2 Current Load & Voltage Drop Calculations -Performs the required loading calculations and displays a PASS or FAIL result 3 Battery Size Calculation -Performs the required NFPA 72 battery size for a secondary power source CALCULATION ASSUMPTIONS: These calculations assume a worst-case source voltage as measured by UL 864 with the batteries depleted to 20.4 volts. Under normal AC power and for most of the drain cycle of the batteries, the circuit voltages will be substantially higher and thus, would support a greater number of appliances. The appliances' minimum nameplate operating voltage is derived from the UL minimum operating voltage, CALCULATION THRESHOLDS Secondary Power tandby(HR): 24 Requirements Alarm(MIN): 15 Battery Derating Factor: 20% Maximum NAC Capacity: 80% Maximum Voltage Drop Percentage: 20% Minimum Voltage Threshold: 16.0 Vdc EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 1 Horn Strobe Calculator The Siemens Building Technologies horn strobe Calculator is a quick and efficient means for developing loading, voltage drop and battery calculations for fire alarm control panels and auxiliary power supplies. It calculates the voltage drops along a Siemens Notification °Appliance Circuit (NAC) by analyzing each device on the circuit and determining if enough operating voltage is available at each device location. This program provides a means of generating reports listing the circuit voltages along the entire circuit at specific wire gauges. This tool includes support for The Siemens newest line of Selectable Output appliances. STEP 1 On the START HERE tab, select the appropriate NFPA wiring style using the drop down boxes. This sheet is project specific so values entered will be consistent for the entire project. STEP 2 On the Auxiliary Notification Power Supply Report coversheet, modify the Calculation thresholds, if required. This sheet is project specific so values entered will be consistent for the entire project. STEP 3 Each PAD -3 has 3 separate sub -sections, only enter data in the yellow cells: 1. CURRENT DRAW CALCULATION Enter the quantities for the appliances on the appropriate circuit. Be sure to use the correct row for strobe candela and mounting position. 2. CURRENT LOAD & VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS This section allows the circuit number to be modified. Selection either 12, 14, 16, or 18 AWG wire. Finally, enter the estimated circuit length. The Circuit Calculation Results will display a PASS or FAIL rating. 3. BATTERY SIZE CALCULATION All data and calculations are automatic based on information specified in other sections. STEP 4 Save and print. NOTE: there are 20 calculation sections, only print the sections required for the project. 0 EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 2 1. CURRENT DRAW CALCUL/ POWER SUPPLY: IPAD-4 9AMP 3.1 Project Name: Tukwila Village Blda. A Project #: 4403 DEVICE MODEL ))) DEVICE TYPE STROBE CANDELA CURRENT Standby (AMPS) Alarm APPLIANCE QUANTITIES PER CIRCUIT AUX N2-1 N2-2 N2-3 N2-4 LST3 Wall strobe w 15CD 0.068 0.030 5 4 3 2 %% LSPSTW3 Wall Sp/Str w 15CD 0.030 0 0 1 0 . d LSPSTW3 Wall Sp/Str w 30CD 0.040 4 4 3 1 LSPSTW3 Wall Sp/Str w 75CD HZM 0.100 0 0 0 0 �� LSPSTW3 Wall Sp/Str w 11 OCD 0.195 0 0 0 0 10.700' 0.000 ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp. Strobe 15CD 0.060 0 0 1 0 ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp. Strobe 30CD 0.092 0 0 0 0 / ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp./Str. 75CD 0.165 0 0 0 0 j ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp./Str. 110CD 0.220 0 0 0 0 ET7024MCWFW WalI/Sp./Str. 135CD 0.300 5 5 5 2 ET7024MCWFW Wall/SpStr. 185CD 0.420 0 0 0 0 2 ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 75CD 0.138 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 115CD 0.300 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 135CD 0.300 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 177CD 0..420 0 0 0 0 �� ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 185CD 0.420 0 0 0 0 li./ ET7OWP2475CFR Ext.Ceiling/SpStr. 15CD 0.138 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475CFR Ext.Ceiling SpStr. 115CD 0.300 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475CFR Ext.Ceilingl SpStr. 177CD 0.420 0 0 0 0 MB -G10 -12R 10 inch bell 0.060 0 0 0 0 ADBH-11 Sounder Base 0.00 0.024 / PAD -3 Power Supply 0.00 0.006 /j PS-24-8MC Power Supply 0.08 0.24 ////l NOTE: All calculations utilize horn settings @ the highest setting largest draw) AUXILIARY OUTPUT Standby Alarm Flush 24vdc door holder [SDH -2D] 0.068 0.068 \ 1 Surface 24vdc door holder [SDH -3D] 0.068 0.068 A Flush 24vdc door holder [SDH -4D] 0.068 0.068 �� Floor mount 24vdc door holder [SDH -5D] 0.068 0.068 \�\ � Double floor mount door holder [SDH -6D] 0.136 0.136 \\ ��� HZM 0.001 0.000\\\ CURRENT DRAW PER CIRCUIT IN AMPERES: 1.810 11.780 11.800 10.700' 0.000 EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 3 0 2. CURRENT LOAD & VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS 3.1 Pro.ect Name: Tukwila Villa •e Blda. A Project #: 4403 SYSTEM INFORMATION & PROJECT THRESHOLDS - PAD -4 9AMP I 3.00 amps Maximum Circuit Current Maximum Extender Capacity Nominal System Voltage Output Voltage Drop Threshold % 2.40 amps Max. Permitted Current Capacity Max. Permitted Extender Current Capacity Calculated Starting Voltage Minimum Voltage Threshold 9.00 amps 7.20 amps 24.0 Vdc 25.0 Vdc 20% 16.0 Vdc Standard Solid Copper Wire Resistance in Ohms per 1000 ft from NEC Chapter 9, Table 8 adjusted to: 167°F 18AWG= 7.77 16AWG= 4.89 14AWG= 3.07 12AWG= 1.93 CIRCUIT CALCULATION RESULTS CIRCUIT NUMBER SOLID WIRE (AWG) EST'D CKT LENGTH (FT) NEC OHMS (kFT) ALARM CURRENT (AMP) CKT. OHMS VOLTS @ EOL (min 16.0) PERCENT DROP (max 20%) N2-1 14 AWG 350.00 3.07 0.420 PASS 2.149 PASS 24.1 PASS 3.6% PASS N2-2 14 AWG 380.00 3.07 1.780 PASS 2.333 PASS 20.8 PASS 16.6% PASS N2-3 14 AWG 320.00 3.07 1.800 PASS 1.965 PASS 21.5 PASS 14.1% PASS N2-4 14 AWG 290.00 3.07 0.700 PASS 1.781 PASS 23.8 PASS 5.0% PASS AUX 0.00 0.000 PASS 0.000 PASS 25.0 PASS 0.0% PASS TOTAL EXTENDER CURRENT [AMPS]: 4.700 3.0 - 2.5 - 2.0 - cn 2 1.5 - Q 1.0 - 0.5 - 0.0 1.810 - 1.780 1.800 - 0.700 0.000 N2-1 N2-2 N2-3 OUTPUTS N2-4 AUX 3. BATTERY SIZE CALCULATION 3.1 STANDBY Standby Period in Hours-> 24 Hr Extender internal current-> 0.065 amp Extender circuit current-> 0.001 amp Total Standby Current -> 0.066 amp Standby Amp-Hrs Required-> 1.58 AH ALARM 15 Min <-Alarm Period in Minutes 5.000 amp <-Extender internal current 4.700 amp <-Extender circuit current 9.700 amp 2.43 AH <-Total Alarm Current: <-Alarm Amp-Hrs Required Standby + Alarm Amp-Hrs-> Multiplied by the De -rating Factory -> Minimum Battery Amp-Hrs Required-> Actual Battery Size-> Battery Safety Factor-> 175% 4.01 AH 20% 4.81 AH 7.00 AH EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 4 c C NAC CALCULATIONS REPORT SECTION 3A Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A Project Number: 4403 Revision: Date: 6/11/2019 Calculations Prepared By: Bob Guiley AP 3.2 NAC REPORT CONTENTS 1 Current Draw Calculation -Adds the UL published DC current draws for alarm notification appliances and accessories 2 Current Load & Voltage Drop Calculations -Performs the required loading calculations and displays a PASS or FAIL result 3 Battery Size Calculation -Performs the required NFPA 72 battery size for a secondary power source CALCULATION ASSUMPTIONS: These calculations assume a worst-case source voltage as measured by UL 864 with the batteries depleted. to 20.4 volts. Under normal AC power and for most of the drain cycle of the batteries, the circuit voltages will be substantially higher and thus, would support a greater number of appliances. The appliances' minimum nameplate operating voltage is derived from the UL minimum operating voltage, CALCULATION THRESHOLDS Secondary Power tandby(HR): 24 Requirements Alarm(MIN): 15 Battery Derating Factor: 20% Maximum NAC Capacity: 80% Maximum Voltage Drop Percentage: 20% Minimum Voltage Threshold: 16.0 Vdc EXTENDER - Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 1 Horn Strobe Calculator The Siemens Building Technologies horn strobe Calculator is a quick and efficient means for developing loading, voltage drop and battery calculations for fire alarm control panels and auxiliary power supplies. It calculates the voltage drops along a Siemens Notification °Appliance Circuit (NAC) by analyzing each device on the circuit and determining if enough operating voltage is available at each device location. This program provides a means of generating reports listing the circuit voltages along the entire circuit at specific wire gauges. This tool includes support for The Siemens newest line of Selectable Output appliances. STEP 1 On the START HERE tab, select the appropriate NFPA wiring style using the drop down boxes. This sheet is project specific so values entered will be consistent for the entire project. STEP 2 On the Auxiliary Notification Power Supply Report coversheet, modify the Calculation thresholds, if required. This sheet is project specific so values entered will be consistent for the entire project. STEP 3 Each PAD -3 has 3 separate sub -sections, only enter data in the yellow cells: 1. CURRENT DRAW CALCULATION Enter the quantities for the appliances on the appropriate circuit. Be sure to use the correct row for strobe candela and mounting position. 2. CURRENT LOAD & VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS This section allows the circuit number to be modified. Selection either 12, 14, 16, or 18 AWG wire. Finally, enter the estimated circuit length. The Circuit Calculation Results will display a PASS or FAIL rating. 3 BATTERY SIZE CALCULATION All data and calculations are automatic based on information specified in other sections. STEP 4 Save and print. NOTE: there are 20 calculation sections, only print the sections required for the project. EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 2 1. CURRENT DRAW CALCULI POWER SUPPLY: 1PAD-4 9AMP 3.2 Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A Project #: 4403 DEVICE MODEL DEVICE TYPE STROBE CANDELA CURRENT Standby (AMPS) Alarm APPLIANCE QUANTITIES PER CIRCUIT AUX N2-1 N2-2 N2-3 N2-4 LST3 Wall strobe w 15CD �\ �� � 0.030 1 0 3 3 y�r� z LSPSTW3 Wall Sp/Str w 15CD 0.030 3 2 1 1 %i� LSPSTW3 Wall Sp/Str w 30CD 0.136 0.040 0 2 0 0 . LSPSTW3 Wall Sp/Str w 75CD 0.100 0 0 0 0 0.120 10.740 LSPSTW3 Wall Sp/Str w 110CD 0.195 0 0 0 0 // ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp. Strobe 15CD 0.060 0 0 0 0 $ f ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp. Strobe 30CD 0.092 0 0 0 0 ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp./Str. 75CD 0.165 0 0 0 0 ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp./Str. 110CD 0.220 0 0 0 0 / ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp./Str. 135CD 0.300 0 2 5 0 j ET7024MCWFW Wall/SpStr. 185CD 0.420 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 75CD 0.138 0 0 0 0 ` ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 115CD 0.300 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 135CD 0.300 0 0 0 0 ,7/ ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 177CD 0..420 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 185CD 0.420 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475CFR Ext.Ceiling/SpStr. 15CD 0.138 0 0 0 0 �/ ET7OWP2475CFR Ext.Ceiling SpStr. 115CD 0.300 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475CFR Ext.Ceilingl SpStr. 177CD 0.420 0 0 0 0 MB -G10 -12R 10 inch bell 0.060 0 0 0 0 e / / '/// ADBH-11 Sounder Base 0.00 0.024 PAD -3 Power Supply 0.00 0.006 PS-24-8MC Power Supply 0.08 0.24 NOTE: All calculations utilize horn settings @ the highest setting (largest draw) AUXILIARY OUTPUT Standby Alarm Flush 24vdc door holder [SDH -2D] 0.068 0.068 �� Surface 24vdc door holder [SDH -3D] 0.068 0.068 �\ �� � Flush 24vdc door holder [SDH -4D] 0.068 0.068 \���� ` Floor mount 24vdc door holder [SDH -5D] 0.068 0.068 \ Double floor mount door holder [SDH -6D] 0.136 0.136 \ \N\ HZM 0.001 0.000 N 1 r CURRENT DRAW PER CIRCUIT IN AMPERES: 0.120 10.740 11.620 10.120 10.000 EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 3 C 0 2. CURRENT LOAD & VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS 3.2 Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A Project #: 4403 SYSTEM INFORMATION & PROJECT THRESHOLDS - PAD -4 9AMP I 3.00 amps Maximum Circuit Current Maximum Extender Capacity Nominal System Voltage Output Voltage Drop Threshold % 2.40 amps Max. Permitted Current Capacity Max. Permitted Extender Current Capacity Calculated Starting Voltage Minimum Voltage Threshold 9.00 amps 7.20 amps 24.0 Vdc 25.0 Vdc 20% 16.0 Vdc Standard Solid Copper Wire Resistance in Ohms per 1000 ft from NEC Chapter 9, Table 8 adjusted to: 167°F 18AWG= 7.77 16AWG= 4.89 14AWG= 3.07 12AWG= 1.93 CIRCUIT CALCULATION RESULTS CIRCUIT NUMBER SOLID WIRE (AWG) EST'D CKT LENGTH (FT) NEC OHMS (kFT) ALARM CURRENT (AMP) CKT. OHMS VOLTS @ EOL (min 16.0) PERCENT DROP (max 20%) N2-1 14 AWG 280.00 3.07 0.420 PASS 1.719 PASS 24.3 PASS 2.9% PASS N2-2 14 AWG 180.00 3.07 0.740 PASS 1.105 PASS 24.2 PASS 3.3% PASS N2-3 14 AWG 220.00 3.07 1.620 PASS 1.351 PASS 22.8 PASS 8.8% PASS N2-4 14 AWG 120.00 3.07 0.120 PASS 0.737 PASS 24.9 PASS 0.4% PASS AUX 0.00 0.000 PASS 0.000 PASS 25.0 PASS 0.0% PASS TOTAL EXTENDER CURRENT [AMPS]: 2.900 3.0 - 2.5 - 2.0 - X1.5 Q 1.0 - 0.5 - 0.0 0.740 0.120 1.620 0.120 0.000 N2-1 N2-2 N2-3 OUTPUTS N2-4 AUX 3. BATTERY SIZE CALCULATION 3.2 STANDBY Standby Period in Hours-> 24 Hr Extender internal current-> 0.065 amp Extender circuit current-> 0.001 amp Total Standby Current -> 0.066 amp Standby Amp-Hrs Required-> 1.58 AH Standby + Alarm Amp-Hrs-> Multiplied by the De -rating Factory -> Minimum Battery Amp-Hrs Required-> Actual Battery Size-> Battery Safety Factor-> ALARM 15 Min <-Alarm Period in Minutes 5.000 amp <-Extender internal current 2.900 amp <-Extender circuit current 7.900 amp <-Total Alarm Current: 1.98 AH 3.56 AH 20% 4.27 AH 7.00 AH 197% <-Alarm Amp-Hrs Required EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 4 NAC CALCULATIONS REPORT SECTION 3A Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A Project Number: 4403 Revision: Date: 6/11/2019 Calculations Prepared By: Bob Guiley AP 4.1 NAC REPORT CONTENTS 1 Current Draw Calculation -Adds the UL published DC current draws for alarm notification appliances and accessories 2 Current Load & Voltage Drop Calculations -Performs the required loading calculations and displays a PASS or FAIL result 3 Battery Size Calculation -Performs the required NFPA 72 battery size for a secondary power source CALCULATION ASSUMPTIONS: These calculations assume a worst-case source voltage as measured by UL 864 with the batteries depleted to 20.4 volts. Under normal AC power and for most of the drain cycle of the batteries, the circuit voltages will be substantially higher and thus, would support a greater number of appliances. The appliances' minimum nameplate operating voltage is derived from the UL minimum operating voltage, CALCULATION THRESHOLDS Secondary Power tandby(HR): 24 Requirements Alarm(MIN): 15 Battery Derating Factor: 20% Maximum NAC Capacity: 80% Maximum Voltage Drop Percentage: 20% Minimum Voltage Threshold: 16.0 Vdc EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 1 c Horn Strobe Calculator The Siemens Building Technologies horn strobe Calculator is a quick and efficient means for developing loading, voltage drop and battery calculations for fire alarm control panels and auxiliary power supplies. It calculates the voltage drops along a Siemens Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) by analyzing each device on the circuit and determining if enough operating voltage is available at each device location. This program provides a means of generating reports listing the circuit voltages along the entire circuit at specific wire gauges. This tool includes support for The Siemens newest line of Selectable Output appliances. STEP 1 On the START HERE tab, select the appropriate NFPA wiring style using the drop down boxes. This sheet is project specific so values entered will be consistent for the entire project. STEP 2 On the Auxiliary Notification Power Supply Report coversheet, modify the Calculation thresholds, if required. This sheet is project specific so values entered will be consistent for the entire project. STEP 3 Each PAD -3 has 3 separate sub -sections, only enter data in the yellow cells: 1. CURRENT DRAW CALCULATION Enter the quantities for the appliances on the appropriate circuit. Be sure to use the correct row for strobe candela and mounting position. 2. CURRENT LOAD & VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS This section allows the circuit number to be modified. Selection either 12, 14, 16, or 18 AWG wire. Finally, enter the estimated circuit length. The Circuit Calculation Results will display a PASS or FAIL rating. 3. BATTERY SIZE CALCULATION All data and calculations are automatic based on information specified in other sections. STEP 4 Save and print. NOTE: there are 20 calculation sections, only print the sections required for the project. EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 2 1. CURRENT DRAW CALCUL/ POWER SUPPLY: IPAD-4 9AMP 4.1 Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A Project #: 4403 DEVICE MODEL DEVICE TYPE STROBE CANDELA CURRENT Standby (AMPS) Alarm APPLIANCE QUANTITIES PER CIRCUIT AUX N2-1 N2-2 N2-3 N2-4 LST3 Wall strobe w 15CD \'\x 0.030 5 5 2 1 0.068Floor Wall Sp/Str w 15CD 0.030 0 0 0 0 yLSPSTW3 LSPSTW3 Wall Sp/Str w 30CD 0.136 0.040 0 0 0 0 0.001 LSPSTW3 Wall Sp/Str w 75CD 0.100 0 0 0 0 LSPSTW3 Wall Sp/Str w 110CD 0.000 0.195 0 0 0 0 ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp. Strobe 15CD 0.060 0 2 0 1 7 ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp. Strobe 30CD 0.092 4 5 2 1 ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp./Str. 75CD 0.165 0 0 0 0, ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp./Str. 110CD 0.220 0 0 0 0 ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp./Str. 135CD 0.300 6 5 5 0 / ET7024MCWFW Wall/SpStr. 185CD 0.420 0 0 0 2 ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 75CD 0.138 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 115CD 0.300 0 0 0 0 1 ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 135CD 0.300 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 177CD 0..420 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 185CD 0.420 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475CFR Ext.Ceiling/SpStr. 15CD 0.138 0 0 0 0 /1� ET7OWP2475CFR Ext.Ceiling SpStr. 115CD 0.300 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475CFR Ext.Ceilingl SpStr. 177CD 0.420 0 0 0 0 MB -G10 -12R 10 inch bell 0.060 0 0 0 0 777/ ADBH-11 Sounder Base 0.00 0.024 / PAD -3 Power Supply 0.00 0.006 PS-24-8MC Power Supply 0.08 0.24 A NOTE: All calculations utilize horn settings @ the highest setting largest draw) AUXILIARY OUTPUT ! Standby Alarm Flush 24vdc door holder [SDH -2D] 0.068 0.068 \ Surface 24vdc door holder [SDH -3D] 0.068 0.068 \'\x Flush 24vdc door holder [SDH -4D] 0.068 0.068Floor \\'.'\\ mount 24vdc door holder [SDH -5D] 0.068 0.068 � Double floor mount door holder [SDH -6D] 0.136 0.136 tHZM 0.001 0.000 \\\\\\ N CURRENT DRAW PER CIRCUIT IN AMPERES: 2.318 12.230 I 1.744 11.022 0.000 EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 3 4.11 12. CURRENT LOAD & VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A Project #: 4403 SYSTEM INFORMATION & PROJECT THRESHOLDS - PAD -4 9AMP C3.00 amps 9.00 amps 24.0 Vdc 20% Maximum Circuit Current Maximum Extender Capacity Nominal System Voltage Output Voltage Drop Threshold % 2.40 amps 7.20 amps 25.0 Vdc 16.0 Vdc Max. Permitted Current Capacity Max. Permitted Extender Current Capacity Calculated Starting Voltage Minimum Voltage Threshold 1 Standard Solid Copper Wire Resistance in Ohms per 1000 ft from NEC Chapter 9, Table 8 adjusted to: 167°F 18AWG= 7.77 16AWG= 4.89 14AWG= 3.07 12AWG= 1.93 CIRCUIT NUMBER SOLID WIRE (AWG) EST'D CKT LENGTH (FT) NEC OHMS (kFT) CIRCUIT CALCULATION RESULTS ALARM CURRENT (AMP) CKT. OHMS VOLTS @ EOL (min 16.0) PERCENT DROP (max 20%) N2-1 14 AWG 350.00 3.07 0.420 PASS N2-2 14 AWG 360.00 3.07 2.230 PASS 2.149 _ 2.210 PASS 24.1 PASS 3.6% PASS PASS 20.1 PASS 19.7% PASS N2-3 14 AWG 300.00 3.07 1.744 PASS 1.842 PASS 21.8 PASS 12.8% PASS N2-4 14 AWG 290.00 3.07 1.022 PASS 1.781 PASS 23.2 PASS 7.3% PASS AUX 0.00 TOTAL EXTENDER CURRENT [AMPS]: 3.0 - 2.5 - 2:318 0.0 N2-1 2.230 N2-2 0.000 PASS 5.416 1.744 • N2-3 OUTPUTS 0.000 PASS 25.0 PASS 0.0% PASS 1.022 N2-4 0.000 AUX 3. BATTERY SIZE CALCULATION 4.1 STANDBY Standby Period in Hours-> 24 Hr Extender internal current-> 0.065 amp Extender circuit current-> 0.001 amp Total Standby Current -> 0.066 amp Standby Amp-Hrs Required-> 1.58 AH ALARM 15 Min <-Alarm Period in Minutes 5.000 amp <-Extender internal current 5.416 amp <-Extender circuit current 10.416 amp <-Total Alarm Current: 2.60 AH <-Alarm Amp-Hrs Required Standby + Alarm Amp-Hrs-> Multiplied by the De -rating Factory -> Minimum Battery Amp-Hrs Required-> Actual Battery Size-> Battery Safety Factor-> 4.19 AH 20% 5.03 AH 7.00 AH 167% EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 4 NAC CALCULATIONS REPORT SECTION 3A Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A Project Number: 4403 Revision: Date: 6/11/2019 Calculations Prepared By: Bob Guiley AP 4.2 NAC REPORT CONTENTS 1 Current Draw Calculation -Adds the UL published DC current draws for alarm notification appliances and accessories 2 Current Load & Voltage Drop Calculations -Performs the required loading calculations and displays a PASS or FAIL result 3 Battery Size Calculation -Performs the required NFPA 72 battery size for a secondary power source CALCULATION ASSUMPTIONS: These calculations assume a worst-case source voltage as measured by UL 864 with the batteries depleted to 20.4 volts. Under normal AC power and for most of the drain cycle of the batteries, the circuit voltages will be substantially higher and thus, would support a greater number of appliances. The appliances' minimum nameplate operating voltage is derived from the UL minimum operating voltage, CALCULATION THRESHOLDS Secondary Power tandby(HR): 24 Requirements Alarm(MIN): 15 Battery Derating Factor: 20% Maximum NAC Capacity: 80% Maximum Voltage Drop Percentage: 20% Minimum Voltage Threshold: 16.0 Vdc EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 1 Horn Strobe Calculator The Siemens Building Technologies horn strobe Calculator is a quick and efficient means for developing loading, voltage drop and battery calculations for fire alarm control panels and auxiliary power supplies. It calculates the voltage drops along a Siemens rl\lotification Appliance Circuit (NAC) by analyzing each device on the circuit and determining if enough operating voltage is available mat each device location. This program provides a means of generating reports listing the circuit voltages along the entire circuit at specific wire gauges. This tool includes support for The Siemens newest line of Selectable Output appliances. STEP 1 On the START HERE tab, select the appropriate NFPA wiring style using the drop down boxes. This sheet is project specific so values entered will be consistent for the entire project. STEP 2 On the Auxiliary Notification Power Supply Report coversheet, modify the Calculation thresholds, if required. This sheet is project specific so values entered will be consistent for the entire project. STEP 3 Each PAD -3 has 3 separate sub -sections, only enter data in the yellow cells: c 1. CURRENT DRAW CALCULATION Enter the quantities for the appliances on the appropriate circuit. Be sure to use the correct row for strobe candela and mounting position. 2. CURRENT LOAD & VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS This section allows the circuit number to be modified. Selection either 12, 14, 16, or 18 AWG wire. Finally, enter the estimated circuit length. The Circuit Calculation Results will display a PASS or FAIL rating. 3. BATTERY SIZE CALCULATION All data and calculations are automatic based on information specified in other sections. STEP 4 Save and print. NOTE: there are 20 calculation sections, only print the sections required for the project. c EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 2 4.21 I1. CURRENT DRAW CALCULI POWER SUPPLY: !PAD -4 9AMP Project Name: Tukwila Village Blda. A Project #: 4403 DEVICE MODEL DEVICE TYPE STROBE CANDELA CURRENT Standby (AMPS) Alarm APPLIANCE QUANTITIES PER CIRCUIT AUX N2-1 N2-2 N2-3 N2-4 LST3 Wall strobe w 15CD �\ �N 0.030 4 2 3 0 % LSPSTW3 Wall Sp/Str w 15CD 0.030 0 0 0 0 / LSPSTW3 Wall Sp/Str w 30CD 0.136 0.040 0 0 0 0 0.001 LSPSTW3 Wall Sp/Str w 75CD 0.100 0 0 0 0 0.300 LSPSTW3 Wall Sp/Str w 110CD 0.195 0 0 0 0 ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp. Strobe 15CD 0.060 3 0 0 0 ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp. Strobe 30CD 0.092 0 2 3 0 //// ET7024MCWFW WaII/Sp./Str. 75CD 0.165 0 0 0 0 ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp./Str. 110CD 0.220 0 0 0 0 ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp./Str. 135CD 0.300 0 2 4 0 ET7024MCWFW Wall/SpStr. 185CD 0.420 0 0 0 0 j ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 75CD 0.138 0 0 0 0 F7/7/ ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 115CD 0.300 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 135CD 0.300 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 177CD 0..420 0 0 0 0 / ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 185CD 0.420 0 0 0 0 V ET7OWP2475CFR Ext.Ceiling/SpStr. 15CD 0.138 0 0 0 0 / . ET7OWP2475CFR Ext.Ceiling SpStr. 115CD 0.300 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475CFR Ext.Ceilingl SpStr. 177CD 0.420 0 0 0 0 MB -G10 -12R 10 inch bell 0.060 0 0 0 0 7// i ADBH-11 Sounder Base 0.00 0.024 j PAD -3 Power Supply 0.00 0.006 / PS-24-8MC Power Supply 0.08 0.24 NOTE: All calculations utilize horn settings @ the highest setting largest draw) AUXILIARY OUTPUT Standby Alarm Flush 24vdc door holder [SDH -2D] 0.068 0.068 \ Surface 24vdc door holder [SDH -3D] 0.068 0.068 �\ �N \ Flush 24vdc door holder [SDH -4D] 0.068 0.068 \ Floor mount 24vdc door holder [SDH -5D] 0.068 0.068 \� \� \\ Double floor mount door holder [SDH -6D] 0.136 0.136 �� HZM 0.001 0.000 \ \N CURRENT DRAW PER CIRCUIT IN AMPERES: 0.300 10.844 I 1.566 10.000 10.000 EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 3 2. CURRENT LOAD & VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS 4.2 Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A Project #: 4403 SYSTEM INFORMATION & PROJECT THRESHOLDS - PAD -4 9AMP I 3.00 amps Maximum Circuit Current Maximum Extender Capacity Nominal System Voltage Output Voltage Drop Threshold % 2.40 amps Max. Permitted Current Capacity Max. Permitted Extender Current Capacity Calculated Starting Voltage Minimum Voltage Threshold 9.00 amps _ 7.20 amps 24.0 Vdc 25.0 Vdc 20% 16.0 Vdc Standard Solid Copper Wire Resistance in Ohms per 1000 ft from NEC Chapter 9, Table 8 adjusted to: 167°F 18AWG= 7.77 16AWG= 4.89 14AWG= 3.07 12AWG= 1.93 CIRCUIT CALCULATION RESULTS CIRCUIT NUMBER SOLID WIRE (AWG) EST'D CKT LENGTH (FT) NEC OHMS (kFT) ALARM CURRENT (AMP) CKT. OHMS VOLTS @ EOL (min 16.0) PERCENT DROP (max 20%) N2-1 14 AWG 260.00 3.07 0.420 PASS 1.596 PASS 24.3 PASS 2.7% PASS N2-2 14 AWG 180.00 3.07 0.844 PASS 1.105 PASS 24.1 PASS 3.7% PASS N2-3 14 AWG 220.00 3.07 1.566 PASS 1.351 PASS 22.9 PASS 8.5% PASS N2-4 14 AWG 0.00 3.07 0.000 PASS 0.000 PASS 25.0 PASS 0.0% PASS AUX 0.00 0.000 PASS 0.000 PASS 25.0 PASS 0.0% PASS TOTAL EXTENDER CURRENT [AMPS]: 2.830 3.0 - 2.5 - 2.0 - 0 � X1.5 - Q 1.0 - 0.5 - 0.0 0.844 0.300 1.566 0.000 0.000 N2-1 N2-2 N2-3 OUTPUTS N2-4 AUX 3. BATTERY SIZE CALCULATION 4.2 C STANDBY Standby Period in Hours-> 24 Hr Extender internal current-> 0.065 amp Extender circuit current-> 0.001 amp Total Standby Current -> 0.066 amp Standby Amp-Hrs Required-> 1.58 AH ALARM 15 Min <-Alarm Period in Minutes 5.000 amp <-Extender internal current 2.830 amp <-Extender circuit current 7.830 amp <-Total Alarm Current: 1.96 AH <-Alarm Amp-Hrs Required Standby + Alarm Amp-Hrs-> Multiplied by the De -rating Factory -> Minimum Battery Amp-Hrs Required-> Actual Battery Size-> Battery Safety Factor-> 3.54 AH 20% 4.25 AH 7.00 AH 198% EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 4 D NAC CALCULATIONS REPORT SECTION 3A Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A Project Number: 4403 Revision: Date: 6/11/2019 Calculations Prepared By: Bob Guiley AP 5.1 NAC REPORT CONTENTS 1 Current Draw Calculation -Adds the UL published DC current draws for alarm notification appliances and accessories 2 Current Load & Voltage Drop Calculations -Performs the required loading calculations and displays a PASS or FAIL result 3 Battery Size Calculation -Performs the required NFPA 72 battery size for a secondary power source CALCULATION ASSUMPTIONS: These calculations assume a worst-case source voltage as measured by UL 864 with the batteries depleted to 20.4 volts. Under normal AC power and for most of the drain cycle of the batteries, the circuit voltages will be substantially higher and thus, would support a greater number of appliances. The appliances' minimum nameplate operating voltage is derived from the UL minimum operating voltage, CALCULATION THRESHOLDS Secondary Power tandby(HR): 24 Requirements Alarm(MIN): 15 Battery Derating Factor: 20% Maximum NAC Capacity: 80% Maximum Voltage Drop Percentage: 20% Minimum Voltage Threshold: 16.0 Vdc EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 1 Horn Strobe Calculator The Siemens Building Technologies horn strobe Calculator is a quick and efficient means for developing loading, voltage drop and battery calculations for fire alarm control panels and auxiliary power supplies. It calculates the voltage drops along a Siemens Notification °Appliance Circuit (NAC) by analyzing each device on the circuit and determining if enough operating voltage is available at each device location. This program provides a means of generating reports listing the circuit voltages along the entire circuit at specific wire gauges. This tool includes support for The Siemens newest line of Selectable Output appliances. STEP 1 On the START HERE tab, select the appropriate NFPA wiring style using the drop down boxes. This sheet is project specific so values entered will be consistent for the entire project. STEP 2 On the Auxiliary Notification Power Supply Report coversheet, modify the Calculation thresholds, if required. This sheet is project specific so values entered will be consistent for the entire project. STEP 3 Each PAD -3 has 3 separate sub -sections, only enter data in the yellow cells: 1. CURRENT DRAW CALCULATION Enter the quantities for the appliances on the appropriate circuit. Be sure to use the correct row for strobe candela and mounting position. 2. CURRENT LOAD & VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS This section allows the circuit number to be modified. Selection either 12, 14, 16, or 18 AWG wire. Finally, enter the estimated circuit length. The Circuit Calculation Results will display a PASS or FAIL rating. 3. BATTERY SIZE CALCULATION All data and calculations are automatic based on information specified in other sections. STEP 4 Save and print. NOTE: there are 20 calculation sections, only print the sections required for the project. EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 2 1. CURRENT DRAW CALCULI POWER SUPPLY:1PAD-4 9AMP 5., Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A Project #: 4403 DEVICE MODEL DEVICE TYPE STROBE CANDELA CURRENT Standby (AMPS) Alarm APPLIANCE QUANTITIES PER CIRCUIT AUX N2-1 N2-2 N2-3 N2-4 LST3 Wall strobe w 15CD \ \\\\\ 0.030 7 3 5 0 0.068 ��\ Wall Sp/Str w 15CD 0.030 0 2 1 1 rLSPSTW3 LSPSTW3 Wall Sp/Str w 30CD 0.136 0.040 4 3 5 0 0.001 LSPSTW3 Wall Sp/Str w 75CD \� 0.100 0 0 0 1 2.170 LSPSTW3 Wall Sp/Str w 110CD 0.195 0 0 0 0 , ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp. Strobe 15CD 0.060 0 0 0 0 j ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp. Strobe 30CD 0.092 0 0 0 0 ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp./Str. 75CD 0.165 0 0 0 0 ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp./Str. 110CD 0.220 0 0 0 0 ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp./Str. 135CD 0.300 6 6 5 0 7/ ET7024MCWFW Wall/SpStr. 185CD 0.420 0 0 1 0 ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 75CD 0.138 0 0 0 2 ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 115CD 0.300 0 0 0 0, ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 135CD 0.300 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 177CD 0..420 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 185CD 0.420 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475CFR Ext.Ceiling/SpStr. 15CD 0.138 0 0 0 0 7 ET7OWP2475CFR Ext.Ceiling SpStr. 115CD 0.300 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475CFR Ext.Ceilingl SpStr. 177CD 0.420 0 0 0 0 MB -G10 -12R 10 inch bell 0.060 0 0 0 0 (7/(/ //, i /4 ADBH-11 Sounder Base 0.00 0.024 PAD -3 Power Supply 0.00 0.006 ,// PS-24-8MC Power Supply 0.08 0.24 rA NOTE: All calculations utilize horn settings @ the highest setting largest draw) AUXILIARY OUTPUT Standby Alarm Flush 24vdc door holder [SDH -2D] 0.068 0.068 NI Surface 24vdc door holder [SDH -3D] 0.068 0.068 \ \\\\\ . Flush 24vdc door holder [SDH -4D] 0.068 0.068 ��\ ��� Floor mount 24vdc door holder [SDH -5D] 0.068 0.068 ���� Double floor mount door holder [SDH -6D] 0.136 0.136 ,HZM 0.001 0.000 \\\\\ \� CURRENT DRAW PER CIRCUIT IN AMPERES: 2.170 12.070 12.300 10.406 10.000 EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 3 2. CURRENT LOAD & VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS 5.1 SYSTEM INFORMATION & PROJECT THRESHOLDS - PAD -4 9AMP CI 3.00 amps Maximum Circuit Current 2.40 amps Max. Permitted Current Capacity Maximum Extender Capacity 7.20 amps Max. Permitted Extender Current Capacity Nominal System Voltage Output 25.0 Vdc Calculated Starting Voltage Voltage Drop Threshold % 16.0 Vdc Minimum Voltage Threshold Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A Project #: 4403 9.00 amps 24.0 Vdc 20% Standard Solid Copper Wire Resistance in Ohms per 1000 ft from NEC Chapter 9, Table 8 adjusted to: 167°F 18AWG= 7.77 16AWG= 4.89 CIRCUIT NUMBER SOLID WIRE (AWG) EST'D CKT LENGTH (FT) NEC OHMS (kFT) 14AWG= 3.07 12AWG= 1.93 CIRCUIT CALCULATION RESULTS ALARM CURRENT (AMP) CKT. OHMS VOLTS @ EOL (min 16.0) PERCENT DROP (max 20%) N2-1 14 AWG 330.00 3.07 0.420 PASS 2.026 PASS 24.1 PASS 3.4% PASS N2-2 14 AWG 380.00 3.07 2.070 PASS 2.333 PASS 20.2 PASS 19.3% PASS N2-3 14 AWG 350.00 3.07 2.300 PASS 2.149 PASS 20.1 PASS 19.8% PASS N2-4 14 AWG 250.00 3.07 0.406 PASS 1.535 PASS 24.4 PASS 2.5% PASS AUX 0.00 0.000 PASS 0.000 PASS 25.0 PASS 0.0% PASS TOTAL EXTENDER CURRENT [AMPS]: 1.0 - 0.5 - 0.0 2.170 2.070 5.196 2.300 0.406 0.000 N2-1 N2-2 N2-3 OUTPUTS N2-4 AUX 3. BATTERY SIZE CALCULATION 5.1 STANDBY Standby Period in Hours-> 24 Hr Extender internal current-> 0.065 amp Extender circuit current-> 0.001 amp Total Standby Current -> Standby Amp-Hrs Required-> 0.066 amp 1.58 AH O ALARM 15 Min <-Alarm Period in Minutes 5.000 amp <-Extender internal current 5.196 amp <-Extender circuit current 10.196 amp <-Total Alarm Current: 2.55 AH <-Alarm Amp-Hrs Required Standby + Alarm Amp-Hrs-> Multiplied by the De -rating Factory -> Minimum Battery Amp-Hrs Required-> Actual Battery Size-> Battery Safety Factor-> 4.13 AH 20% 4.96 AH 7.00 AH 169% EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 4 0 NAC CALCULATIONS REPORT SECTION 3A Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A Project Number: 4403 Revision: Date: 2/28/2019 Calculations Prepared By: Bob Guiley Nac6.1 NAC REPORT CONTENTS 1 Current Draw Calculation -Adds the UL published DC current draws for alarm notification appliances and accessories 2 Current Load & Voltage Drop Calculations -Performs the required loading calculations and displays a PASS or FAIL result 3 Battery Size Calculation -Performs the required NFPA 72 battery size for a secondary power source CALCULATION ASSUMPTIONS: These calculations assume a worst-case source voltage as measured by UL 864 with the batteries depleted to 20.4 volts. Under normal AC power and for most of the drain cycle of the batteries, the circuit voltages will be substantially higher and thus, would support a greater number of appliances. The appliances' minimum nameplate operating voltage is derived from the UL minimum operating voltage. CALCULATION THRESHOLDS Secondary Power tandby(HR): 24 Requirements glarm(MIN): 15 Battery Derating Factor: 20% Maximum NAC Capacity: 80% Maximum Voltage Drop Percentage: 20% Minimum Voltage Threshold: 16.0 Vdc EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 1 Horn Strobe Calculator The Siemens Building Technologies horn strobe Calculator is a quick and efficient means for developing loading, voltage drop and battery calculations for fire alarm control panels and auxiliary power supplies. It calculates the voltage drops along a Siemens Notification Cr+ppliance Circuit (NAC) by analyzing each device on the circuit and determining if enough operating voltage is available at each device location. This program provides a means of generating reports listing the circuit voltages along the entire circuit at specific wire gauges. C This tool includes support for The Siemens newest line of Selectable Output appliances. STEP 1 On the START HERE tab, select the appropriate NFPA wiring style using the drop down boxes. This sheet is project specific so values entered will be consistent for the entire project. STEP 2 On the Auxiliary Notification Power Supply Report coversheet, modify the Calculation thresholds, if required. This sheet is project specific so values entered will be consistent for the entire project. STEP 3 Each PAD -3 has 3 separate sub -sections, only enter data in the yellow cells: 1. CURRENT DRAW CALCULATION Enter the quantities for the appliances on the appropriate circuit. Be sure to use the correct row for strobe candela and mounting position. 2. CURRENT LOAD & VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS This section allows the circuit number to be modified. Selection either 12, 14, 16, or 18 AWG wire. Finally, enter the estimated circuit length. The Circuit Calculation Results will display a PASS or FAIL rating. 3. BATTERY SIZE CALCULATION All data and calculations are automatic based on information specified in other sections. STEP 4 Save and print. NOTE: there are 20 calculation sections, only print the sections required for the project. EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 2 1. CURRENT DRAW CALCULI POWER SUPPLY: IPAD-4 9AMP 6.1 Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldo. A Project #: 4403 DEVICE MODEL DEVICE TYPE STROBE CANDELA CURRENT Standby (AMPS) Alarm APPLIANCE QUANTITIES PER CIRCUIT AUX N2-1 N2-2 N2-3 N2-4 LST3 Wall strobe w 15CD 0.068� 0.030 4 5 3 1 %// LSPSTW3 Wall Sp/Str w 15CD 0.030 2 1 1 1 , LSPSTW3 Wall Sp/Str w 30CD 0.040 2 3 2 1 LSPSTW3 Wall Sp/Str w 75CD >HZM 0.100 0 0 0 0 LSPSTW3 Wall Sp/Str w 110CD 0.195 0 0 0 0 10.700 10.000 ET7024MCWFW WalVSp. Strobe 15CD 0.060 0 0 0 0 ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp. Strobe 30CD 0.092 0 0 0 0 ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp./Str. 75CD 0.165 0 0 0 0 ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp./Str. 110CD 0.220 0 0 0 0 ET7024MCWFW Wall/Sp./Str. 135CD 0.300 4 5 5 2 ET7024MCWFW Wall/SpStr. 185CD 0.420 1 0 0 0 ( / ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 75CD 0.138 0 0 0 0 / ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 115CD 0.300 0 0 0 0 /j , ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 135CD 0.300 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 177CD 0..420 0 0 0 0 / ET7OWP2475WF Ext.Wall/SpStr. 185CD 0.420 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475CFR Ext.Ceiling/SpStr. 15CD 0.138 0 0 0 0 ET7OWP2475CFR Ext.Ceiling SpStr. 115CD 0.300 0 0 0 0 /7/ ET7OWP2475CFR Ext.Ceilingl SpStr. 177CD 0.420 0 0 0 0 MB -G10 -12R 10 inch bell 0.060 0 0 0 0 /, "// ADBH-11 Sounder Base 0.00 0.024 PAD -3 Power Supply 0.00 0.006 PS-24-8MC Power Supply 0.08 0.24 NOTE: All calculations utilize horn settings @ the highest setting largest draw) AUXILIARY OUTPUT Standby Alarm Flush 24vdc door holder [SDH -2D] 0.068 0.068\ \N Surface 24vdc door holder [SDH -3D] 0.068 0.068� Flush 24vdc door holder [SDH -4D] 0.068 0.068 �� \� Floor mount 24vdc door holder [SDH -5D] 0.068 0.068 ���� Double floor mount door holder [SDH -6D] 0.136 0.136 ��� >HZM 0.001 0.000 CURRENT DRAW PER CIRCUIT IN AMPERES: 1.880 f 1.800 11.700 10.700 10.000 EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 3 2. CURRENT LOAD & VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS 6.1 Project Name: Tukwila Village Bldg. A Project #: 4403 C3.00 amps 9.00 amps 24.0 Vdc 20% SYSTEM INFORMATION & PROJECT THRESHOLDS - PAD -4 9AMP Circuit Current Max. Permitted Current Capacity Extender Capacity Max. Permitted Extender Current Capacity Voltage Output Calculated Starting Voltage Drop Threshold % Minimum Voltage Threshold Maximum Maximum Nominal System Voltage Dr 2.40 amps 7.20 amps 25.0 Vdc 16.0 Vdc Standard Solid Copper Wire Resistance in Ohms per 1000 ft from NEC Chapter 9, Table 8 adjusted to: 167°F 18AWG= 7.77 16AWG= 4.89 CIRCUIT NUMBER SOLID WIRE (AWG) EST'D CKT LENGTH (FT) N2-1 14 AWG 260.00 N2-2 14 AWG 340.00 N2-3 14 AWG 300.00 N2-4 14 AWG 270.00 AUX NEC OHMS (kFT) 3.07 3.07 3.07 3.07 0.00 14AWG= 3.07 12AWG= 1.93 CIRCUIT CALCULATION RESULTS ALARM CURRENT (AMP) CKT. OHMS VOLTS @ EOL (min 16.0) PERCENT DROP (max 20%) 0.420 PASS 1.596 PASS 24.3 PASS 2.7% PASS 1.800 PASS 2.088 PASS 21.2 PASS 15.0% PASS 1.700 PASS 1.842 PASS 21.9 PASS 12.5% PASS 0.700 PASS 1.658 PASS 23.8 PASS 4.6% PASS TOTAL EXTENDER CURRENT [AMPS]: 3.0 - 2.5 - 2.0 - _1.880 1.800 2 X1.5 - a 1.0 - 0.5 - 0.0 0.000 PASS 4.620 1.700 0.000 PASS 25.0 PASS 0.0% PASS 0.700 0.000 N2-1 N2-2 N2-3 OUTPUTS N2-4 AUX 3. BATTERY SIZE CALCULATION 6.1 STANDBY Standby Period in Hours-> 24 Hr Extender internal current-> 0.065 amp Extender circuit current-> 0.001 amp Total Standby Current -> 0.066 amp 0 Standby Amp-Hrs Required-> 1.58 AH Standby + Alarm Amp-Hrs-> Multiplied by the De -rating Factory -> Minimum Battery Amp-Hrs Required-> Actual Battery Size-> Battery Safety Factor-> ALARM 15 Min <-Alarm Period in Minutes 5.000 amp <-Extender internal current 4.620 amp <-Extender circuit current 9.620 amp <-Total Alarm Current: 2.41 AH 3.99 AH 20% 4.79 AH 7.00 AH 175% i <-Alarm Amp-Hrs Required EXTENDER Siemens Industry, Inc. Page 4 LEGEND: RED = EVACUATION BLUE = FIRE FIGHTER PHONES GREEN = FIRE ALARM INITIATING DEVICES ORANGE = NOTIFICATION CIRCUIT { ELECTRICAL ROOM TO FACP J , Z r I f 1 r L 1 L r L - 1 r1 (86) 2018 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE IFC 2018-907 2 10 5 WHERE MORE THAN ONE SMOKE ALARM IS REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED WITHIN AN INDIVIDUAL DWELLING UNIT OR SLEEPING UNIT IN GROUP R OR I-1 OCCUPANCIES, THE SMOKE ALARMS SHALL BE INTERCONNECTED IN SUCH A MANNER THAT THE ACTIVATION OF ONE ALARM WILL ACTIVATE ALL OF THE ALARMS IN THE INDIVIDUAL UNIT PHYSICAL INTERCONNECTION OF SMOKE ALARMS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED WHERE LISTED WIRELESS ALARMS ARE INSTALLED AND ALL ALARMS SOUND UPON ACTIVATION OF ONE ALARM THE ALARM SHALL BE CLEARLY AUDIBLE IN ALL BEDROOMS OVER BACKGROUND NOISE LEVELS WITH ALL INTERVENING DOORS CLOSED { E E 0 E ELEV MACH RM L oPACT COL VACT J Co LJ L PACT �ICOMPACT J COMPACT f N UP T'O FACP C b WP 177 C WP 177 UP O FACP UP UP TO FACP ioVdrloc 1 i \ 34 I I I II DOMESTIC HWT/ SPRINKLER RM L J L J LJ UP LP TO FACP 4 Ime = rnur T i ^1 " STORAGE C WP L WP 115 / AC PT!D ❑ Without Comments --El, As Noted in Re0 Perhe Attached Letter Tt ssse plans have been reviewed by The Tukwila Fire F rt ention Bureau for conformance with current City sr ndards Acceptance is subject to errors and omissions which ao not authorize violations of adopted s andards and orainances The responsibility for the adequacy of design rests totally with the designer Additions, deletions or revisions to these drawings after this date will void this acceptance and will require a resubmittal of revises drawings for subsequent approval Finat acceptant i i subject to field test and inspection by The Tukwila Fire fi vention Bureau Date ci '!' By i ' ,)/) ELEC ROOM (al LEVEL P1 FIRE ALARM PLAN SCALE 3/32"=1'-0" / / e Fire Permit Number J9 -F-110 To schedule inspections call 206-575-4407 ZIN 1 1 7: ' ' RGREE . , „4%,,,,,, Resilentlal 1 � 4'' tell, , b,,o,'','r''k''' ',' + t,' ," Industrial A' E y L. k''''' E k t C T; Rj C, ,r er� Alarms � a Yw r61 qt� , 4�, i 1, ,.s "WY ,� 4 ° Wkl9y,, 4y 9 rt Mf+. S, ,o 1 "2F— " (OP �n .ogit .ZIO air-419C 1110s11'7 CROSS ENGINEERS, INC 10=ED k'X f, TUKWILA VILLAGE - BUILDING A S 144TH STREET AND TUKWILA INTERNATIONAL BLVD. LEVEL P1 FIRE ALARM PLAN REVISIONS SCALE AS NOTED DATE 9-17-19F1AE SHEET DRAWN B, Y 0 CHECKED BY SLH/GLW ■ JOB NO 15-084 OF - - LEGEND: RED = EVACUATION BLUE = FIRE FIGHTER PHONES GREEN = FIRE ALARM INITIATING DEVICES ORANGE = NOTIFICATION CIRCUIT /////!�! • /// r////\///.0 • ///.�// ///////// ////// ////'S1!//// -7/ ///7\7/// 11 1 1 1 I Ii 1 H LIVENVORK UNITS LEVEL 2 FIRE ALARM PLAN - SCALE 3/32"=1'-0" - / / / //// /N/// ,`//// /1 ///1// I////// /I/////.I4 / /!//////// / V f-!/-' I/ / /) ! /_/ / / / / - ///// //!// /i("/ / / A ! / " / 7 / / / / / / / / / / /- / / / //// //A///�I /// / / / / / / / t/ / / / / /-/ / / ///_////// /\/ / / / / 2018 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE IFC 2018-907 2 10 5 WHERE MORE THAN ONE SMOKE ALARM IS REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED WITHIN AN INDIVIDUAL DWELLING UNIT OR SLEEPING UNIT IN GROUP R OR I-1 OCCUPANCIES, THE SMOKE ALARMS SHALL BE INTERCONNECTED IN SUCH A MANNER THAT THE ACTIVATION OF ONE ALARM WILL ACTIVATE ALL OF THE ALARMS IN THE INDIVIDUAL UNIT PHYSICAL INTERCONNECTION OF SMOKE ALARMS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED WHERE LISTED WIRELESS ALARMS ARE INSTALLED AND ALL ALARMS SOUND UPON ACTIVATION OF ONE ALARM THE ALARM SHALL BE CLEARLY AUDIBLE IN ALL BEDROOMS OVER BACKGROUND NOISE LEVELS WITH ALL INTERVENING DOORS CLOSED ///// //f LEVEL 1 FIRE ALARM PLAN SCALE 3/32"=1'-0" enUaJ s �4 > ercJaJ r,,,, rE. ib :::'R, ,r a. {s.n,n ., , ¢:n , . ,r, Industrial E'� J,4 „t a M Hi,,N�'nr ,> p� �' t rt � � � Y iµ7 hMk'��N rt �yt V.� . F L i' 1 C i',1'" T R„k i', C A,..,'.:,,,,� aJarr► s a 1. ,e.,�e � '?e0'fi”. ! .',6 �Yq d' �d�''', chi„,,,:,,,,;,,,1„),,4l40 � :i yFie),,' it V 4"/' w i tory sx 5 a� au��� !�'ai° �! i A” CROSS ENGINEERS, INC 6509 6th Avenue Phone (253) 759-0118 Tacoma, WA 98406 Job Number 15-084 info@crossengtneers corn • • VII' TUKWILA VILLAGE - BUILDING A S 144TH STREET AND TUKWILA INTERNATIONAL BLVD. LEVEL I FIRE ALARM PLAN REVISIONS SCALE AS NOTED DATE 9-17-19 SHEET Fl ■1 DRAWN SAE CHECKED BY SLH/GLW JOB NO 15-084 OF - - LEGEND: RED = EVACUATION - BLUE = FIRE FIGHTER PHONES GREEN = FIRE ALARM INITIATING DEVICES ORANGE = NOTIFICATION CIRCUIT I I 1a1LJaaaaa• aa1 JIM aaaaaa ter' a aaaa as a�aaaaaaa a a aaaaaa aailaaaaaa2ig i SaaaaaaaEaaaaaaIIaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaEaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaa as aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa Iaaaaaaaaaaa'aaa faaaaa 1aaaaaaaai Naaaaaaaaaa aaaa aaaa MILL iaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa laaaaaaaaaan: 11 aaaaaaaaa R F 95 ' 95 aaaaaaaa OL "'aaaal I 11.11111111111111111S ROaal aa1E1 UMT 11 (8 6 I 2018 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE - IFC 2018-907 2 10 5 WHERE MORE THAN ONE SMOKE ALARM IS REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED WITHIN AN INDIVIDUAL DWELLING UNIT OR SLEEPING UNIT IN GROUP R OR 1-1 OCCUPANCIES, THE SMOKE ALARMS SHALL BE INTERCONNECTED IN SUCH A MANNER THAT THE ACTIVATION OF ONE ALARM WILL ACTIVATE ALL OF THE ALARMS IN THE INDIVIDUAL UNIT. PHYSICAL INTERCONNECTION OF SMOKE ALARMS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED WHERE LISTED WIRELESS ALARMS ARE INSTALLED AND ALL ALARMS SOUND UPON ACTIVATION OF ONE ALARM THE ALARM SHALL BE CLEARLY AUDIBLE IN ALL BEDROOMS OVER BACKGROUND NOISE LEVELS WITH ALL INTERVENING DOORS CLOSED 1 0 30 TO AP 2.1 135 — 30 TO AP 2.1 UMT 10 D ZEN L .y,t►1 - 135 g:4. 30 - rL PPk L s3a- lle ICt■ff!! !Mlle • - IM=IHN Sig1 MI■ 3 • NW: sT r ormca M■:=:.1 VOICE CIRCURT TO FACP 15 EOL Q 15 CORRIDOR - -0 - TOAP23 11441 1 \; in mum' maim"• t f�liti am'■l 1 [i��j• airs-1�3"JII (IME■= r 11 ..■ummaim! Plan 11 r - / •— UP TO AP 2.1— D 0 a --.a• i N W M� •orassmo peommiam a � i i■ = € = 11 Arrawribimimic n. { 135 I IR 033 30 30 UMT 81-0 -I 135 L i OH MN iv tAmi - • 23 30 OAP 2.1 15033-.1 n11 tu AP II ISO 2.1 N UP. AP UMT11 C 24 111111111111 MU 0 d ■ UM 12 411, 15 1■ LOBBY- UP OBBY 22 DH UP N \ / • /\ AP22 ELEC. RM. 03:4 1 3 AMTOR A TS 7 . k DN -1 ►t c UNDIft Rk UMT 11 A 195�.sei�Lj7 0 1/ EOL 135 L 30�� LEVEL 2- FIRE ALARM PLAN SCALE 3/32"=1'-0" 1 s1 1 s 1 or- • ing E!M,ar�m� �r �II rp p �'I 1;; PResl^ dan t�; a�' 1 l V , )11 Commercial l ' rrv+u4 * d 141 Industrial h1 rcA1lf(Y�A 1,0 4rr444pp,+ "R 0vifAllR I i4404 f Alarms digit 15110 air CROSS ENGINEERS, INC 6509 6th Avenue 1 Phone (253) 759-0118 11 Tacoma, WA 98406 1 Job Number 15-084 info@crossengineers corn gyII. TUKWILA VILLAGE - BUILDING A S 144TH STREET AND TUKWILA INTERNATIONAL BLVD. LEVEL 2 FIRE ALARM PLAN REVISIONS SCALE AS NOTED - DATE 9-17-19 SHEET ■ F12 DRAWN JAE CHECKED BY - SLH/GLW JOB NO: 15-084 OF - - - LEGEND: RED = EVACUATION BLUE = FIRE FIGHTER PHONES GREEN = FIRE ALARM INITIATING DEVICES ORANGE = NOTIFICATION CIRCUIT ( B) F.} it >_ —3 t LL' - _— i,J { (8.6) 2018 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE IFC 2018 - 907.2.10.5 WHERE MORE THAN ONE SMOKE ALARM IS REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED WITHIN AN INDIVIDUAL DWELLING UNIT OR SLEEPING UNIT IN GROUP R OR I-1 OCCUPANCIES, THE SMOKE ALARMS SHALL BE INTERCONNECTED IN SUCH A MANNER THAT THE ACTIVATION OF ONE ALARM WILL ACTIVATE ALL OF THE ALARMS IN THE INDIVIDUAL UNIT. PHYSICAL INTERCONNECTION OF SMOKE ALARMS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED WHERE LISTED WIRELESS ALARMS ARE INSTALLED AND ALL ALARMS SOUND UPON ACTIVATION OF ONE ALARM. THE ALARM SHALL BE CLEARLY AUDIBLE IN ALL BEDROOMS OVER BACKGROUND NOISE LEVELS WITH ALL INTERVENING DOORS CLOSED. UNIT 1.1 x306 UNIT 1.1 C 314 f UNIT 1.0 UNIT 2.3 302 1 L 30 30 2 135+ EOL/A0\15 EOL _, - inli -----P--1 it /,\ •' E L .EF ` T? 0: r VOICE CIRCUIT 30 fi�/ 135;1 L TO FACP UNIT 2.3 301 41 135 135 UNIT SI j 3+1 UNIT 2.1 F I I T LEVEL 3 FIRE ALARM PLAN SCALE: 3132"=1'-0" 10• �,urmmryWWr�e+�°e.�.r-.�°Wiwn ba tf �l un.', pl ry w�rNy Yrwmnwel�YMP+�Nwlmr+w pryrwM+MM1w,aw'�up�mrtnm+rnNn+�+M, 14 n.n•1�xn @unw1, 4r',��wr vu',+l1�MW.."xMN wAxrvN "` EE�« h� Resldmentlal „E. Commercial P i • 4 1 Industrial '' `E L C T R',,1 C Alarms u W. . 41:310s CROSS ENGINEERS, INC 6509 6th Avenue Phone: (253) 759-0118 Tacoma, WA 98406 Job Number: 15-084 info©crossengineers.com hE x s lir TUKWILA VILLAGE - BUILDING A S 144TH STREET AND TUKWILA INTERNATIONAL BLVD. LEVEL 3 FIRE ALARM PLAN REVISIONS: SCALE: AS NOTED DATE: 9-17-19 SHEET F1.3 DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY:JAE SLH/GLW JOB NO.: 15-084 OF - - LEGEND: RED = EVACUATION BLUE = FIRE FIGHTER PHONES GREEN = FIRE ALARM INITIATING DEVICES ORANGE = NOTIFICATION CIRCUIT E 1 (8.6 } 2018 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE IFC 2018 - 907.2.10.5 WHERE MORE THAN ONE SMOKE ALARM IS REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED WITHIN AN INDIVIDUAL DWELLING UNIT OR SLEEPING UNIT IN GROUP R OR I-1 OCCUPANCIES, THE SMOKE ALARMS SHALL BE INTERCONNECTED IN SUCH A MANNER THAT THE ACTIVATION OF ONE ALARM WILL ACTIVATE ALL OF THE ALARMS IN THE INDIVIDUAL UNIT. PHYSICAL INTERCONNECTION OF SMOKE ALARMS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED WHERE LISTED WIRELESS ALARMS ARE INSTALLED AND ALL ALARMS SOUND UPON ACTIVATION OF ONE ALARM. THE ALARM SHALL BE CLEARLY AUDIBLE IN ALL BEDROOMS OVER BACKGROUND NOISE LEVELS WITH ALL INTERVENING DOORS CLOSED. \9 UNIT 2.1 410 - 30 ii 11 11 UNIT 1.1 C 30 414 X23 LEVEL 4 FIRE ALARM PLAN SCALE: 3/32"=1'-0" C. 12 ) 2) I ; f Z___ 4-: - It s ISR______ 1 TUKWILA VILLAGE - BUILDING A S 144TH STREET AND TUKWILA INTERNATIONAL BLVD. LEVEL 4 FIRE ALARM PLAN LEGEND: RED = EVACUATION BLUE = FIRE FIGHTER PHONES GREEN = FIRE ALARM INITIATING DEVICES ORANGE = NOTIFICATION CIRCUIT - 186E 2018 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE IFC 2018 - 907.2.10.5 - - WHERE MORE THAN ONE SMOKE ALARM IS REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED WITHIN AN INDIVIDUAL DWELLING UNIT OR SLEEPING UNIT IN GROUP R OR I-1 OCCUPANCIES, THE SMOKE ALARMS SHALL BE INTERCONNECTED IN SUCH A MANNER THAT THE ACTIVATION OF ONE ALARM WILL ACTIVATE ALL OF THE ALARMS IN THE INDIVIDUAL UNIT. PHYSICAL INTERCONNECTION OF SMOKE ALARMS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED WHERE LISTED WIRELESS ALARMS ARE INSTALLED AND ALL ALARMS SOUND UPON ACTIVATION OF ONE ALARM. THE ALARM SHALL BE CLEARLY AUDIBLE IN ALL BEDROOMS OVER BACKGROUND NOISE LEVELS WITH ALL INTERVENING DOORS CLOSED. VOICE CIRCUIT TO FACP LEVEL 5 FIRE ALARM PLAN SCALE: 3/32"=1'-0" 10f f M rra www. U 114 MOW ikalff, N IOW commercial CROSS ENGINEERS, INC 6509 6th Avenue Phone: (253) 759-0118 Tacoma, WA 98406 Job Number: 15-084 info@crossengineers.com TUKWILA VILLAGE - BUILDING 'A S 144TH STREET AND TUKWILA INTERNATIONAL BLVD. LEVEL 5 FIRE ALARM PLAN REVISIONS: SCALE: AS NOTED DATE: 9-17-19 SHEET ■ Fl 5 DRAWN JAE CHECKED BY: SLH/GLW JOB NO.: 15-084 OF - - LEGEND: RED = EVACUATION BLUE = FIRE FIGHTER PHONES GREEN = FIRE ALARM INITIATING DEVICES ORANGE = NOTIFICATION CIRCUIT B5 (8.6 2018 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE IFC 2018 - 907.2.10.5 WHERE MORE THAN ONE SMOKE ALARM IS REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED WITHIN AN INDIVIDUAL DWELLING UNIT OR SLEEPING UNIT IN GROUP R OR I-1 OCCUPANCIES, THE SMOKE ALARMS SHALL BE INTERCONNECTED IN SUCH A MANNER THAT THE ACTIVATION OF ONE ALARM WILL ACTIVATE ALL OF THE ALARMS IN THE INDIVIDUAL UNIT. PHYSICAL INTERCONNECTION OF SMOKE ALARMS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED WHERE LISTED WIRELESS ALARMS ARE INSTALLED AND ALL ALARMS SOUND UPON ACTIVATION OF ONE ALARM. THE ALARM SHALL BE CLEARLY AUDIBLE IN ALL BEDROOMS OVER BACKGROUND NOISE LEVELS WITH ALL INTERVENING DOORS CLOSED. UNIT 2.2 602 UNIT S2 1.4 sae UNIT 1.0 0 I 808 www I UNIT S2 r 672 � UNIT 1.0 C EOL �3 .0 or --1 T1-1-1-11' CORRIDOR ICS= -TOAP6.1 VOICE CIRCUIT TO FACP 135 '135 UNIT 2.2 t i UNIT 1.0 0 UNIT S2 D2 607 I UNIT 2.0 609 UNIT SI A LEVEL 6 FIRE ALARM PLAN SCALE: 3/32"=1'-0" L�. +Ai piR�Nm��np� y u ry eW. n, p'prm'�mMrMAMGt,ntl rXMMM h�M1rwMmM�^M"�AINIIMMMnI Ib i'M�� YI 7 h+NWJ'�NM "+mgAi�'m�f4V�n��ryuwMw�w,y� r Residential ), Exer,Commercial f' 1�' y Industrial ;% 'ELECTRIC'Alarms voszcom WI' TUKWILA VILLAGE - BUILDING A S 144TH STREET AND TUKWILA INTERNATIONAL BLVD. LEVEL 6 FIRE ALARM PLAN REVISIONS: - SCALE: AS NOTED - - DATE: 9-17-19 - SHEET DRAWN BY: F1. 6 CHECKED BY: SLH/GLW - JOB NO.: - 15-084 OF - - - LEGEND: RED = EVACUATION BLUE = FIRE FIGHTER PHONES GREEN = FIRE ALARM INITIATING DEVICES ORANGE = NOTIFICATION CIRCUIT E, (8.6) OORRIDOR - SUPPLY FAN 2018 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE IFC 2018 - 907.2.10.5 WHERE MORE THAN ONE SMOKE ALARM IS REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED WITHIN AN INDIVIDUAL DWELLING UNIT OR SLEEPING UNIT IN GROUP R OR I-1 OCCUPANCIES, THE SMOKE ALARMS SHALL BE INTERCONNECTED IN SUCH A MANNER THAT THE ACTIVATION OF ONE ALARM WILL ACTIVATE ALL OF THE ALARMS IN THE INDIVIDUAL UNIT. PHYSICAL INTERCONNECTION OF SMOKE ALARMS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED WHERE LISTED WIRELESS ALARMS ARE INSTALLED AND ALL ALARMS SOUND UPON ACTIVATION OF ONE ALARM. THE ALARM SHALL BE CLEARLY AUDIBLE IN ALL BEDROOMS OVER BACKGROUND NOISE LEVELS WITH ALL INTERVENING DOORS CLOSED. MOTORIZED DAMPER r EXHAUST FAN t DAMPER REA CI ;EA * CORRIDOR EXHAUST FAN __1:1/ ' DOWN SHAFT `\ ROOF FIRE ALARM PLAN SCALE: 3/32"=1'-0" «rawrv� ,.,� v r ^,.o' 1 n NdrN�'wr, �„i4°,r�•nmmnn,«Ira q”M"R'r"'LTMNY4V+�+tirv"•L-*syWrtrnnan a �r Yew, wm«of rl �, Y', wi• r +;r^.awmITwp,inwnw}wrvwrp ' G i l ` "� I` :t. ''As Commercial ,ar �2; tl- ,' rarctustrtar ,F E L E C T R, I C Alarms '; ; Fes. � ,; '�-ate4i�i +rv� '�.411S i' i► CROSS ENGINEERS, INC 6509 6th Avenue Phone: (253) 759-0118 Tacoma, WA 98406 Job Number: 15-084 info@crossengineers.com III TUKWILA VILLAGE - BUILDING A S 144TH STREET AND TUKWILA INTERNATIONAL BLVD. ROOF FIRE ALARM PLAN REVISIONS: SCALE: AS NOTED DATE: 9-17-19 SHEET Fl 7 ■ DRAWN SAE CHECKED BY: SLH/GLW JOB NO.: 15-084 OF - - ROOF LEVEL 6 LEVEL 5 LEVEL 4 LEVEL 3 LEVEL 2 LEVEL 1 LEVEL P1 0 0 F 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 EOL © © 0 © 0 0 M EOL EOL ISO ©© 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Iso O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Iso O p 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Iso O 0 0© 0 0©® 0 0 0 0 0 O © 0 EOL ® EOL WP EOL LED LED LED ©© 0©© 0 0 0© o o© o 0© 0 0 0 0 ISO 0© 1 0 0 0 0 EE ISO 00 0 0 0© 0 0 0 p I WP EOL DATA RISER NO SCALE a 0 EE EVAC 'FSCP FIRE SYMBOLS LEGEND: SMOKE DETECTOR. HEAT DETCTOR. 110 VOLT (NOT PART OF SYSTEM). FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL VOICE EVACUATION SYSTEM (EVAC.) FIREFIGHTER PHONE SYSTEM SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEM REMOTE ANNUNICATOR xx COMBINATION SPEAKER/STROBE. SUBSCRIPT INDICATES CANDELA LEVEL COMBINATION HORN/STROBE. SUBSCRIPT INDICATES CANDELA LEVEL L.,XX XX Jvor EOL 0 AP IM ISO LOW-FRQUENCY HORN/STROBE. SUBSCRIPT INDICATES CANDELA LEVEL LOW-FRQUENCY SPAEAKER/STROBE. SUBSCRIPT INDICATES CANDELA LEVEL STROBE LIGHT. SUBSCRIPT INDICATES CANDELA LEVEL END OF LINE DEVICE PULL STATION AUXILIARY PANEL AUXILIARY INPUT MODULE RELAY MODULE ISOLATION SMOKE MODULE BASE BELL ® 110V DOOR HOLD OPEN WP WEATHERPROOF WATER FLOW El TAMPER SWITCH --- NAC CIRCUIT 14/2 FPLR --- DATA CIRCUIT 16/2 FPLR ---- ANNUNCIATOR 16/4 FPLR` --- SMOKE CONTROL WIRING TO BE INSIDE 2 HOUR FIRE RATED ENCLOSURE. NOTE: ALL FSD DEVICES HAVE 1 RELAY OPEN, 1 RELAY CLOSED AND 1 INPUT MODULE FOR AUTO wlwoM'xHgn. �, ERGREEN,:,,,,4ee4 I,,.uo nµ NI �r �W nM.'mwmRP�nyr4ntlTmWm�•mII', fwry�Mrirn1.,,,mnmrY ra"Nw Mj' +di AV 1 i r..p I�( ' Commercial) u' Res dentia Er �x" ' , qs. ` ET� r Industrial t E L E C T R 'I C Alarms CROSS ENGINEERS, INC 6509 6th Avenue Phone: (253) 759-0118 Tacoma, WA 98406 Job Number: 15-084 info@crossengineers.com 0+` \\.\\WM\ ` \\ µx N a o Z .1 a_j JZ MaZ Wrea J 1...= W., 1 Z a4.1.act J1. -J I- I - o REVISIONS: SCALE: AS NOTED DATE: 9-17-19 SHEET DRAWN JAE. F2O CHECKED BY: SLH/GLW ■ JOB NO.: 15-084 OF - - LEVEL 3 LEVEL 2 LEVEL 1 LEVEL P1 TO AP 4.1 N AP 3.2 5499 <15, X15, 15 / N. X15, AP 3.1 5499 /1 /1 135 30 • 135 135 30 X15, N15, ,' /'' <15, 135 u • 032 15 `: CONTROL SPREAD SHEET SMOKE ACTIVATE NOTIFICATION CIRCUIT NOTIFY CENTRAL STATION PRESSURIZATION STAIRWELL 1,2 SUPPLY DAMPER_EXHAUST FLOOR ABOVE DAMPER FLOOR ABOVE SUPPLY DAMPER FLOOR BELOW EXHAUST DAMPER FLOOR BELOW SUPPLY DAMPER EVENT FLOOR EXHAUST DAMPER EVENT FLOOR VISUAL INDICATION AT PANEL RECALL ELEVATOR TO PRIMARY FLOOR RECALL ELEVATOR TO PRIMARY FLOOR AREA SMOKE DETECTOR PULL X X X OPEN CLOSE OPEN CLOSE CLOSE OPEN X SCALE: AS NOTED WATERFLOW 6TH FLOOR AREA SMOKE X X X N/A N/A OPEN CLOSE CLOSE OPEN X DETECTOR PULL WATERFLOW 5TH FLOOR X X X OPEN CLOSE OPEN CLOSE CLOSE OPEN X AREA SMOKE DETECTOR PULL WATERFLOW 4TH FLOOR AREA SMOKE X X X OPEN CLOSE OPEN CLOSE CLOSE OPEN X DETECTOR PULL WATERFLOW 3RD FLOOR X X X OPEN CLOSE OPEN CLOSE CLOSE OPEN X AREA SMOKE DETECTOR PULL WATERFLOW FLOOR 2 AREA SMOKE X X X OPEN CLOSE N/A N/A CLOSE OPEN X DETECTOR PULL WATERFLOW FLOOR 1 X X X X AREA SMOKE DETECTOR PULL WATERFLOW P-1 ELEVATOR LOBBY X X X X SMOKE FLOORS 2-6 ELEVATOR LOBBY X X X X X SMOKE 1ST FLOOR MACHINE EQUIPMENT X X X X X ROOM SMOKE SYSTEM X X X X X GROUND FAULT X -_ X AC POWER LOSS X X SYSTEM LOW BATTERY X X OPEN CIRCUIT X- = X �Neln'IIR�",.�n•.���. ��o•ii n... .nl�Nid 1 i i�� �,9AN!!YMlly i�'W i�l'�u��NNXNIMilul�.li i 'nYlullin�N�iNiV1Y!"InYrTNINnVi i�iMMilll�i ii �i il!in hn�' �, i�r l,,i iil�i�i��Yi ii �i ii�i�,i'MAIIuMIIi� vindgn ii IOui NM !'I� I �� Residential ' Commercial : �"sl ogr 4. +, Industrial .E L E C T R l C Alarms CROSS ENGINEERS, INC 6509 6th Avenue Phone: (253) 759-0118 Tacoma, WA 98406 Job Number: 15-084 info@crossengineers.com • Ay ry�h.ty h� Y�r TUKWILA VILLAGE - BUILDING A S 144TH STREET AND TUKWILA INTERNATIONAL BLVD. FIRE ALARM SCHEDULES/ DETAILS REVISIONS: SCALE: AS NOTED DATE: 9-17-19 SHEET F2.2 DRAWN SAE CHECKED BY: SLH/GLW JOB NO.: 15-084 OF - - STAIRWELL #1 ROOF PRESSURIZATION FAN • LEVEL 6 LEVEL 5 LEVEL 4 LEVEL 3 LEVEL 2 LEVEL 1 L tr t LEVEL P1 CORRIDOR CORRIDOR EXHAUST FAN SUPPLY FAN_ STAIRWELL #2 PRESSURIZATION FAN CLO SED CLOSED CLOSED OPEN CLOSED DAMPER DAMPER DAMPER DAMPER DAMPER DAMPER EVENT FLOOR DAMPER DAMPER DAMPER DAMPER OP 1 EN OPEN 1 OPEN CLOSED 3 HOUR CEILING PARKING MIXED USE RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL PARKING OP EN NOTE: SMOKE CONTROL LOW VOLTAGE CABLE BACK TO SMOKE CONTROL PANEL (FSCP). ALL CABLE TO HAVE LEVEL 2 SERVIVABILITY RATE, CLASS B. SMOKE CONTROL RISER NO SCALE i CORRIDOR EXHAUST DAMPER CLOSED DAMPER OPEN DAMPER CLOSED • t ERGREEN, Residential b' Commercial p Allrr�` ; 41.1:1i, .:ei' industrial I, H E L E C T R' 'I C Alarms !, CROSS ENGINEERS, INC 6509 6th Avenue Phone: (253) 759-0118 Tacoma, WA 98406 Job Number: 15-084 info©crossengineers.com .................♦ ..\\.\�\\\,\\\.p yv lM TUKWILA VILLAGE - BUILDING A S 144TH STREET AND TUKWILA INTERNATIONAL BLVD. FIRE ALARM SCHEDULES/ DETAILS REVISIONS: SCALE: AS NOTED DATE: 9-17-19 SHEET F2 3 ■ DRAWN E SA CHECKED BY: SLH/GLW JOB NO.: 15-084 OF - -